Category: Uncategorized

  • Off with Kara

    Font size : +


    A fantasy of mine. Kara is a friend and the rest of the girls in the story are well known pornstars that you can google to see what they look like.

    It all began one stormy night when I was lying awake in bed listening to
    the thunder over the house. Some of the thunder claps were so loud I
    thought that the house would collapse on itself. I got up to visit the loo
    and was flushing the handle when a huge bolt of lightening hit the house
    and the current travelled through the water and metal of the handle and
    into my body. I was jolted backwards and had that tingling sensation all
    over. That lasted for a few minutes as I stood there thinking about how
    fortunate I was to not be badly hurt!

    I went back to bed and finally fell asleep and thought no more of it. The
    next day passed normally and after work I was sat at my friend James’s
    house, who lived on the same compound as I did, just round the corner. We
    were sat having a cold beer after a hot day in the sun together. He lived
    with his girlfriend, Kara, a hot 25 year old. She came home shortly after
    us and joined us on the verandah where we were.

    Kara was gorgeous. I had fancied her for ages. She was petite, an athletic
    runner. She had very small tits and a beautiful bum and legs. She was
    brunette and definitely my type. I tried hard not to stare at her too much. It was hard because on their washing line nearby were a few pairs of her sexy panties. I kept imagining her wearing them, posing in front of me in them. I would have a great wank tonight I thought to myself, thinking about her.

    We sat there and chatted about all sorts and as I relaxed with the beer I
    couldn’t help but ogle Kara. I thought to myself. as she sat opposite me on
    the floor,
    ‘I wish she would just angle her bottom slightly right and then I can see
    up her shorts.’
    Low and behold, she did just that and I caught a glimpse of her black
    panties. This got me very excited and I thought,
    ‘I just need her to bend down and rub her foot and I will see
    right down her top.’
    Moments later she did just that and I got a look down her loose top, seeing
    her bra and small boobs. I thought that I had lucked out big time and just
    sat there and enjoyed the moment.

    I finished up the beer and was saying goodbye to them both. I remember
    thinking,
    ‘I wish I could have 5 minutes alone with Kara to have a chat with her by
    myself.’
    At that moment, James got up and said he had to nip out and get something.
    Strange I thought. I continued saying bye to Kara as James left the house.

    ‘I hope she invites me round when James is out tomorrow’ I thought to
    myself, as I knew James was out of town for the next 2 days.

    I left and thought no more of it. The next day I bumped into Kara and she
    invited me round for a drink that afternoon. Wow- what luck. Or was it?

    I arrived at their house after work and Kara greeted me warmly. She was
    again wearing shorts and sports shirt. I remember thinking to myself,
    ‘Wouldn’t it be great if she sat opposite me again, this time with no
    panties on.’
    A strange look crossed her face and she excused herself to go into her
    bedroom. I helped myself to a drink from the fridge. She soon came out and
    joined me on the verandah. Kara sat down opposite me and very subtly
    shifted herself to give me a glimpse up her shorts- no panties- I caught a
    quick sight of her pussy and I immediately became aroused. Also, I remember
    thinking,
    ‘There must be something going on here.’
    I sat and thought about it for a bit.
    ‘Perhaps I am making her do this with my thoughts?’
    The idea was too silly to contemplate. But…….
    My mind raced with all the possibilities this could bring. I thought to
    myself,
    ‘Kara, once I have gone, you will take some topless photos of yourself in
    the mirror and email them to me.’

    With that, I finished my drink and left. About half an hour later my iphone
    beeped with an email. Sure enough it was Kara’s address. I opened it and
    found 5 topless selfshots appearing before my eyes. She was stood in front
    of the mirror, staring straight ahead with no attempt to hide her face. My
    head was reeling. I had to practice and see how far I could get this to go.
    Did it work on anybody or just those two? I had to find out. If I played
    this right and kept my tracks hidden I could do what ever I wanted. First
    thing, get Kara to delete the email and leave no trace. I would of course
    keep the photos for my enjoyment!

    I would try and see if I had to be line of sight to plant a thought in her
    mind or if I could do it from a distance. In my head I thought,
    ‘Kara, send me another email asking me if I liked the photos and send me
    one of your beautiful face too.’
    I left my house and walked round to Kara’s again and waited outside the
    door to see what happened. Soon enough there was a new email from Kara on
    my phone, saying what I had told her to say and a picture of just her face
    this time. This was awesome! It meant that I did not have to be line of
    sight to command her. I had better tidy things up.
    ‘Kara, give me your phone.’
    She did so and I deleted the incriminating emails. I asked her for her
    passwords to any email accounts. She had the same one for all online
    accounts and told it to me. I made a note of it for future reference.

    I planned to have my way with Kara very soon and to make her into my
    personal fucktoy. A few plans to lay though….
    ‘Kara, you will now never have sex with anybody except me. You will go to
    the salon tomorrow and make sure that you have a full bikini wax, make sure
    your bum is done too. You will want to do anything you can to please me and
    allow me to do anything I want to your body. If you understand this, come
    and give me a hug and kiss me.’
    Kara virtually flew into my arms and started to kiss me full on. I was
    becoming aroused but wanted to save it until I had sorted other things out. I had a glorious fondle of her bum as she hugged me and I was instantly hard. I felt my erection pushing against her tummy. I felt her hand reach down and rub my erect shaft. I wanted her so badly but I wanted to do things right.
    I disengaged myself and left her to it.

    I went down the road to visit another of my neighbours I quite fancied but
    not enought to worry about setting up like Kara. Emma opened the door and
    greeted me. She was a hot woman in her 30’s, slim and sexy. I asked if her
    husband was in. He wasn’t and neither were her kids. I wasted no time here.
    ‘Invite me in, Emma.’
    She did so.
    ‘Rub your pussy and take off your top.’
    She did this too. Awesome.
    ‘Crawl over here, take out my cock and suck me off.’
    Immediately she crawled over. I was already hard and she fished my out and
    her hot mouth engulfed me. She started bobbing her head up and down and I
    reached down and fondled her boobs. I pushed her head down, making her take
    as much of me in her mouth as she could. I could feel myself getting near
    to cumming.
    ‘Lie down on the floor.’ I commanded her.
    Emma lay down and I mounted her face. I pushed my cock down her throat and
    my balls were in her eyes as I climbed on her from that direction. I fucked
    in and out of her mouth. I erupted into her mouth, pushing my hips forward
    so that she could take as much as possible. It was amazing, feeling spurt
    after spurt go into her mouth and down her throat. When I was finished I
    did not let up but kept on going til I was fully spent. I pulled myself out
    of her mouth and wiped my cock against her cheeks, rubbing my cum and her
    saliva on her.
    ‘Emma, you will forget this ever happened but you will feel horny whenever
    you see me from now on. Now go and get yourself cleaned up.’
    With that I left her house and returned home.

    A few things to sort out and to see how far this thing could reach.
    ‘James, when you return home you will make no attempt to have sex with Kara
    ever again.’
    That would cover me for the time being but I had to get him out of the
    picture as I intended to make her mine. I would help him out though as we
    were mates.

    Now that I had taken care of my immediate needs with Emma, I could
    concentrate on Kara. I almost felt like I had a new toy and was scared to
    play with it in case I broke it, or, it wasn’t as good as I thought it was
    going to be. There was so much I could do, endless possibilities. With that
    I fell asleep and planned tomorrow.

    I skipped off work early and sent a thought message to Kara,
    ‘Go now to the salon, then come straight to my house.’
    A couple of hours later there was a knock at my door. It was Kara, looking
    as beautiful as ever. I decided that I could play it slow later, for now I
    just wanted to play with my toy!
    ‘Take your clothes off slowly Kara.’
    She began stripping off in my living room. I told her to leave her panties
    and bra on. She stood before me in just her underwear. I walked over to her
    and ran my hands all over her body. I felt her lovely tits and her shapely
    ass. I paid more than enough attention to her bum, squeezing her cheeks
    and rubbing them. I implanted a thought in her head,
    ‘Whenever you see me you will become aroused and want me’
    Kara began feeling me, rubbing me all over, she went straight for my cock,
    which was hard as iron at this point. I had to see her pussy. I knelt down
    in front of her and eased her panties down. Her bald pussy was there to
    see. I took a deep breath and marveled at her beauty. I then thrush my face
    forward and began licking at her outer slit. I then turned her around so I
    could do the same with her bum. I kissed both cheeks and then spread them
    apart, to reveal her hairless bumhole. I gave her a lick here too. I was in
    heaven. I moved her over to the couch and got her to sit down and spread
    her legs. I knelt in front of her and started licking her pussy. She tasted
    fantastic and I alternated between gentle licks on her clit and lips to
    trying to push my tongue deep inside her. I soon had her moaning and
    gripping my head to her pussy as she spasmed and then orgasmed into my
    face. Kara lay there gasping, fondling her own boobs and pulling her
    nipples. I had to have her. I quickly mounted her and slid my dick into her
    wet cunt. I loved the feeling of sliding in right up to my balls into her.
    She squeezed me with her muscles and tried to milk my cock. I slowly slid
    in and out of her, reveling in the amazing feeling of being inside this
    gorgeous woman that I had fantasized about for years. I stopped when I was
    deep in her and lay on top of her and gazed down into her beautiful face. I
    almost wanted to cum from just looking at her. I moved in and out a few
    more times before I felt that I was going to erupt soon. I pulled out of
    her and got her to lie on the sofa with her head over the edge like that
    wonderful set of Victoria Swinger I liked so much. I then pushed my cock
    into her mouth and began fucking her face. I did not take long for me to
    gush my cum out into her mouth. She was able to swallow most of it but some
    dribbled out and she looked so cute like that. As I withdrew from her
    mouth, she lifted her fingers up and scooped up the spunk that had escaped
    and pushed it back into her hungry mouth. I sat down beside her and was
    loving my new found toy! I was going to have so much fun with this. How was
    I going to control myself? I did not want to overuse Kara as I was so in
    lust with her and did not ever want to stop using her divine body. I
    decided to let her go home and I gave her the instruction to go shopping
    tomorrow and buy as much sexy lingerie as she could- I have a real fetish
    for sexy lingerie.

    As I went to bed that night, I started to feel really horny again. I lay
    there with a huge stiffy that begged for attention. I just wanted to
    pleasure myself, I did not care to waste time on anyone else. I gave a
    command for Emma to come over. A few minutes later there was a knock on my
    door. I let her in and took her straight to the bedroom. I stripped off her
    clothes and lay her down on the bed. I got her to lie on her front . I
    climbed on top and rubbed my dick on her bottom between her cheeks. It
    always felt great when I did that. I felt between her legs for her pussy-
    it was wet and ready. I inched my cock down towards her hole, rubbing up
    and down her wet slit. I then thrust forward and into her. I went wild as
    this was one of my favorite positions. I pumped in and out fast, only
    concerned about my pleasure. I got her to squeeze her legs together to make
    it even tighter. I loved the feel of her bum under my thrusts and I soon
    felt my self getting ready to come. I erupted into her pussy, pushing
    myself in deep and pushing forward even harder to empty my ball deep in
    her. Emma lay there and took it. When I had finished, I got off her and
    turned her over then knelt over her face and dangled my cock in her mouth.
    She greedily took it in her mouth and began sucking and cleaning me off. I
    pushed my now flaccid dick in as far as it would go, all the way up to my
    balls so that her face was in my pubes. I then got off and told her to
    stand up. I came up behind her and rubbed my dick on her bum and reached
    round and felt her boobs. I loved doing this and as she was tall it was
    even better as I did not have to bend to rub my dick on her ass. Emma
    reached back and grabbed my cock and began wanking me into her bum. It felt
    great. Soon I was hard again and ready to cum again. I did not care about
    her pleasure, just mine. I got her to sit on the bed and I stood in front
    of her. I shoved my dick into her mouth and pulled her head onto my shaft.
    I had to get inside her again. I pushed her back on the bed and mounted her
    roughly, sliding my dick straight into her sticky pussy. I covered her
    whole body with mine and pumped into her. Emma wrapped her legs around my
    bum and whimpered and I roughly fucked her. Soon I was cumming in her pussy
    as I did so I kissed her for the first time, our tongues playing as I
    emptied my self into her pussy for the second time tonight. I lay on her
    until I shrunk and popped out of her pussy. I then got up and grabbed my
    camera and started taking pictures of her lying there with my cum running
    out of her pussy. Amazing. I was having such a great time with this new
    power and I was only just getting started. I sent Emma home and went to
    bed, satisfied and tired.

    As I thought more about it, I realised that I was in lust love with Kara
    and wanted her for ever. Emma I would use as and when I needed relief and
    felt no attachment to her at all. I would happily discard her when I had no
    use or grew tired of her. Kara, I wanted to be gentle with and break in
    slowly and gently. Emma I wanted to be rough with and take her hard and
    fast with no thought for her at all.

    Thinking all this made me horny again. I looked at the bedside clock-
    3.34am. Yup, I was ready to go again and I felt extra specially horny. I
    commanded Emma to come again, and sure enough a couple of minutes later
    there she was, rubbing sleep out of her eyes. I also commanded Kara to come
    and sit and watch and frig herself.

    Kara arrived as Emma stepped out of her panties and lay face down on the
    bed as I had told her too. Kara got to her knees and wrapped her lips
    around my cock, giving me a great blowjob to get me hard. Whilst she was
    doing this, I had been massaging Emma’s bum and slipping my fingers in and
    out of her cunt. When she was nice and wet, I got ready to mount her. I
    told Kara to get the camera and take photos. I was soon balls deep in
    Emma’s pussy and Kara was all round us, taking snaps close up of me sliding
    in and out of her cunt and wider angle ones of us fucking. I then pulled
    out of Emma as I wanted her bumhole. I was feeling kinky with Kara there
    taking photos and felt like something different. I got Kara to lie on the
    bed in front of Emma and instructed Emma to lick her pussy. As she did
    this, I moved my cock head to her bumhole and started to push. Emma let out
    a loud moan and Kara pulled her mouth onto her pussy. I pushed forward and
    slipped slowly into Emma’s bum. Wow, she was tight. I gently pushed in and
    out, loving the heat and tightness. I was going to cum. I pushed myself
    deep into Emma’s bum and felt my cock spew forth cum, coating the inside of
    her bowels with my cum. I jerked in one of the best orgasms of my life. I
    lay on top of her and watched Emma eat out Kara. Kara was bucking round on
    Emma’s face as she brought her to orgasm, making Emma’s face all wet with
    her juices. I withdrew from Emma’s bum and presented my cock to her mouth.
    Emma took it in and cleaned me off. Kara had got off the bed and was again
    taking pictures of my cum running out of Emma’s bumhole. I lay down and
    commanded the girls to stay as I went back to sleep.

    In the morning I woke up with a real morning glory. I looked over and saw
    the beautiful Kara sleeping peacefully. Lying on her back she looked so
    gorgeous. I moved over to her and rubbed her pussy, arousing her in her
    sleep. I could not wait. I jumped on top of her and gently used my cock
    head to part her pussy lips. I eased into her and she woke up, smiling at
    me as she did so. I felt her start to lift her hips to meet my urgent
    thrusts. I looked down at her and was smitten by her beauty and petite
    figure. I held off to try and give her as much pleasure as possible, soon
    she was writhing in orgasm which was my signal to release. I came in her
    pussy, shuddering as I emptied my balls into her once again. Climbing off
    her, I commanded her to go and squat over Emma’s face and let my cum run
    out onto her. What a way for Emma to wake up. Kara’s pussy inches away from
    her face dripping my cum onto her. Emma opened her mouth and accepted
    Kara’s offering and continued upward to lap at Kara’s folds. Kara bucked
    her hips, grinding her pussy down onto Emma and screamed as she orgasmed
    onto Emma’s face.

    I thought that now I would put a plan I had been mulling over in my head
    into action. I would leave home and go off on a sexual adventure, taking
    Kara with me of course. I told Kara to go home and to pack a small bag of
    essentials- no need to take too much, I intended to get her a whole new
    wardrobe on our travels and it wouldn’t cost me anything with my new
    powers! I though I had better get some essentials packed too, so I
    instructed Emma to get a bag and told her what to put in it. Watching her
    walk round the room, I though I would fuck her one last time before Kara
    came back and we went to the airport. I got Emma to get on her hands and
    knees on the bed and wait for me. I walked round her, stroking her, groping
    her hanging tits and fingering her cunt. I was hard at this point and I
    presented my cock to her mouth. She eagerly opened up and licked round my
    bell end. Too much for me, I withdrew and moved round behind her. I lined
    up with her pussy and easily slipped inside her sloppy pussy. I was
    enjoying thrusting slowly in and out, feeling her gripping my shaft. I
    pulled out and forced myself against her anal ring. She stiffened and tried
    to pull away. I reinforced my mental commands over her and pushed forward .
    Emma screamed as I stretched her ring apart and entered her. She continued
    to scream and thrash under me as I pushed deeper into her bum. This was too
    much for me and a couple of thrusts saw me coming deep within her. Once I
    withdrew, I went to get my camera and started to take photos whilst I told
    her to push my cum out of her bum, catch it in her fingers and eat it. It
    made beautiful pictures and ones that I would no doubt use in the future.
    It helped that I was videoing it as well and getting Emma to really act up
    in front of the camera.

    If everything goes to plan, that would be the last time I would see Emma. I
    told her to go home, after getting her on her knees in front of me and
    pushing my cock into her mouth to clean it off. I then showered and waited
    for Kara. I had rung a taxi and it was waiting for me outside the house as
    Kara arrived. She had a small bag with her as instructed and her passport.
    Everything else could be bought on our trip! Of course I had not bought a
    plane ticket but intended to see what my powers could do!

    At the airport, we walked up to the airline desks and asked who had flights
    going to Europe in the next few hours. 2 of them did. I then asked which of
    them had seats in first class for us. One of them did. I told the lady to
    book us into first class, one way. She took our passports and did so. She
    then asked how I would like to pay. I told her I did not wish to pay and
    that she would mark the flights as paid for in her computer. She blinked at
    me then said,
    ‘Of course sir.’
    She then printed out our tickets and instructed us to go straight to check
    in. We walked over to check in, and found an empty first class lane for us.
    We checked in with no problems and got our boarding passes and lounge
    passes. We then waltzed through security, a private, first class lane of
    course! We wandered past the shops, looking at various items on the way to
    the lounge. In the lounge, we sat in a private corner, with a bell to
    summon a waitress when we needed something. On the sofa, I pulled Kara to
    me and we kissed, passionately. My hand slipped down to her breast which I
    fondled, slipping down to her skirt. I pushed it up and slipped my finger
    inside her panties, brushing her slit and entering her. I slowly pushed it
    in and out for a minute before withdrawing it and sucking it, tasting her
    wonderful juices.

    I had an idea. I pressed the bell to summon the waitress. She appeared
    round the corner, just as I was putting my finger back into Kara’s pussy.
    The look of shock on the waitresses face was priceless! I quickly took
    control of her mind and ordered her over. I looked at her closely, she was
    kind of pretty but nothing on Kara. I got her to kneel down on the floor
    and I made her watch me finger Kara. I withdrew my finger and pushed it
    into the waitresses mouth. I then made her lean forward and lick Kara’s
    cunt through her panties. She quickly pulled them to the side though to get
    at Kara properly once I gave the command. I was hard by now and I wanted
    Kara so badly. I got her to climb onto my erect cock fully clothed. I let
    the waitress lick me a few times before plunging into Kara. I made the
    waitress come and join us in a 3 way kiss as I fucked Kara. She was so
    perfect, her pussy was amazing and I would come very soon if I did not slow
    down. I got the waitress to bend over the arm of the sofa and I came up
    behind her and pushed myself into her by now wet pussy. I fucked her for a
    few thrusts before pulling out and letting Kara taste her juices on my
    cock. I then got the waitress to lie on the floor and Kara to get in a
    doggy style position above her so her pussy was over the waitresses face. I
    pushed back into Kara and fucked her hard for a while before I felt myself
    cumming. I came very shallowly into her pussy, with the intention of
    letting it run out onto the waitresses face. My cum flowed out of Kara’s
    pussy and onto the face of the waitress. I made her swallow it all up and
    then get to work sucking it all out of Kara’s pussy. I instructed her to
    make sure that Kara came before she finished. I was such an amazing sight
    and I got my iphone out and filmed it all. I was even able to bend my
    flaccid cock into the waitresses mouth and get her to clean it.

    It was then that our flight was called and we had to go to the plane. It
    was brilliant to turn left as you walked on the plane for a change! Kara
    and I were shown to our seats- well semi private cabin would be more
    accurate. It was amazing. I loved it. I was glad it was a long flight to
    Europe! Kara and I settled down in our seats and watched for other
    passengers. There were only a couple of others in first class. I would have
    to go and look down the back later to see who was there. The hostess
    arrived and offered us drinks. Funnily enough we ordered champagne- very
    stereotypical I know. We toasted each other and shared a long passionate
    kiss. The plane took off and we settled in for the flight. I watched a
    movie and Kara fell asleep. I soon got bored with the film and thought
    about testing my new powers out. I walked down the plane into the economy
    section. Most people were asleep or watching films. I sent out a message to
    everyone. You will not see me unless I talk to you. You will ignore
    everything I do. I had better test it out. I stepped infront of a screen
    that a man was watching and blocked his view. He did nothing, just stared
    straight ahead. It worked….. One more test- I this time blocked 2 peoples
    screens- again, nothing! Brilliant, let’s have some fun! I searched for a
    pretty woman. I found one watching a film in seat 38C. Right next to the
    aisle. She was a young university student by the looks of her, with a pretty face, good looking body and long, brunette hair. Here we go…. ‘You will keep watching the film but you will suck my
    penis as you watch’ I commanded her. Still looking at her screen, she
    reached out and unzipped my fly and pulled out my dick. She leant forward
    and sucked it into her mouth like nothing else was going on. Awesome! I was going to do more! Come with me I commanded her. She got up and walked down the aisle with me. Everybody totally ignored us as instructed. I opened the door to the stair down to the crew rest area. Inside, I ejected the 2 crew members resting and told them not to disturb us. I asked the girl her name. ‘Chloe’ she replied. I was properly horny now and soon had her stripped off. She had a fantastic figure, neatly shaved pussy and largish breasts. I stood and kissed her, feeling her glorious bum as I did so, my erect prick sticking into her tummy. I was not in the mood for too much build up. I pushed her down to her kees and pulled her head onto my prick. She quickly opened her mouth and engulfed me. I fucked her mouth for a couple of strokes before turning her round and getting her in the doggystyle position. I sank my fingers into her pussy and spread her juices around. Then I lined up my cock and thrust deep into her pussy.
    ‘Oh Chloe, you feel amazing.’ I cried out as I thrust into her. I probed her asshole with my thumb as I pushed deeper into her every stroke. I knew I wouldn’t last too long like this. I pushed my weight down onto her, causing her to lie flat on the floor. I then put my legs either side of hers, so that I was fucking into her pussy with her legs closed, lying flat on her tummy. It was amazing, so tight. I pounded into her as hard as I could and soon felt the familiar feeling building up. I unleashed my spunk into her tight pussy, spurting deep into her as I lay on top of her back, thrusting my hips and dick into her. She was so tight the feeling was so intense. Once I had stopped cumming, I got off and flipped her over. I knelt over her face and dangled my shrinking dick into her mouth so she could clean me off. I loved the feeling of domination over her as she sucked her juices and my cum off me. I began to get aroused again and I continued pushing into her mouth and as I got harder, I slipped into her throat. It did not take long of wild fucking to have me cumming into her mouth.
    I liked the idea of seeing Chloe again, so I got her to give me her cell number and email address. I thought I might call her one day and order her to come to wherever I was to play! She cleaned up as best she could with my cum running out of her well fucked pussy. I did not let her put her panties back on and I dismissed her. I waited a couple of minutes and then followed her back up to the main cabin.

    ***************************************************************************************************
    Paris

    Arriving in Paris, we were quickly off the plane and waiting for baggage
    collection, not that we had a great deal! Once through immigration and
    customs, we found ourselves looking for somewhere to stay. All the top
    hotels had someone there with a sign, so we picked the first one, which
    happened to be The Ritz, and went up to the man. I quickly told him what
    was what and we were soon in the back of a lovely Mercedes S class being
    whisked through the streets of Paris to the hotel. As I sat there in the
    back, holding Kara’s hand, I began to plan forward. I knew that we would go
    to Budapest and find Victoria Swinger and take her with us. I had also
    taken a fancy to Dido Angel and thought we would go to Prague and find her
    as well. I had a vague plan of going to a tropical paradise somewhere but
    nothing concrete beyond Budapest and Prague. First though, we would enjoy
    Paris for a bit!

    We arrived at the Ritz and marched into reception.
    ‘I believe you have a room waiting for me?’ I asked the receptionist.
    ‘Yes Sir, the Marie Antoinette suite is ready for you.’ she replied.
    It’s amazing what a bit of thought implantation can do before a conversation.
    That’s great,’ I said ‘I’ll settle up as we leave.
    ‘of course Sir, will there be anything else? She enquired.
    ‘Yes, I’ll need a shopping assistant tomorrow morning.’
    ‘Of course Sir.’
    With that we were escorted up towards the suite.
    It was massive, I couldn’t wait to shove the bellboy out the door and as I handed him a tip, we shut the door. Immediately, we both began stripping off and ran towards the bathroom. I followed in behind Kara, squeezing her perfect bottom all the way. She started running the huge jacuzzi bath for us to wash the flight off us. I rubbed my semi hard penis on her bottom as she was bent over mixing the water around. As soon as I touched her I was hard. I enjoyed rubbing myself up and down her bottom crack and down to her pussy lips. Kara was wet and ready for me but I wanted to draw it out a bit. I got into the huge bath and Kara followed me. There were bubbles everywhere. Kara relaxed back into me and I washed her all over, paying special attention to her perky breasts. I cleaned out her pussy with my fingers and washed her asscrack with my fingers. This gave me an idea, as I wanted to fuck her bum soon. I stood Kara up and bent her over the side of the bath. I knelt behind her and had my face level with her perfect bum. I spread her cheeks and toyed with her tight spinchter. I inserted one finger and moved it in and out, causing her to moan softly. I then added another. I did not plan to fuck her ass just yet, rather to get her ready for when I did. I leant forward and pulled my fingers out and started licking her bum hole, toying it with my tongue and lapping at her. I enjoyed the way it made Kara squirm and push her bum back onto my face. There was plenty of scope here I decided! I reinserted my fingers and pushed them in and out of Kara’s bum, causing her to moan and squirm once more. I then left her bum alone and returned to her pussy. I started off licking it full length from behind, as she was still bent over the bath. I couldn’t resist for long though and I quickly stood up and inserted my erect cock into her tight pussy. I fucked her hard and fast from the start as I was so horny. Luckily, Kara was almost there after the licking I had given her and it was not long before she was cumming on my cock. This caused pleasure waves to ripple up my shaft as she came. I held off for a little longer as she came down from her orgasm, then I told her to turn round and kneel in the bath infront of me. I had wanted to cum in her face like a pornstar for a while and this was going to be the first of many times I did it to my beautiful Kara. Seeing her staring up and me with her beautiful face was all I could take. I spurted hard my cum all over her face. The first spurt hit her forehead and dribbled down into her right eye. The second spurt hit her left cheek and splashed up the side of her nose. The third spurt, I aimed the other side of her face and hit the other cheek. I then pushed my cock into her mouth and finished with some weaker spurts into her mouth. Kara looked so beautiful kneeling there with a face covered in my cum. I told her to stay where she was and ran to get the camera. I took a lot of photos of her like that. I decided that I would like a lot more in the future as well, perhaps in interesting locations? I then let Kara clean up and we got out of the bath clean and refreshed.

    As it was evening and we were tired, we ordered room service, ate and then went to bed. I did, of course, mount Kara one last time and we made slow love, ending up with us both cumming staring into each others eyes. It was perfect in so many different ways.

    The next morning, we were up reasonably early and had had breakfast by 8am. I had booked by phone with the concierge the night before for a car to take us shopping. We were going to get Kara some new clothes and then we would be back at the Ritz for the beauticians to come to our suite to pamper Kara. First though, a bit of sightseeing. I got the driver to driver round all the sights for us. I did plan on coming and doing them all properly at some point but not today. The car pulled up outside an expensive looking store. We went in and immediately were amazed by the luxury of the clothes on offer. I was pleased to see a large lingerie section.An assistant came over to us and asked us something. Not speaking french, we struggled but managed to get across what we wanted in our broken french and her english. She took Kara off and started showing outfits and lingerie. I was, of course, more interested in the lingerie and was looking forward to the show when we got back to our hotel room. I was wondering who to get to pay for all the clothes that Kara had decided she would take when a very haughty, upperclass French lady walked into the store and demanded to be served by the assistant. She had no choice but to leave Kara and serve this bitch who had walked in. Not speaking French, I did not understand what the bitch wanted but it was clear from her demenor that she was most unpleasant. I decided to kill two birds with one stone as it were. I had not cum all morning and neither had Kara. I walked over to the assistant and said projected my thoughts to her,
    ‘Go and lock the door and shut the shop. Then go over to Kara and lick her pussy til she cums in your face.’ Kara flashed me a smile of thanks and started undressing.
    To the bitchy french lady I thought to her,
    ‘Strip down to your underwear, you will hate every moment of this but you will not complain once and you will do whatever I command. You will also pay for my purchases as I leave the store and then forget about this all, but you will be nice to people from now on.’
    As she stripped down, I watched as the assistant knelt down between Kara’s legs and started lapping at her pussy. The bitch had now stripped and was standing in front of me looking extremely pissed off. She was wearing some classy lingerie. I motioned for her to get on her knees. She did so and I whipped out my dick and started rubbing it round her face to get me hard. She reluctantly opened her mouth and I stuffed my by now hard cock in. I pulled her head forward with both of my hands and held her there, gasping for air as my dick pushed its way down her throat. I released her and she chocked for air. I then pushed back in. This time she was ready for it and managed to relax her throat a bit. She glared up at me with hate in her eyes. This only turned me on more, especially when I looked over and saw Kara being licked out by the assistant. I continued this rhythm and felt close to cumming. I wanted her to have something to remember me, so I quickly got her on her hands and knees and pulled her silky panties to one side and thrust into her pussy. She was very tight and it only took a few strokes for me to flood her pussy with my cum. I shot jet after jet up her, grabbing her hips to pull myself in further to get my cum as far up her as possible. Kara was groaning as her orgasm overtook her. She looked so pretty sitting there with her legs open having her pussy licked. I pulled out the camera and shot a couple of pictures of her in this position. I then presented my cock to the bitch for her to lick clean, which she did so without too much reluctance. I felt sorry for the assistant, she hadn’t cum yet, so I got the bitch to crawl across to her, push her skirt up and start eating her pussy. I took some more photos, making sure that I got some of my cum running out of the bitch, I made sure that she turned to the camera so that we could see her face in the photos.

    We then grabbed all the stuff we were buying, left the tags on the counter for the assistant to ring up later- she was writhing around on the bitch’s tongue at the moment and couldn’t help! Kara and I left the shop very satisfied that we had taught that bitch as lesson. We climbed into the car and told the driver to take us back to the hotel. By now I was so horny for Kara that I had my fingers in her panties and up her cunt in no time. I enjoyed feeling her writhe around on my digits but I wanted more. As it was a limo car, I was able to kneel on the floor with Kara sitting on the seat. Kara helped me to roll her skirt up and pull off her sexy panties. I lowered my head and licked along her dripping pussy lips. I savored the taste on my tongue and I delved deeper into her pussy, pushing my tongue into her depths and gulping her sweet nectar. I also licked down to her bum hole and inserted my tongue past her rosebud. I loved being able to alternate between her pussy and ass. Kara was screaming as her orgasm approached. Her thighs clamped round my head and she gushed her cum onto my face. Awesome, she was so pretty and mine. I loved her and wanted to complete a family of play things for her and me…. It was time to go and find Victoria and Dido.

    Back at the hotel, I let Kara go up to the room and get started with her beauty treatments (not that she needed any!) and I went to speak to the concierge about a couple of different things, including getting tickets for our onward travel.

    I headed up the the suite a half hour later. Inside I heard the sound of female laughter. I walked in to see Kara sitting in a chair with 5 women around her. There was one manicuring each hand and one on each foot giving a pedicure. The last one was massaging her head. The women were all in their early 20’s and pretty as anything- except Kara of course! I walked over, projecting a message into their heads- anything that happens in this room is ok, it is fun and you will submit to anything at all.
    Once they took that in, they went back to their work. I watched for a while, looking at all the sexy bodies in the room. Six women who I could have if I wanted. I did want! I undressed so that I was naked, none of them batted an eyelid at all. I walked up behind the one who was massaging Kara’s head. I pressed up against her from behind, making sure my cock was on her ass, I reached round and groped her breasts through her top. Her bra felt fine and quality. I started undressing her and projected a thought to the others- undress down to you underwear and leave on bra and panties then carry on with what you were doing.
    They immediately sprang up and undressed, leaving their bras and panties on. I moved off to go and get the camera, wanting to record the moment. I got some great shots from all angles of them attending to Kara. The best thing was that Kara was wrapped in only a towel and looked so sexy sat there being attended to. I got Kara to take off the towel so that she and I were both naked and the women were in their underwear. I moved back behind the head masseuse and rubbed my now erect prick on her exposed butt cheeks, as she was wearing a thong. I looked down and could see Kara’s pussy glistening with juice- she was obviously as excited as I was. I wanted the women to finish their work before I had my way with them all, so, using all my will power, I left the group and sat on a chair watching, stroking my engorged prick. I beckoned the head masseuse over to me. She walked over and I enjoyed the way she swung her hips as she walked. I pulled her round and sat her down on my lap. I made sure that my prick was between her legs, so I stuck out in front of her. I pulled her back and fondled her boobs. I unclipped her bra and got a proper hold of her sexy boobs. I pinched her nipples and had her gasping with the intense feeling. I reached down with my other hand and felt her pussy covered by the silky material of her thong. I slipped on finger underneath and into her wet pussy. I stirred it round her juicy hole before bringing it out for her to taste. She sucked my finger into her mouth and swirled her tongue around it. I then got her to stand up and take off her panties. She bent over and stuck her pert ass in my face as she did this and I stuck a finger in her pussy. I told her to stay bent over in front of me. I pushed another finger in her, then another. I eventually got 4 fingers in her and I pushed my thumb into her bum hole. I fucked her with my fingers and she bucked back and her pussy dripped juice on to my hand.

    **************************************************************************************************

    Finding Victoria

    We landed in Budapest and were met by the private detective that I had rung and spoken to from Paris. He had with him a large folder with all sorts of candid photos of Victoria and maps. It turned out that he had had no trouble in finding her at all and would take us to the address straight away. Kara and I sat in the back of his car and I reflected back over a few things as he drove us North towards Ocsa, where she was. Firstly, I was amazed that my power worked over the phone and held someone so well. The PI had carried out all the instructions that I had given him to the letter. I was confident that he had told no one about what we were doing in the country at all.

    Soon, we drove into the outskirts of Ocsa and his sat nav was guiding us through the maze of streets. I looked at Kara, she was so beautiful and we were getting on so well that it almost seemed a shame to introduce someone new into the equation, almost…! I thought about the bag of toys that I had acquired in Paris and how much I was looking forward to using them on Kara and Victoria later. I was getting excited though- Victoria was someone that I had fantasized over for years and I had wanked over her so many times. I was getting excited just thinking about it. I reached over to Kara and had a very gentle fondle of her boobs. I rubbed a nipple through her thin top. I stroked my hand on her bare leg and was about to go further when I noticed the PI snatching glances in the mirror. I would give him something to enjoy as he had done well and he wasn’t going to be paid for all this! I pushed Kara’s skirt up further and exposed her sexy lingerie for him to see. I could see his expression in the mirror and he was clearly enjoying what he saw. However, we soon reached the street where Victoria lived and Kara pushed her skirt back down. Her hand was resting on my hard prick and rubbed it ever so lightly now and again. Kara knew exactly how I was feeling, as I had confessed my obsession for Victoria to her and told her how excited I was to meet her finally. Kara understood and was thrilled for me. I had shown Kara photos of Victoria (and Dido) and Kara had confessed that she also found them both attractive and couldn’t wait for them to join us so we could all be together.’ Kara

    As we pulled up outside the house, I gave Kara’s hand a squeeze. I told the PI to wait in the car for us and we got out and knocked on the door. A woman soon answered the door but it wasn’t Victoria. I commanded her to understand me and then asked her in English
    ‘Does Victoria Swinger live here?’
    ‘Yes, she does.’ the woman replied, ‘I’ll go and fetch her, please wait here.’
    She then ran off up a flight of stairs and left Kara and I alone. We looked at the photos hung on the wall, most were of Victoria. She walked up past them, like we were in an art gallery. I stood behind Kara, both of us lost in the moment. I put my arms round her and my crotch touched her bottom.
    ‘You’re hard!’ Kara said surprised as she wiggled her bum onto my hard dick and pushed herself backwards.
    I was tempted to get down to it with Kara there and then but we heard a noise at the top of the stairs and a pair of legs appeared and then the vision of beauty that is Victoria came into view. It was quite a moment for me and I was lost for words and could only stare at her. Kara saved the moment by going up to her and introducing herself and then me. I had not even thought yet to take control of Victoria’s mind, so it was all a bit strange! I soon recovered though.
    ‘Victoria it is so nice to meet you at last,’ I said ‘Is there somewhere that we can talk?’
    ‘Of course, forgive me’ said Victoria, ‘come in the sitting room, Jana will make us coffee.’
    Victoria showed us into the sitting room. Kara and I sat together on a sofa and Victoria sat on a chair opposite us. She was wearing a pair of comfortable tracksuit bottoms and a long sleeved top. She would dress a lot sexier once I controlled her, I thought to myself. However, I did not push myself into her mind yet, I just wanted to talk with her first.
    ‘Forgive me,’ said Victoria, ‘but who are you two and what do you want?’
    I looked at Kara, who gave me a small smile and a nod.
    ‘We are here to make your life so much better.’ I said.
    Victoria looked at me like I was mad; ‘How?’ she asked simply.
    ‘It’s simple,’ I said, ‘we are going to take you with us on the best adventure you can ever imagine. Wherever you want to go, we go. Do you have dreams of visiting fantastic places and seeing amazing sights?
    ‘Yes, but why would I trust you?’ asked Victoria.
    ‘Good question,’ I said, still not ready to seize her mind, ‘because I can quite literally offer you the world.’
    ‘Let’s just say I believed you, what would you want in return?’ asked Victoria.
    ‘Just your undying devotion to me and for you to carry out any order I gave you, like Kara here does.’ I answered bluntly and Kara nodded her head in agreement.
    Victoria looked shocked and she quickly stood up and said ‘You are very funny but I think you should leave now.’

    I suppose it was too much to ask that she would go along with it without me controlling her mind? Shame. Nevermind, it was not a problem as I could easily control her. I would just do it by thinking into her mind, all without disturbing Kara.
    ‘Victoria, you will do anything and everything I say from now on. I am the centre of your world and you would do anything at all to please me. Kara here is also your mistress and she is second only to me.’ I pushed this into her brain.
    She looked confused for a moment and then a smile came to her face. ‘Wow, how nice to see you, I love seeing you both here. I love that idea about adventure.’ she said
    I loved it when it worked. That was Victoria taken care of. Now we just had to work out what to do here and how to get to Prague to go and find Dido.
    At that moment the other woman, called Jana, walked in with a tray of coffee and offered us all a cup. We all agreed we would like one. As she poured them out, Kara and Victoria started talking like old friends, finding out all about each other. I pushed into Jana’s mind,
    ‘You will take no more notice of us and forget we even existed. Victoria is going away now and you will forget all about her. I will leave you money to cover the rent for the rest of the year until you find a new roommate. You will leave us in peace now.’
    I then sat back with my coffee and watched and listened to Kara and Victoria talk. Kara was doing so well making Victoria feel a part of us, as she knew how much I liked her. I made a mental note that I would have to make sure that Kara knew she was always going to be my number one.
    I thought it was time to move things along a bit. I said to Victoria, ‘How about you show is your beautiful body with a slow striptease? Kara, come and play with my willy, slowly, let’s both savour this moment.
    Victoria stood up and Kara moved closer to me. Kara unzipped me as Victoria started to take off her top, looking at me in the eyes all the time. My cock was semi hard by now and Kara quickly put it all in her mouth to lube it up for the handjob she was about to give me. Kara lubricated me with her mouth, licking up and down and coating me in her saliva. I watched as Victoria revealed her good sized breasts. Her puffy nipples standing out. Victoria lifted them in my direction and wiggled her hips seductively. My prick was now straining in Kara’s hand as she gently wanked me up and down. Victoria moved onto her tracksuit bottoms, she tugged them down and stood in just her panties in front of me. She had a fantastic figure, fuller than Kara but just as appetizing in a different way. Victoria pulled down her panties and stood there naked in front of me. I drank in the sight, she was so beautiful. Kara was enjoying it too as her hand started to moved faster and faster on my throbbing prick. I was in heaven with these two beauties, and I had not even touched Victoria yet! Victoria started rubbing her pussy watching Kara and I. I beckoned her over and she walked over and got on her knees in front of me on the sofa. She rubbed my balls as Kara jerked me off. I got Victoria to come up and kiss me. Kara looked on as we snogged, still jerking my prick, her small fingers curled round my shaft, giving me so much pleasure. I was about to cum and instructed Kara ‘put your mouth on it but hold it all in your mouth, don’t swallow.’
    Kara did as instructed and sucked me off as I continued to kiss Victoria. I pushed up into Kara’s mouth and erupted my cum into her hot mouth. Kara continued sucking me, until I stopped bucking up into her mouth. I thought to Kara ‘you are going to dribble all my cum out into Victoria’s mouth when I tell you to.’
    I told Victoria to lie down on her back on the floor. Kara knelt above her and told her to open her mouth ready to receive my cum. Kara then dribbled it out of her mouth into Victoria’s, slowly. Victoria swallowed each time she received a dose.
    ‘Victoria, remember that Kara is your mistress now and that she has first rights to my cum.’ I said. Kara smiled as I said this and looked so pleased. Kara then started to kiss Victoria passionately and I knew that they would get on so well. I left them on the floor kissing and sat back on the sofa and thought ahead as I watched them. The time was just coming up to midday and we had time to get back to Budapest and either catch a flight or a hotel for the night. I decided that it would be best if we got Victoria out of here as quickly as we could. I could decide in Budapest what to do thereafter.
    ‘Victoria, we are leaving in a moment, go and pack a small bag of just your essentials and remember your passport.’
    Victoria then got up and went upstairs.
    ‘Kara, why don’t you go and help her?’ I said to Kara
    Kara shot off after Victoria. I got up and went to look round the house to see if there was anything of Victoria’s that we might take with us. I also got a kick from being in my fantasy girls house, looking at her things. I enjoyed looking at her photos on the wall and her books lying around. I saw her computer in one corner of a room and sent a message up to her brain to remember to bring all her pictures and videos with her on a hard drive that I saw plugged into the machine. I then wandered upstairs. I heard Kara and Victoria talking in one room and looked in the others, there was nothing of interest in them. I went into Victoria’s room and saw the girls with their backs to me picking clothes out of a closet. I walked over to a chest of drawers and opened Victoria’s panty drawer. I took them all out and dumped them on the bed. I sorted through them into a pile to take and a pile to leave. The pile to take included some amazingly sexy panties but not enough- we would have to go shopping! I did manage to find the sexy panties and bra that Vic wore in my favorite scene she starred in, Renaissance Romance. We were definitely bring those, and the dress as well! I did the same with her bras. I left the girls to it and went back downstairs to look up flight times on the computer. I saw that there was a flight to Prague leaving that night. I pushed back from the chair and felt horny again, so I sent a command up to both girls to get naked on the bed and ready themselves for me, to make themselves nice and wet. When I entered the room, they were both lying on their backs naked, with their fingers in their pussies. It was too much for me. I stripped off and just pushed myself into Victoria’s eager cunt. It felt wonderful, warm wet and quite tight, but not as tight as Kara was. I pumped myself in and out for a few strokes and calmed down before I just came too soon. I realised that I was so excited that if I did not change position, it would all be over. I got off Victoria and got on my back. I got Victoria to sit on my cock and I pulled Kara up onto my face. It was perfect. My prick was being enveloped by Victoria’s horny pussy and I was lapping at Kara’s delicious folds. I think we were all so horny that our orgasms quickly approached. First was Kara, who coated my face with her delicious cum. Then was Victoria, shuddering round my cock. When she came down from her orgasm, she asked,
    ‘Mistress Kara, can I have his cum in me?’
    ‘Oh yes, of course you can.’ replied Kara, as she got off me and turned round to kiss Victoria. It was too much for me and I pulled Victoria down onto my dick on last time and I erupted into her, splashing spurt after spurt into her cunt. I took the opportunity to lick Kara’s bum and taste her ring as she had moved round. I loved her ass and was looking forward to fucking it soon.

    After that, we got moving (after quick showers of course) and were soon in the back of the PI’s car heading back to the airport.
    Arriving at the airport, I said goodbye to the PI. He had done well, so I had given him some money, all that I had left in fact, after leaving some for Victoria’s roommate back in Ocsa. I walked in with Kara and Victoria in tow and headed to the Czech Airways desk. I told the very nice lady there to let us have 3 seats in first class and she was soon printing off boarding passes for us all. We made our way through to the lounge and were relaxing with a drink in no time. I was finding out all about Victoria’s life up to now and loving hearing all the details she was telling us. Apparently she did not really enjoy her time as a pornstar, hence not doing too many scenes. That was why I could never find enough on her when I was searching! Never mind, it did not matter now as I had her all to myself.

    *****************************************************************************************************
    Finding Dido
    When we arrived in Prague, we were not being met by anyone so as it was late evening, we took a shuttle to a nearby hotel. It was no trouble getting a suite for the night. The hotel was awesome, in what looked like an old castle but thoroughly modern inside. I had a computer inside the room, so I began googling for private investigators in Prague. I found a likely looking one and pinged off an email requesting help to find someone here. We then wandered down to the hotel restaurant for dinner. It was delicious food and I felt so privileged to be sat with 2 exceptionally beautiful women for dinner. I was looking forward to what I had planned for after dinner as well! We eventually walked out of the restaurant, Kara on one side of me and Victoria on the other. I drew envious glances from the other men in the room. I made a show of it and had my arms round them and my hands fondling their bottoms!
    In the room it was show time. Kara had all the sexy lingerie in her bag that we had bought in Paris. Tomorrow we would get some in Victoria’s size, as she had bigger breasts than Kara. For now, it was Kara’s turn. Victoria and I settled down on the bed, I had my arm round her and she snuggled down onto my chest. Kara was going to model her lingerie for us. I enjoyed watching women get undressed and dressed, so I told her to stay in the room and change in front of us so we could see everything. Kara laid out the lingerie on a table and pulled up a chair and faced it towards us on the bed. She quickly got naked and selected a pair of black stockings to put on first. Kara sat in the chair and rolled up one stocking to be able to easily put her foot in it. I enjoyed watching women get dressed as it was the glimpses of dangling breasts and snatched views of pussies that turned me on. Perhaps it was the voyeur in me. I stopped Kara briefly as I had decided that Victoria and I should be naked for this. We chucked off our clothes and settled back into the position we were in. Kara continued to pull on the stockings, bending over sexily and letting her small boobs hang down. Not that there was any sag at all, they were so firm, I just loved watching a woman in that position. As she brought her leg up, I was able to sneak peeks at her pussy between her legs. My gosh she was so sexy. She soon had the stockings on and she pulled up a pair of black panties. They were the kind that clung tightly to her bottom. A bra was put on and Kara stood in front of us with one hand on her hip looking just divine. Her black lingerie highlighted her tanned skin. Kara spun round slowly for us. I was so horny watching her. I had an idea. I sent a command into Victoria’s brain. ‘Put my cock in your mouth but then do nothing, just leave it there and continue to watch Kara.’
    Victoria immediately moved down my chest and put my flaccid cock in her mouth. I told Kara to carry on and leave the stockings on for the next set of lingerie. Kara unclipped her bra and pushed down her panties. She sat in the chair and pulled open her pussy lips for me to look at, she was wet. She was obviously enjoying it! So was I. Despite no movement from Victoria, I was hard in her mouth. I did small pushes up with my hips to get a bit of movement in her wet mouth. The next set of lingerie Kara tried on was a black thong and matching bra set. I loved the way that the thong disappeared into her tight buttocks as she bent over and worked it in there. I was now pushing harder in Victoria’s mouth as I could not resist her. Kara had her fingers under the hem of her thong and I could see her fingering her wet pussy as she watched me push my hard cock into Victoria’s mouth. I knew I would cum soon but I wanted to put a plan into action first. I pulled out of Victoria’s mouth and got her to lie on her back. I told Kara to get the camera and take photos. I had a plan to print out lots of photos in high res and put them on the wall of me cumming on my girls faces. I already had some of Kara (I would of course make many more) and now was time to get some of Victoria. I straddled her face and let her suck on my shaft. Kara was snapping away very close. I felt the familiar surge in my balls and I held my cock as I erupted onto Victoria’s face. The first spurt covered her lips, the second covered the left side of her nose and went on up her forehead. The third went into her mouth as did the subsequent ones. The cum on her forehead then started running down into her eye. Victoria had to shut her left eye as her eyelid was covered in cum. She continued to look up at me with her right eye. Kara took photos of it all and I knew that there would be some good ones. Victoria looked amazing, lying there with her face covered in my cum. Kara put down the camera and started to lick the cum off Victoria’s face. I of course took some pics of this as well.
    We moved into the bathroom, where we got into the huge shower and soaped each others bodies clean. I spent a great deal of time on my knees licking Victoria’s pussy whilst Kara sucked on her tits. As Victoria neared orgasm, she grabbed my head and pulled my tongue deeper into her pussy and mashed it on her clit. I loved tasting her juices as they flowed freely from her pussy. We eventually dragged ourselves out of the shower and back to the bed. I had a surprise in store for the girls and Kara in particular. You see, I knew that Kara had never had any anal before and I intended to change that. However, I wanted to break her in slowly and get her comfortable with having her asshole stretched. So, in Paris I had ordered the concierge at the Ritz to get me some toys. It can’t have been the strangest thing he had ever had to do. The toys included 2 butt plugs- one very small and one slightly bigger. there was also a strap on dildo. I had thought ahead you see! I got them out of my bag and showed them to the girls. They giggled but Kara looked slightly nervous.
    ‘Kara, don’t be frightened,’ I said ‘I’ll be very gentle and you will love it in the end.’
    Victoria nodded her head and agreed with me,
    ‘Yes, I’ve done it many times and loved it in the end, despite being very nervous to start with.’
    ‘Kara, kneel up on the bed and put your face down on the sheet.’ I commanded
    Victoria, start licking her ass and pussy to get her wet.’ I ordered.
    I lay down and put my face next to Kara’s and whispered how much I loved her and how it would be fine. We kissed for a while and swapped thoughts of undying love for each other. Victoria was doing a good job on Kara as she was soon breathing heavily and feeling really horny. I gave Kara the smallest buttplug and got her to suck on it. I watched Victoria licking Kara’s bum. It was so sexy and I was soon hard again. I gave Victoria some lube to really work into Kara’s ass. I coated the buttplug and started to ease it in. The pushed it against the pressure of her sphincter and then it was through and in easily as it was so small. I left it in there for a while to get Kara used to it. I then got Victoria to kneel on the edge of the bed next to Kara. I stood behind Victoria and used some lube on her ass now. I then coated my dick in it and eased my way into her ass. It felt amazing invading her ass, something I had fantasized about for years. I reached over and began to push the butt plug in and out of Kara’s ass in time with my gentle thrusts into Victoria’s bowels. Both girls were making all sorts of noise and I was so hard and erect inside Victoria. As I got more and more turned on, I increased the pace of my fucking and of the plug in Kara. I pulled my cock out of Victoria so I could watch her sphincter gaping for me. I plunged back in and then did the same to Kara with the plug. I was not going to last much longer! I watched as the girls leaned together and started snogging. This sent me over the edge and I spurted deeply into Victoria’s ass as she orgasmed around my cock. It was so satisfying, something I had been dreaming about doing for years and wanking over the thought! I pulled out of Victoria and paid attention to Kara while commanding Victoria to stay in that position. I built up a steady rhythm in Kara and also stroked her clit. This sent her into spasms and she came hard there and then. Leaving the plug in her, I went to get the camera so I could take pics of my cum running our of Victoria’s ass. It was a real turn on and would make a good addition to the wall I had planned in the house we would eventually live in!
    The next day we were all up reasonably early and keen to get on with our mission. I loved the way that Kara and Victoria were as keen as I was- not that they had much choice about it. They were getting on so well and I wanted to think that it was natural, not forced upon them. Once we found Dido, could it be as good. Only one way to find out. The PI was waiting for us outside the hotel as instructed. He had some basic information and had been able to hack into her Facebook profile. He said that he needed a few more hours before he would have a definite address. He gave me a mobile phone that I had asked him to bring for me so that I could be in contact. That left us some time. I spoke to the concierge and got him to find us a nice car to be driven round the sights of Prague in. We took in all the sights for a while, the beautiful buildings, the river. We stopped at a lovely cafe by the river and sat out side. Over cappuccinos we all talked about what we wanted to do and where to go once we found Dido. Victoria was keen on the Caribbean and Kara fancied the Med somewhere. I told them that we could do both, there was no reason for us to stay in one place forever. As we ordered more coffee and pastry, we moved on to what we wanted to do. They were keen for living well and enjoying themselves to the fullest (who wouldn’t?!). They did question how we would afford to live. It was a good question, as I had so far been getting people to give us for free or getting someone else to pay for it. I would have to come up with a way of having ready funds to hand for larger expenses. We tossed ideas round for a moment or two until it was time to go. I looked round the outside seating to find someone to pay for our drinks for us. I saw a man dressed in a suit who looked wealthy. I implanted a thought in his brain- ‘you will look up, see us and signal to the waitress that you wish to pay for our drinks.’
    He then did just that- man I loved this power! I thought that we had better thank him, so I got both girls to face him and flash him their panties. They were both wearing sexy ones and the man’s eyes bulged out of his head as he looked up their skirts and saw their panty covered pussies. We then got back in the car and continued out tour. We passed a camera shop and I wanted to go and have a look round. We turned round and pulled up outside. It was a high end place, full of top quality Canons and Nikons amongst others. Perhaps I needed some new kit? I knew what I wanted and asked the assistant to show me a boxed up new Canon 1DX and various top quality lenses. I thought about what I needed and decided just to get a decent prime lens for taking photos of our sexual adventures. I selected batteries, memory cards and filters and got the assistant to ring it all up. It was all quite expensive and I wondered how to pay for it? I implanted a thought in the managers mind
    ‘Congratulations- you are our 100,000th customer- your purchases are free.’
    ‘Wow, that’s amazing, thank you!’
    After a few pleasantries, we went off and got back in the car. It was then that my phone rang. It was the PI- he had located Dido! It turned out she was doing a photoshoot today in Prague. I got the address from him and thanked him. I gave the address to the driver and we headed straight there.
    We arrived at what looked to be an upmarket apartment block overlooking the river. The address was on the first floor. We went up and easily found it- it was the flat with the door open and huge studio lights rigged up, with power cables running out the door. I walked in first and noticed that there were a lot of people but no Dido. I immediately took control of everyone in the room’s mind.
    ‘You will all do whatever I say. You will obey any command without question. I am here to find Dido, where is she?’
    They all pointed to a closed door. She was obviously changing into her next outfit. I could wait. Then a thought crossed my mind!
    I spoke to Kara and Victoria, ‘Girls, how about you join in the shoot? It would be great to have some professional photos of you.’
    They nodded their heads in agreement and smiled at each other.
    Eventually the door opened and Dido walked out. She was wearing some incredibly sexy white lingerie and she looked amazing. Her blonde hair long and cascading down her shoulders. Now, Dido was the only person in the room who was not under my control.Time for some fun I thought to myself. I motioned for the photographer to continue and implanted in his brain the commands to tell Dido she would be joined by Kara and Victoria.
    ‘I thought I was the only model today?’ Dido asked the photographer as he told her the news.
    ‘Not anymore.’ was his curt response.
    To her credit, instead of flouncing off like a drama queen, Dido just shrugged her shoulders and awaited instructions. I liked that she was down to earth. I was feeling horny already.
    The first thing I got the photographer to do was to take head shots and then full body shots (dressed) of all three girls. I then got Kara and Victoria down to their bra’s and panties to match Dido. Dido still had not twigged that something was not right and I resisted putting her under my control. They all posed for the photographer. Dido and Victoria were used to this sort of thing but Kara was clueless and just copied them. I did not get them to take their lingerie off- was I feeling jealous of someone else seeing them naked? I then sent a message to Dido, putting her under my control the same as Kara and Victoria. I put a stop to the shoot, took the photographers memory cards and got the girls dressed and back into the car.
    We stopped off at Dido’s house and got her to pick up her passport and anything else she might need. Kara and Victoria went and helped her pack and I sat in her sitting room with a cold drink. I thought it best to get Dido out of Prague quickly as she had told me in the car on the way to her house about her boyfriend she lived with and her many friends in the area. I could deal with the boyfriend over the phone but there were too many outside influences to worry about. When the girls all came down, I got Dido to ring her boyfriend. I then spoke to him and got him to forget all about Dido and their time together. I also gave him the path to happiness and hopefully a great fuck as I had already rung one of Dido’s single friends and got her to go with him.
    We then bundled back into the car and headed back to the hotel to pick up our bags and head to the airport. I sent the girls up to the room and told them to shower and get ready to go. I went to the concierge and started to get his help in making arrangements and pick up the new sex toys I had asked him to get for me!. The first thing I wanted was a private jet. It was surprisingly easy, we were told that all we had to do was show up at the firms offices at the airport and as soon as payment was made we could be on our way. I told them to fuel up a small jet and file a flight plan to Ibiza and that I would bring them cash to their office in one hour.
    The girls brought all our luggage down with them, not that we had much! We set off for the airport. Victoria sat in the front and Kara, Dido and I sat in the back. I was on one side, Dido in the middle and Kara on the other. I struggled to keep my hands off Dido, I was desperate to fuck her as I was so excited by her but it would have to wait. I fondled her body through her clothes, copping a good feel of her firm tits and delightful ass. I looked into her beautiful hazel eyes and fell in love with her there and then. That meant I was head over heels in love (lust!) with all three of them! What a lucky chap I was!

    By now I had a stiffy and I leant forward to put my arms round Victoria in the front. All I ended up doing was fondling her tits and making myself hornier. Dido’s hand drifted down to my crotch and rubbed my dick through my trousers lightly. My god she was gorgeous. Her blonde hair made her look so innocent and alluring. We were nearing the airport, so she would have to wait until I got my hands on her properly. She continued rubbing me as we drove through to outside the passenger private terminal, a small building away from the main terminal. As we got out of the car I took the opportunity to rub myself up against her bum and very nearly succeeded in spurting into my own pants. Luckily I held on- just.
    Inside the terminal, we found the private jet hire office and I walked in ahead of the girls. I met the receptionist and was soon ushered through to the managers office. As we had spoken on the phone, he knew what I wanted and he said that everything was ready and I could proceed upon payment. I took control of his mind and told him to look at his computer screen and confirm that he had received my (fictional) payment.
    ‘It all seems to be in order, sir.’ he said, ‘If you would like to follow me?’
    We all followed him out into the attached hanger and saw a sleek business jet waiting there ready to go. A hostess was standing at the top of the stairs and an immigration officer at the bottom with a stamp in hand. No queuing here! We had our passports stamped and went inside. As soon as I was in, the hostess shut the door and told the pilots we were ready to go. We strapped ourselves in and the jet turned round and we were soon whizzing down the runway and up to cruising altitude. Once the seatbelt lights had gone out, I went to the cockpit and greeted the pilots. They were friendly and very professional. I ordered them not to come out of the cockpit unless told to do so. I then went and sat down on the sofa on one side of the cabin next to Dido. I was going to fuck her now! I did not take control of the hostess, as, I thought it would be fun for her to watch and see what her reaction would be.
    Dido and I started kissing, as full on snogging session that soon raised my cock to monumental proportions. My hands were all over her body and I just loved feeling her up. Her hand was stroking me to full hardness again. I broke off our kiss and took my clothes off in record time. I sat down again as both Kara and Victoria started stripping off Dido for me. Amazing, the three sexiest women in the world putting on a show for me. I sat back with my cock in my hand and watched, entranced. They left Dido in her bra and panties, as they knew how sexy I found a woman starting off a sex session wearing them. Dido walked back over to me as Kara and Victoria started stripping as well. I stretched out on the sofa lengthways and got Dido to straddle me in a sixty-nine position. I love the fact that her panty clad pussy came down towards my face and I had to lick her through her panties to start with. I then got her to move her hips up so that I could take them off. I looked over to see Kara and Victoria sitting in their chairs, legs open wide, panties pulled to the side, fingering themselves, whilst they watched Dido and I. Dido got back down and my tongue slipped into her wet pussy as her mouth enveloped my cock. I couldn’t hold out and it was only a few bobs of her head up and down that had me shooting thick ropes of hot cum into her mouth. This spurred my pussy licking on and I soon had her writhing around on my face, coating me in her sexy juices as she neared orgasm. As it hit, she screamed out and thrashed around on my tongue. The hostess heard this and came running into the cabin from the galley. As she saw what Dido and I were doing, she stopped, mouth hanging open and gaped at us, lost for words. I still did not take control of her, letting her stew there. Eventually, Dido got off and we both sat upright looking at her. I spoke first,
    ‘You are under my control, you are about to get fucked by these girls, you can fight it or go along with it, but it will happen.’
    I stood up and got my bag from under the seat. In it were some new sex toys that the concierge in Prague had got for me. I pulled out two strap on dildos. I gave one each to Kara and Victoria.
    ‘Girls, put one of these on and I then want you to dp the hostess. I want to hear her cumming several times.
    To the hostess I said ‘Stand still and let me undress you.’
    With that, I went to her and started stripping off her clothes, making sure that I had a good feel up of her on the way round her body. I then pushed her over and had a good old cock rub on her ass. My eyes wandered over to Kara and Victoria, they looked funny with their fake cocks sticking out in front of them. I felt up the hostess’s pussy and she was starting to get wet. I pushed her over to the girls to get started and I went back to play with Dido. At first I just put my arm round Dido and we snuggled up to watch the action. The hostess was on her knees, giving both the fake cocks a blowjob. She looked pretty good at it. One of her hands was rubbing her pussy. I threw a bottle of lube over to Kara to use on her ass. Kara squirted some onto her bum and rubbed it onto her sphincter to get her ready. Kara then sat down on the seat and the hostess climbed on top of her, lined her pussy up with the strap on and sank down on to it. As the hostess adjusted to it, Victoria moved behind her and rubbed the end of her strap on all over the hostess’s tight bumhole. Victroia looked round at us and I gave her a nod. She pressed forward and impaled the hostess’s ass on her dildo. Victoria kept pushing forward slowly until she had her tits rubbing on the hostess’s back. Victoria leant forward and kissed Kara as they both fucked the hostess in between them. It was such an erotic sight.

    ****************************************************************************************************
    Arriving in Ibiza, the plan was to find that wonderful house on the cliff top that had been in those Private porn films, Ibiza Sex party etc. but first, a plan I had been thinking about for a while. I wanted to set it up whilst the plane was still here, so I could send it to go and get them…….
    I then had a plan to add some more girls to our group. I wanted to add Suzie Diamond, Suzie Carina, Vanessa Paradise, Lucy Lee, Sophie Moone, Tiffany Rose, Trisha Brill and Olivia La Roche to our group. That would take the number of girls up to 11.
    I told the girls that I wanted to do this and asked Victoria and Dido if they knew any of them. Between them they did, or, could get their phone numbers off friends if they did not. I planned to speak with these others on the phone and control them over the phone to get them to come and join us.
    It turned out that when they looked through their phone books on their smart phones, they had 6 of their private numbers. Dido knew friends who would give her the other 2. I started ringing the others there and then, sitting in the plane on the runway on Ibiza. I gave them all a standard order that took control of their mind and gave them instructions to be at Prague airport private terminal in 2 days. I also took the time to control any other halves to avoid future problems. Dido soon came back with the other 2 numbers and I did the same with them. So far so good.
    I gave the plane pilot and co pilot instructions about picking up the new girls in 2 days from their home base. They were to call me when setting off and confirm that all 8 were there and then I would issue further instructions. I also called their boss and sorted it all out with him. I then got them to take off with us in again to fly round the island to spot likely looking properties. I got out the new camera and prepped it to take the snaps.
    Soon, we were back down on the runway on Ibiza again and unloading the plane ready to go through customs. It was great arriving on a private jet as you did not have to join the masses, you got individual treatment! I made a note to ensure that we did this again! Once we were cleared, the girls having left bulges in the trousers of the officials, we went and found a helicopter rental place. We secured one quickly and loaded our stuff on board and got it to take us to the house we had spotted. I looked at the photos on the camera to make sure that it was the same place. The helicopter landed on the lawn and I got out first and helped the girls out. They sorted out our bags and I went to look for someone. I found a housekeeper coming out of the house, drawn by the noise of the helicopter. I immediately took control of her mind and got her to tell me all about the house. It seems that it is owned by a wealthy industrialist from Northern Europe who only came a couple of times a year. Living on the site were the housekeeper, a gardener, a cook and another housekeeper. Obviously they needed two as it was large and sprawling! I got her to go and fetch the other employees. Once I had control of their minds, I made sure they had specific instructions about where they were allowed to be and go. I made sure that they would not disturb us unless we wanted them to. I got them to give me the phone number of the owner. I rNg him up and made sure that he would not bother us here but still pay all the bills. It was then time to explore the house. Victoria and Dido were carrying in bags and Kara and I strolled in hand in hand. We looked at all the bedrooms and living areas. We obviously chose the master suite to use as our room. I intended to share my room with Kara and Victoria and Dido. We would then put all the others who were coming into a room per pair. But that was for tomorrow. Now, we would relax. I sent the staff off shopping for supplies with orders for dinner tonight and then for the chef to provide me with a menu for the rest of the week. Meanwhile the girls went to use the pool and I would join them soon. After the staff left for town, I looked out at the view. It was amazing, high above the sea with wonderful vistas out to see and along the coast. Just like it was shown in those films! Time for a swim.
    I saw that the girls were already in the pool and sitting chatting in the shallow end at the swim up bar. I ran over and jumped in with all my clothes on, splashing them. They all looked fantastic, wearing bikinis and looking like a billion dollars each! I sat with them on a stool and we chatted about what we would do in the coming days with the arrival of the other girls. I realised that I was missing something- drinks! I moved behind the bar and found a fully stocked bar there waiting for us. I poured the girls some white wine and cracked open a beer for me. This was the life!
    We sat and chatted all afternoon, getting to know each other. Obviously, Kara and I already knew each other but it was cool finding out more about Victoria and Dido. It was funny, Victoria was actually quite shy. Not what I expected at all. Maybe too many years in the business did that to her. Dido was more outgoing but only when she knew people and was comfortable in their presence.
    As we drank more, we all loosened up a bit. I told Kara that I had always fancied her and about how I would rush home and wank when I saw her. I told Victoria and Dido that I loved their work and tried to collect everything they ever did. I confressed to having spilt a great deal of seed over them in the past. I also came out with a couple of my fetishes. I said that I loved looking at fit women’s bottoms in a bikini. I also admitted to loving looking and a woman’s pussy bulge and mound through panties. Kara confressed to loving having her nipples sucked progressively harder, preferably both at the same time. That was easy to fulfil I thought. Victoria admitted that she got off on giving handjobs and looking at the mans face as he spurted. I said that I would be most happy to help her with that. Dido admitted to loving being dominated and doing the domination in equal measure.
    I got Kara to sit up on the bar between the other two. I took her bikini top off and the girls immediately leant forward and started noisily sucking on Kara’s nipples. I stood behind watching and admiring Victoria’s and Dido’s asses. I stroked them through the bikini material and was soon erect. Kara was panting heavily as her nipples were tweaked and sucked. I slid a finger into her bikini bottoms and found her dripping wet slit. I pushed forward and inserted my finger and rubbed her clit with my thumb through her bikini. Kara was soon writhing round. She had her hands clasped firmly on the girls heads, pulling them harder onto her pert boobs. I increased my fingering and was rewarded by Kara cumming hard on my finger with her nipples in the girls mouths being sucked hard. Kara was such a pretty sight as she came, her pretty face screwing up as she exploded in orgasm. I was so turned on by this. I pushed Dido forward, pulled her bikini bottoms to one side and pushed my cock forward to her pussy. She was dripping wet and I slid in easily, feeling her silken depths hugging me. I leant forward and kissed her neck, nibbled her ear and then sucked it into my mouth. Ear sex, whatever next? I thrust into her with abandon, feeling my cockhead pushing up against her cervix. I was so aroused that it would not be long. I came, flooding her pussy with my seed, all the time alternating my gaze at Kara and Victoria. Kara leant forward and kissed Dido and I did the same with Victoria as my dick shrunk in Dido’s pussy.
    As we recovered, it was time to go and sort out things ready for dinner. I could hear the staff had returned and I was starving. We were greeted by the 2 housekeepers and the cook. The cook asked what we wanted for dinner.
    ‘Whatever is quick and good.’ I replied
    He went off to start preparing a surprise, after finding out of there was anything we didn’t like.
    The housekeepers wanted to know where we wanted to eat.
    ‘Show me the options.’ I said to her
    They both took me and showed me the formal dining room with magnificent views over the sea. The dining table was huge, it could easily seat 15 people around it. They then took me out and showed me an outside area on the cliff looking down to the beautiful sea. Then they showed me the space by the pool. The decision was easy- on the cliff. I left them setting up the table for the 4 of us.
    I found the girls changing in the master suite. It truly was huge. There was an enormous bed in the centre and not one but 2 bathrooms off it and, a further bedroom if needed. I thought that could be useful if I wanted to have a ‘romantic’ night alone in bed with Kara, or indeed, any other of our soon to arrive hareem.
    I loved watching the girls changing, the bending over to pull up panties and the fastening of bras. I sat there and watched them as it only took me a couple of seconds to throw on some clothes. Eventually I was broken out of my reverie as we were called for dinner.
    The chef had done wonders for supper. We started with a basic but tasty prawn cocktail and followed up with a very light pasta alla aragosta. Delicious. Throughout dinner we chatted and laughed together. I was really enjoying getting to know them better and finding out all the things that made them laugh or become animated in discussion. At the end of the meal I called the chef over and thanked him for the lovely dinner, as did the girls. I let the housekeepers clear everything up and then dismissed them for the night. They said that they would have breakfast ready whenever we wanted in the morning. I just told them to make sure that they brewed the coffee very strong!
    It had been quite a long day, what with arriving on the island and taking over someone else’s house, so we all went off to bed together. We showered together in the enormous walk in shower. We all soaped and washed each other clean and then wrapped ourselves in the large fluffy, white towels provided. The girls quickly dried off and jumped onto the large bed naked. Kara and Dido were almost immediately asleep. I lay there chatting quietly to Victoria, running my fingers lightly over her pussy lips, feeling her moisture grow. I was soon hard and quietly mounted her in the missionary position. I thrust into her and then lay on top of her with my cock buried up to the hilt in her juicy pussy. We looked in each other’s eyes and kissed as I started to move slowly in her. Victoria wrapped her legs around my back and pulled me into her, grinding her hips around to increase the sensations running through both of us. I soon felt myself getting close and we continued our feverish kissing as Victoria moaned her own orgasm into my mouth as I kissed her. I then pulled out, moved up her body and presented my dick to her mouth. Victoria sucked me in and I erupted my cum into her mouth and she gulped down my sperm. I continued thrusting into her as I wilted and withdrew. Victoria smiled up at me and I kissed her forehead before getting off her. We soon fell fast asleep.
    In the morning, I awoke before the others. I left them sleeping and went to the kitchen in search of strong coffee. I found the chef hard at work preparing pastries for out breakfast. He pointed me in the direction of the top of the range coffee maker. He offered to make it for me. I let him, after telling him how I liked it. He soon found me sitting by the pool, watching the sun rise over the horizon. I thanked him and he left me with a pot to get stuck into. As I sipped the amazing coffee, I reflected on how brilliant everything was working out to be. I had three of the hottest women in the world and others to arrive tomorrow! I had the most amazing house to live in and staff to take care of our every whim. I had the power to control anybody. It was all just awesome.
    Once the girls were awake, we all had breakfast together by the pool. The chef had worked wonders with the pastries and the coffee. I set out what we had to do today to prepare for our new guests arriving tomorrow. We had to allocate rooms- I was keen to do this as I got off on the idea. I said that I wanted the girls to make up some door names as follows.. In the first room, Suzie Diamond and Suzie Carina would be sharing together. Then Vanessa Paradise and Lucy Lee in the the next one. Then Sophie Moone and Tiffany Rose in the next and finally Trisha Brill and Olivia La Roche in the last. That would still leave one room unoccupied. I would have to think if I wanted to fill it at a later date.
    I said that Kara and the others should direct the housekeepers in how they wanted everything to be set up in the house and how it should all run. I said that I would go into town with the chef. He would go and do the most enormous shop and I would run a couple of errands. We would all meet up for lunch at the house.
    I set off with the chef in the owners newish Range Rover. The chef told me that he had the owners credit card and that he used it for shopping regularly. Excellent, I thought. I told home to get plenty of everything, including fine wines and make sure he could get regular supplies for as long as we were here. I left him with the car at the supermarket and I headed off into town in a tuk tuk. I thought it would be easier than trying to park. I told the chef to ring me when he was done.
    The first stop I made was at a photo print shop. I wanted to start my portrait wall before the others arrived, so they could see what I was aiming for them all. I got a very friendly assistant to help me, after telling him to ignore the content of the photo. I looked through a few and he helped me decide on the best one. It was one of the photos of Kara that I took with her face covered in my cum. I had taken it in Paris the day we arrived. I thought she looked beautiful in it. I wanted to have a wall with every one of my girls on it in a similar facial pose! I wanted the pic blow up to be very large as it would form the centre piece of the whole collection. We agreed on a huge size, much bigger than life size. I made sure that they could print it and mount it for me by the early afternoon. I paid and left them with instructions to ring me the moment it was ready.
    I then went to a cafe for a coffee to think about my next move. I had to plan how to extend myself a line of credit in the most important shops for our life here. Food was sorted as we had the owners credit card and I did not want to have to use that all the time. It was easy for me to get anything I ended but not the girls if they were not with me. I decided that the easiest thing to do would be to speak to the managers of the stores and make sure they extended credit to my girls whenever they went in. So, I set off round the shops, speaking to the managers and taking their and the shops phone numbers so I could control whoever I wanted over the phone. I was pleased to see plenty of high class lingerie stores. The girls would have to visit! I went to a mobile phone shop and got a whole load of iPhones for me and the girls. I made sure that they had unlimited credit and would not have to be registered. I wanted to be able to ring them whenever they were out and about.
    After that, I was thristy, so I found another cafe for a cold drink. I sat there and people watched, with my back to a wall in the shade. There were plenty of hot women walking past, dressed in lovely sun dresses with the hem lines above their knees. I decided to have some fun. I locked eyes with one beautiful woman and silently commanded her to come over and talk to me. She altered her course and came right over, smiling and talking cheerfully. I got her to stand right next to me and I slid my hand up her skirt and felt up her bottom. She was wearing a thong and I kneaded the firm flesh of her buttocks.
    The chef rang and said that he was finished, so I went back to meet him. We drove back to the house and the housekeepers helped to unload the vast amount of supplies that he had bought. I told him to prepare a menu for the next few days. I went to go and find the girls. They were lounging by the pool in their bikinis looking hot. I told them all that I had done. I stripped off and dove into the pool to cool down. I was just starting to think about getting frisky with the girls when the phone rang and the photo shop said they had finished the print. I jumped out, and told Kara to come with me. I planned to take Kara to the shop with me so she could see her masterpiece first. We got in the car and set off. Once out the gates, I looked over at Kara. She was wearing a white dress with a belt around her waist. She looked fantastic and I felt frisky! With her sunglasses in her hair, she looked a million dollars!
    ‘Kara, please lean over and blow me.’ I said to her as we drove out of the gates. Kara leant over and unzipped my pants, fished out my hardening cock and quickly put her lips over it. I looked down and could only see the back of her head rising up and down in my lap. Kara’s blowjob skills were excellent and she worked my prick in and out of her wet mouth skillfully. I was having trouble keeping focused on driving down the road. Luckily there a wasn’t much traffic! I was revelling in the amazing sensations of her hot, wet mouth round my dick. At this point I had to pull over to the side of the road to continue. Kara got up and knelt on the passenger seat to allow her better access. I reached over with my hand and lifted her dress up over her buttocks, revealing her gorgeous ass with no panties on. Naughty Kara! I slid my middle finger down her ass crack and massaged her asshole, lightly rubbing round her puckered anus. Kara continued to suck me off, pushing her head further down my shaft to take me further down her throat. I was getting closer to cumming and I stepped up my assault on her ass, pushing my finger in past her ring, stretching her gently. I could feel Kara moan onto my shaft. I then noticed a noise behind the car. A police car had pulled up behind us and the officer was walking towards the window. I told Kara to keep going. The police man could not see in due to the tinted windows. When he drew level with the drivers window, I let it down slightly, so that he could just see my eyes.
    ‘Ola,’he said and motioned for me to wind the window down further. I did so and his eyes widened as he took in the sight of Kara blowing me and me fingering her ass. To avoid any trouble, I took control of his mind straight away. You can never tell what men with guns will do, in my opinion. Better safe than sorry! I made him stand there and not move. I wound the window back up and started thrusting my hips up into Kara’s face. I was soon shooting my spunk into her mouth. I told Kara not to swallow but to hold it all in her mouth. I wound the window down again and told Kara to open her mouth and show him her mouth full of my cum. He stared at it, no doubt wishing it was his! Kara then swallowed it all with him watching.
    I then had a chat with the policeman, making sure that he would be on my side in any future need I had of him. I also took off him the phone number of the local police chief. I would call him later and get him straight on a few things!
    We then continued our journey into town. We went straight to the photo shop. Inside, we saw a stand in the corner with a black cloth over it. As per instructions, they had it ready to display to Kara and I. I told everybody to leave the shop and wait outside. I then went up to it and whipped the cloth off. There I front of us was a masterpiece of photography! It was brilliant. There was Kara, her face covered in my cum, looking at the camera, looking absolutely stunning. It was just how I had envisaged it. Perfect. I couldn’t wait to get it home and then up on the wall and then get ones of the other girls around it. This would be the centrepiece of them all. It was why I had blown it up so big, so the others could be slightly smaller.
    I covered it back up, called the shopkeeper back in and paid him and then jumped back in the Range Rover and set off for home again. I intended to have a grand unveiling tomorrow once all the girls were present.
    Once we got home I spent some time shopping on the internet. I ordered all sorts of sex toys to keep us all amused. I paid for extra quick delivery too!
    ********
    The following morning I woke early to my phone ringing. It was the pilot of the plane and he was calling to say he had them all on board and was awaiting take off clearance from the Prague tower. He said that they should be landing in about 3 hours in Ibiza. I issued him instructions to park the plane where he had let us off before in the private terminal. I also instructed him to not open the plane doors until he saw me arrive.
    I quickly got up and showered. The 3 girls were still sleeping peacefully. I woke them up and told them the plan. I would drive down to the airport in one car and Victoria would drive the other. Kara and Dido would stay and supervise the house staff. They were to make a welcome lunch for us all and lots of drinks to get us all loosened up and ready to get to know each other.
    I took the Range Rover and Victoria took one of the other cars we had not used yet, a huge Toyota Land Cruiser V8 VX. These two should get everybody in and their minimal baggage. I had instructed the girls to bring a minimum of bags, only stuff that they needed immediately. I planned to buy them all the new clothes they could ever want.
    We arrived at the airport and saw no sign of the plane. I enquired in the private terminal and was told that they were 1 hour away as they had left late. I gave them my mobile number and told them to ring me the moment they were on final approach.
    Victoria and I parked up nearby, at a quiet sport and settled down to wait. We went to go and have a look at some of the private jets parked in the hangars and on the apron outside. I spoke to one of the mechanics and asked him which was the plushest one here. He directed me over to one that had its door open and a man polishing the rail. I told the man that I wanted to look around it. I did not give him the choice to object. Victoria and I went up the stairs and looked around. It was certainly opulent inside. Club chairs and beautifully finished fixtures and fittings. We sat in chairs facing each other and I got us a couple of cans of soda from the bar to have while we waited. I looked at Victoria as we chatted, she was so gorgeous. We talked more and I put commands into her head…
    ‘Your pussy is starting to get wet. Open your legs and show me your wet panties.’
    Without even stopping talking Victoria opened her legs and I was able to see a small dark patch on her light blue panties. I got her to pull her skirt up and give me a better view. She reached a hand down and ran a finger over her panty covered slit. She then pulled them to the side, giving me a sight of her beautiful pussy. She dipped a finger in and brought it to her lips. Her hand then went back down and she started to lightly stroke her wet slit. I stood up and walked over to her and unzipped my pants and pulled out my cock and presented it to her face. Victoria wasted not time in taking it into her mouth, running her tongue over it. Her spare hand wanked my shaft up and down as she sucked on my end. I put my hand on her head and pulled her onto me, forcing my length deeper into her mouth and down her throat. I wanted her so badly. I stood her up and turned her round. I lifted her skirt above her ass and knelt down and pulled her panties down. I buried my face into her ass from behind and licked her slit and asshole. I stood up quickly and thrust my rock hand cock straight into her pussy. She was so wet that I slid straight in and started fucking her roughly from behind. Victoria was kneeling on the chair, with her hand gripping the backrest for support. I fingered her asshole whilst I fucked her, driving her wild as she thrust back to meet my steel like shaft that was impaling her. I was so aroused that I would not last long. She hit a quick orgasm as I pushed a second finger in her asshole. I then spun her round, sat her down and quickly thrust my dick back into her mouth. When I felt myself about to spurt, I grabbed the back of her head and pulled her onto me, my shaft again going down her throat, where I unleashed spurt after spurt of my sticky cum straight down her throat. I released her her and as she gasped for breath I finished with a final weak shot onto her chin. As Victoria recovered, she scooped this up and licked it off her fingers.
    The phone rang and I answered it to be told that the plane was due to come in on final approach in 5 minutes. Victoria and I cleaned up. I got her to lick me clean and we got dressed.
    I walked over to the immigration in the private terminal and got one of the officers to come with me, bringing in with him all the necessary stamps he might need. The plane coming from the EU did not need to be bothered too much according to him, it was all a formality unless there were non EU citizens on board. I assured him there were not. We went and stood out on the apron by our cars watching for the plane. Eventually, the plane appeared in sight and began a slow descent onto the runway. It braked to a halt at the far end and began the long taxi back to the private terminal. It then pulled to a stop right next to us. I waved at the pilot and he acknowledged me with a smile and a wave. The door then opened and I was first up the steps and into the cabin. I looked around and checked they were all there. The two Suzies, Lucy, Vanessa, Sophie, Tiffany, Olivia and Trisha were all there. They looked up at me expectantly, not having any idea who I was- I had only spoken to them on the phone after all. Victoria had stayed outside with the officer and the pilots remained in the cockpit as instructed.
    ‘Ladies, welcome to Ibiza!’ I said to them, ‘ I am the one who spoke to you on the phone and instructed you to come here. I am now the centre of your world. You will obey any instruction I give you without thought. Your primary concern is my happiness. I repeat, you will obey me without question. You will not talk to anyone about anything I order you to do.’
    That would do for now I thought. I planned on giving them all more detailed instructions back at the house. I gave them orders.
    ‘Outside you will find an immigration officer. Show him your passports and bags.’
    I beckoned to Victoria to come and join us
    ‘This is Victoria, whom many of you already know. She will show you to your transport.’
    The girls all got off and moved to the exit. I went to have a word with the pilots,
    ‘Guys, you have done brilliantly. Thank you. I will probably want to use your services again soon, so stand by for a call from me. Remember, you will obey my every command without question. Your boss in Prague will give you a tip for this trip. He is also under my command and will permit you to use the plane for my benefit anytime I order it.’
    I then left them to it and disembarked from the plane. Outside, I found the girls helping each other with their bags from the hold. We all loaded up the trunks of each car and I went to speak with the immigration officer.
    ‘Any problems at all officer?’ I enquired
    ‘None sir, everything is fine, you are all free to leave.
    I returned to the Range Rover and found Vanessa in the front passenger seat and Trisha, Suzie Diamond and Sophie in the back seat. The others were with Victoria in the Land Cruiser. We drove out the airport and towards town, which we had to skirt round to get to the villa. I was happy to listen to the girls chatting. I stole glances across at Vanessa and in the rear view mirror of the others. I was hugely excited about everything that lay ahead. I was very glad that I had had sex with Victoria just before they landed otherwise I think I might have had to stop and fuck one, or all, of them en route!
    When we were 15 minutes away, I called Kara and told her to get the housekeepers to lay out lunch ready for us when we arrived. The girls in my car had all said that they were hungry as they didn’t have breakfast as they were nervous before getting on the plane that morning. We swept through the gates and up the drive and pulled up outside the house. Kara and Dido were there waiting for us. The girls all jumped out and ran and hugged Dido, who they knew and introduced themselves to Kara. I told Victoria and Dido to show them around and they all trooped off into the huge house. I got all the bags out and Kara helped me take them to the living floor, where the girls could collect them from later. We then went and joined them all by the table by the pool under the shade. We all sat down and I happily listened to the conversation around the table. I looked at each girl who had arrived. Each one was so beautiful in her own way. I was thoroughly looking forward to getting to know them all, both in terms of personality and body, in the near future! After our light lunch, I issued instructions.
    ‘Girls, when you are finished here, you will go to your rooms and make yourselves comfortable. Explore the house and grounds. You will meet in the dining room at 7pm. Dress sexy!
    Now, your roommates, the two Suzies, you are together. Lucy and Vanessa, you are sharing. Sophie and Tiffany, you two and finally, Olivia and Trisha you are as well.’ Nobody looked unhappy with what I had just told them. Phew- one worry over then! I dismissed them and they all went off with Kara, Dido and Victoria to show them their rooms and collect their bags. I had work to do!
    I found the gardener and got him to help me. We mounted a large hook on the wall of the living room area, this would hang the picture of Kara when I unveiled it to them all later. I put the photo of Kara against the wall on the floor and draped a cloth over it to hide it from view. I made sure that the chef had dinner under control and then I went to explore the private beach that the house had at the bottom of the cliff. I deliberately wanted to be away from temptation as I did not want to fuck any of them yet! I walked down the steep step to the hidden cove. There was a small, beautifully picturesque beach hidden at the bottom of the cliff. On one side there was a pontoon jetty with a large speedboat tied up to it. It looked like the jetty was large enough for a much bigger boat to moor alongside. I walked out along it and looked down into the crystal clear water, it was deep enough for a large yacht to moor as there was plenty of clearance for a keel of a reasonably deep draughted boat. I stripped off my clothes and diving into the clear water. It was cool and refreshing to swim in and I splashed around in the deep water next to the jetty. I eventually climbed out on the steps at the end and air dried in the sun before dressing and walking to the other end of the beach. Here in the trees was a stone table and benches, surrounded by shady trees. It would be the ideal spot for lunch one day. I went back over to the jetty and got on the speedboat. There was plenty of room on it and I was glad to see it had skis and a donut on board. This was going to be fun! Topless skiing and donuting here we come I thought to myself! I started the inboard engines and they started first time, running smoothly. I untied the boat and set off out of the cove slowly. I circled slowly inside the cove, looking for hidden rocks. I found none. I motored out further and looked back at the house set on the cliff top. It was extraordinary, a superb house and it was all mine! I contemplated how lucky I was and wished I had brought a beer with me to enjoy the moment with. I looked at my watch and saw that it was time to get back and get ready for the night ahead. I moored the boat back on the jetty, it was wonderful not to have a current to have to fight against! I climbed back up the steps and went into the house. I found Dido just packing up to go inside from the pool.
    ‘Where is everybody?’ I asked
    ‘Oh, in their rooms getting ready. They all want to impress you tonight.’ Dido replied
    I put my arm round her and walked back to the house with her. I let her go ahead at one point so that I would look at her fantastic ass as she walked in her bikini. It was a blue and white striped one and she looked amazing in it. I stopped her and moved to her and felt up her bum. IT was incredible, everything I liked in an ass! I got to my knees, pulled aside her bikini and buried my face in her ass as she stood there. I reached my tongue out and licked her ring, pushing past her sphincter muscle and into her ass. Dido tasted amazing and I moved down and started to lick up her pussy lips, feeling the moisture spreading out of her and onto my tongue. I brought a finger up in front of her and rubbed her clit, eliciting moans out of her mouth. I continued licking her pussy, and ass and rubbing her clit as I brought her to orgasm, enjoying her juices as they flowed out of her onto my face. Dido stood there breathing heavily as I got back to my feet. I rubbed myself against her ass, enjoying the feeling of her firm flesh against my rock hard cock. I heroically stepped back, taking a monumental amount of willpower to not start fucking her. I wanted to wait til later! I made do with groping her tits through her bikini top, which did nothing to suppress my erection! I stepped away and we continued walking back into the house. Everybody was in their rooms. We went into ours and found Kara and Victoria there.


  • The Vampire Kiss Chapter Eleven: Bloody Incest

    Font size : +


    Father Augustine and his whores are on the hunt for the vampires Damien and Abigail.

    The Vampire’s Kiss
    Chapter 11: Bloody Incest
    by mypenname3000
    Copyright 2016

    Father Hyrum Augustine, unknowing pawn of the demon Jezebel, faced the vampiress, Rosa Reyes, in her realty office, the sunlight streaming through the window onto her golden-brown skin. It did not consume the foul creature. The Latina woman’s face transformed as the priest’s snarl of “Vampiress” echoed through the room. Fangs flashed between her ruby lips.

    Damien turned her and she was gifted daywalking. Every vampire had a gift from telekinesis to mesmerizing gaze. Some, like Rosa, were protected from the purity of the sun, able to walk in what should burn her foul body to a crisp.

    The priest’s cock throbbed harder as Rosa moved. She dressed in a sleek, tight miniskirt and low-cut blouse, showing off the beauty of her body to gain an edge in negotiations. The priest admired her beauty, eager to own her body like he yearned to own the vampiress Lynette’s nubile form. Lusts defined the Father, the whip the demon possessing him used to drive the priest to her tasks.

    As time slowed, fantasies flashed through the priest’s body, whispered by Jezebel. He pictured Rosa pinned to the table, her body naked, golden-brown, heaving in the sunlight as he plowed his cock into her sinful hole. The table creaked as he ravaged her.

    All women are whores, and vampiresses especially. They are sin animating flesh. They inspire such depravity in men.

    The priest already yearned to tame Abigail, and now he lusted for Rosa. He wanted his own pets vampiresses to join him, to be yoked to his communion the way he had chained the three woman who surged around him. Blonde and youthful Joy drew a silver machete while Samantha, her glasses slipping down her alabaster face, produced a wooden stake she had hidden beneath her clothing. The white oak’s point lunged at Rosa.

    “Capture her,” breathed Father Augustine as his holy warriors rushed forward.

    Donna Lawson—the married MILF he had savored stealing from her husband—snapped her hand out at the lunging Rosa. Shock burst across the vampiress’s face. She had known blood in the early hours of the morning when she helped Damien slaughter at the mansion. She discovered the ease of killing humans with her undead speed and strength She expected humans to be slow.

    My whores have been blessed by my holy power.

    Yes, they have, the feminine voice whispered. To the priest, Jezebel’s purr belonged to the Holy Ghost and proved the priest’s righteous belief in his purpose.

    Flesh smacked flesh. The vampiress hissed in pain, her clawing hand recoiling before she could reach Father Augustine’s throat. The priest folded his arms, his cock tenting the front of his cassock as he admired his women unleashed.

    Joy’s blonde hair flowed behind her as she swung with the silver-plated machete. Only items of purity—salt, white oak, sunlight, holy water, silver—could harm the undead. Rosa’s nostril flared. Her dark eyes burned as she twisted from Joy’s weapon. The machete sang through the air, a flash of silvery violence. Blood spurted.

    Rosa grasped her leg. Smoke curled from the wound.

    “Do not mar her beauty too much,” the priest smiled. “Disable and pin her so I may claim her.”

    “Yes, Father,” breathed Donna, her large breasts heaving beneath her blouse as the MILF and Samantha charged in.

    “Claim me?” laughed Rosa.

    Her uninjured leg lashed out. Donna took the blow in the stomach. The force threw the woman back into a filing cabinet. Metal groaned as the MILF bounced off. She left a creased dent, the gray-green paint flexing off.

    Donna rose, shacking off the injury.

    “Thank you lord for my holy warriors,” prayed the priest. Thank you for making my whores strong.

    Samantha screeched as she stabbed the stake at Rosa’s stomach, forcing the vampiress to leap back. She landed on her bad leg and howled in pain. Pure rage burned in the vampiress’s face as she struggled to stay upright.

    Joy leaped over the woman’s desk, knocking over a computer monitor as she landed beside the vampire. She swung hard with the machete. Rosa sucked in her stomach as she danced back. Fabric sliced. Smoke curled. A thin, long slice weeped tainted blood down Rosa’s stomach.

    “I will rip you all to shreds,” screeched the vampiress. She seized the heavy printer sitting on a small table in the corner and hurtled it at Joy.

    The blonde knocked it from the air and advanced on the vampiress, Samantha rushing in alongside her. They had the vampiress pinned in the corner. It was almost over. Father Augustine reached down and rubbed at his cock.

    “The hussy has unleashed her sin upon me,” groaned the priest.

    “Then she’ll have to satiate you, Father,” Samantha snarled. The brunette stabbed with the stake as Joy sliced her machete.

    Rosa could only dodge one. The machete swiped at her neck. The priest tensed, fearing his whore had lost control and disobeyed him. But Joy’s attack forced the vampiress to dodge into Samantha’s path.

    The wooden stake slammed into Rosa’s stomach.

    Agony screamed from the vampiress’s mouth. She stumbled to the right. White oak planted into a vampire’s torso was agony. It disabled them. Hunters carried bolts of white oak to shoot into vampire’s chest so they could paralyze and then kill their foe.

    “Yes,” Father Augustine breathed.

    “No,” snarled Rosa as her body convulsed.

    The vampiress found the strength to throw herself backwards before she lost all motor control. She crashed through the glass window. The shards spun about her, cutting her flesh. The sunlight illuminated her blood droplets. They glowed with inner fire.

    And then she was gone, plunging several stories to the street below.

    A snarl of rage burst from the priest’s lips. He rushed to the window and peered down at the cement below. Rosa landed hard, her body convulsing on the sidewalk. It would take more than that to kill a vampire. Pedestrians already crowded around her, speaking on her cell phones.

    Calling the authorities.

    No time. Damien is the target. Forget the bitch, hissed the feminine voice.

    “We need to leave,” Father Augustine spat. “Right now!”

    “Yes, Father,” Samantha said. “I…I’m sorry, Father. I tried to capture her.”

    The priest didn’t answer. Bile burned the back of his throat. There is still Abigail, whispered the feminine voice. Once you kill Damien, the widowed vampiress will need the comfort of her priest.

    Father Augustine smiled. He had failed to kill or dominate Rosa, but he had confirmation on Damien’s lair. The loft above Club Risqué. How else had Rosa, the property’s realty agent, been turned into a vampiress?

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    Remember, you have a way to escape your corruption. Kill Damien once Faust’s blood has cooled.

    Gideon’s voice echoed through her mind. Aurora the corrupted angel spun around, her crimson wings flapping wide. She gripped her sword then let it vanish. She would never turn on Damien. He had unshackled her from Heaven’s morality. Together, they would kill Faust and stop Jezebel’s plan.

    The demon would pay.

    And then she would serve her vampire and combat darkness. No rules or petty morality would stop them. They would fight darkness with darkness. They would prowl the night and keep mankind safe from the predators—shepherds guarding the flock.

    And like any shepherd, they would earn the right to take the choicest morsels and feast.

    “Aurora, is everything all right?” a soft voice asked.

    The angel turned, her naked tits heaving, and faced Britney. The thrall stretched from the mattress she lay upon. Mary slept beside her. All three vampires—Damien, Abigail, and Mary—slept in the dark loft. The windows were coated with thick, black paint, hiding the foul sun from their flesh.

    “It’s fine,” Aurora said, her wings fluttering.

    Seeing Gabriel, her former angelic partner, excited her. The prospect of seducing a pure angel and tasting his seed appealed to Aurora. When Damien feasted on her, she became a different kind of predator, one who feasted on sexual juices.

    She had been feasting on Britney’s milk when Gabriel interrupted her. Aurora’s eyes locked on the blood-smeared tits. Britney’s wounds, caused by Mary’s sharp teeth, had healed swiftly, but streaks remained on her skin, mixing with the milk beading on her nipples.

    Britney yawned. “Okay. I was just falling asleep. I thought I heard a man’s voice.”

    “Just a fool.” Aurora walked to Britney as the thrall closed her eyes and fell into sleep again. She needed to regain energy. She had been feasted upon off and on all night by the vampires. Though her human body had been enhanced to replenish her blood and milk swiftly, there were limits.

    Aurora shuddered. She needed to feed. Thralls existed to be used. “Sleep, child,” Aurora purred as she fell upon the mistress lying on the empty loft’s floor. Nearby, Damien, Abigail, and Vicky, another Thrall, slept. “I will give you such sweet dreams.”

    Aurora’s hands slid up Britney’s smooth thighs. The young girl, barely eighteen, shuddered as she dreamed. Her hand held Mary’s. They were friends before their changes, and now they had an even stronger bond uniting them—serving Damien.

    The angel pushed her thighs apart, exposing Britney’s shaved pussy. A landing strip of fine, blonde down led to a wet snatch. Aurora’s nose twitched as the angel breathed in the musk. An orgasmic sigh issued from her throat.

    “Such sweet dreams.”

    Aurora leaned down to feast on the sleeping girl’s snatch. Her tongue flicked along the shaved vulva, gathering up the sexual fluids—cum or pussy dew, Aurora craved both now. Her wings fluttered as her excitement grew.

    Aurora savored the flavor. It burst to life on her mouth. She moaned through her lips, her body feasting on the sustenance of Britney’s lusts. The girl shifted and let out a soft sigh as she slumbered and dreamed.

    I hope they are such—

    Metal rattled outside. A van door sliding open. It was in the alley of of the loft. Footsteps stomped. The angel’s keen senses alerted her to the clatter of a gun’s slide pulled back and released, the flick of safety, then steps pounded up the stairs.

    “Wake up!” Aurora shrieked, her wings flapping, carrying her to her feet. Her bloody sword appeared in her hand. “We’re under attack.”

    The door burst open. Sunlight ruined the purity of darkness.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    Damien D’Angelo’s eyes snapped open the moment Aurora’s shout burst from her lips. The vampire’s enhanced senses heard the pounding footsteps. Four separate steps but three were light—women. Their excited musk brushing his nose mixed with gun oil, salt, white oak.

    Vampire Hunters.

    The door burst open as Damien rose. His wife Abigail, who moments before had slept in his arms, leaped to her feet, his hard dick sliding out of her ass. She hissed in a low crouch beside Damien, flinching from the vile sunlight spilling into the loft as three women burst in carrying weapons. Donna Lawson, mother of Britney, was at their lead.

    Though Damien was shocked to see his neighbor leading the charge, he did not let it stop his reaction as Donna lowered her shotgun right at Abigail. Damien knew it was loaded with rock salt, a tactic he had used many times as a living hunter.

    With a roar, he threw Abigail to the side. His red-haired vampiress tumbled across the floor and came up in a crouch. The shotgun roared. Pain exploded across Damien’s side. He felt every grain of salt strike his skin. Smoke wisped from his wounds as thousands of crystals dug into his flesh, pricking agony through his body.

    “Bitch!”

    His shouted thundered through the hall. His right arm fell limp. So much smoke billowed from it, he couldn’t see his flesh from wrist to shoulder. The smoke stung at his eyes as he rushed at the woman. Damien drank in the pain.

    His cock thrust hard before him.

    Donna racked her shotgun, the red shell ejected smoking. It spun through the air as the next shell slammed into the breech. It was sawed-off. One of Damien’s he had left with Father Augustine.

    The priest strode into the loft, a dark shadow surrounded by the too bright sunlight.

    “You have fallen, Damien,” the priest said, his gruff voice stronger, alight with inhuman words. Damien heard something strange in the priest’s voice, a woman speaking with the man, a faint, almost ringing tone just at the edge of Damien’s hearing. “But I have come to free you from the prison of your flesh so you may find paradise again.”

    “Amen,” Donna hissed.

    Damien snagged the barrel of the gun and shoved it to the side. The shotgun went off, spraying salt past his chest. The barrel burned his hand, but Damien could ignored the mundane heat. His flesh healed in an instant.

    He ripped the shotgun from her, spun it, and pumped the action.

    In a blur almost too fast for the vampire to follow, she produced a silver machete and swung. He blocked it with the shotgun barrel. Donna was fast. Too fast for even a hunter. Damien had numbered among the best of the Knights Venator, and he never possessed the woman’s speed.

    “What are you?” he demanded as she hacked at him again.

    “Something holy,” breathed Donna. “Something pure. Chosen by god to kill you and rescue my daughter.”

    But Damien smelled a different truth on her. She oozed lust. It burned through her. Consumed her and drove her. The lust wasn’t holy. It was foul, tainted, corrupted. It made no sense to the vampire as he fell back before her feverish assault.

    But it made her blood smell so sweet. He yearned to taste her corruption.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    Damien screamed in pain as Abigail D’Angelo came up in crotch after being thrown to the side. She snarled at Donna Lawson, glaring daggers at her neighbor for hurting Damien. She rose and tense, prepared to leap and rip the woman’s head off.

    Movement attracted the vampiress’s attention.

    Samantha Murphy raised a crossbow to her shoulder, a white oak quarrel resting on the cradle. The young woman, a member of Abigail’s church, fired. The crossbow bolt took Abigail in the collarbone as she tried to dodge. It spun her around. Pain burned down her arm.

    You invited me to your wedding next week, bitch, Abigail thought as the pains creamed through her.

    The vampiress crashed to the ground. Her left arm paralyzed by the shot. She rolled onto her right side, the quarrel twisting in her flesh. She regained her feet. Samantha, her glasses slipping off her nose, calmly reloaded her crossbow, cranking the mechanism to pull back the cradle and bend the arms. Abigail ripped out the quarrel and threw it at Samantha.

    The human reacted in an instant. She raised the crossbow, blocking the powerful throw. The quarrel embedded into the fiberglass body of the weapon.

    Abigail didn’t stay still. She rushed in after the thrown bolt. Feeling returned to her left arm. Her wound still burned and smoked, but she had removed the white oak’s purity didn’t, returning control to her limb. She snarled, her fangs growing. Samantha’s blood smelled sweet.

    Samantha threw her crossbow.

    The large weapon hurtled at Abigail. She raised her forearms, letting the weapon bounce off of her. She kept running. She wasn’t a weak human to be slowed down that easily. She lowered her arms, ready to grab Samantha, and hissed her hunger.

    Samantha drew a handgun from a shoulder harness.

    “Bitch,” Abigail snarled as she stared down at her own 9mm with an extended magazine holding thirty rounds.

    Samantha pulled the trigger. The 9mm had been illegally modified to full auto. A burst of five round spat from the end of the gun as Samantha swept her arm before her. The bullets struck Abigail in the legs. Three of the silver coated bullets passed through the flesh of her thighs, leaving burning wounds behind while a fourth miss.

    The fifth struck her knee cap, the silver lodged against the bone.

    Abigail’s legs folded beneath her. She collapsed before Samantha.

    Confusion gripped Abigail. Samantha shouldn’t have the skill to be so precise with a 9mm firing at full automatic. The young woman had never held a gun before. She was pro-gun control, believing every Christian should be against any weapon being owned.

    So when was she trained?

    Behind Samantha, a blonde woman Abigail didn’t recognize dodged the streaking blur of Mary. The young vampiress was gifted with super speed. She left only an afterimage behind as she raced up the wall and leaped at the blonde.

    Who pulled an ampoule of holy water and flicked it almost casually before her. Mary, streaking down from above, had no chance to avoid it. Her momentum provided all the force to shatter the glass. Holy water spilled about the vampiress, and she crashed to the ground at the blonde’s feet, her flesh burning.

    Mary’s agony screamed through the warehouse.

    “What are you?” Abigail hissed through her teeth at Samantha. Her wounds in her legs healed, all except around the bullet lodged against her knee.

    “God’s warriors sent to fight evil,” Samantha said, her eyes burning with lust.

    Abigail shoved herself backwards as Samantha aimed again. The vampiress’s legs burned. But she wouldn’t give up. She would keep fighting and drink the bitch’s blood. Another burst of 9mm rounds exploded from Samantha’s gun.

    They did not hit Abigail.

    Vickie fell to the ground before Abigail. The Black thrall clutched her bleeding stomach. The scent of blood thickened in the air. Drops splashed across Abigail’s face and breasts. Her tongue licked out, tasting the salty flavor. The thrall’s life.

    A spike of energy shot through Abigail.

    “Kill her, Mistress,” panted Vickie, her voice thick with orgasmic pleasure. Pain and rapture were the same to a thrall.

    Abigail snarled in answer and gained her feet.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    Britney Lawson rushed across the loft. Mary screamed in pain behind her and Abigail lay on the ground, bleeding. But she was Damien’s thrall. It was her Master that she ran to the rescue of, her large tits heaving.

    Britney couldn’t believe her mother thought she needed saving. But Britney would not let her mother harm Damien. It didn’t matter that Donna Lawson had birthed Britney and raised her. Nothing would stop Britney from protecting her master.

    The young woman let out a shout right before she slammed into her mother’s side, a football tackle. Donna gasped and grunted. The two women fell to the ground in a flurry of matching blonde curls. Donna struggled as Britney seized her mother’s arm.

    “You can’t harm him,” Britney shouted.

    “Oh, honey,” groaned Donna as she wrestled with her daughter. “I’m here to save you, sweetie. Then you can serve the priest like I do.”

    Lust burned in Donna’s mouth. Britney was shocked by the wanton, purring moan. It was sexual, taboo groan of pleasure. It unleashed incestuous lust inside of Britney. Her pussy, already wet from the angel’s licking while she dozed, unleashed a new flood of pleasure.

    “No,” Britney gasped, her eyes widening. “No, no. You need to serve Damien. You’ll love it. Just let him bite you. Fuck you. Let him make you cum, Mother!”

    Donna, to Britney’s absolute shock, through her daughter off of her. Britney landed hard on the wooden step. “I’m trying to save you,” Donna roared as she gained her feet with far more speed and grace then Britney thought possible. “Don’t you understand?”

    Damien raised the shotgun, the barrel scored with dents and nicks. Donna cursed and dived to the ground. The shotgun boomed. But her roll was swift. She came up in a crouch and threw her machete at Damien.

    “Master,” Britney gasped in shock.

    The machete took Damien in the thigh. The vampire moved, but not fast enough. How is Mom a better fighter than Master? It’s like she’s not human.

    Damien roared in pain. His cock thrust hard before him as his flesh sizzled. He seized the handle of the machete and ripped it out of his flesh. His blood sizzled on the weapon, boiling away. Damien shuddered.

    “What are you?” he demanded, facing Donna.

    “Purified by the priest’s communion!” Donna’s eyes widened with ecstasy as she reached into her back pocket and pulled out a vial of holy water.

    “No!” Britney threw herself at her mother.

    Donna cursed and turned. She grabbed Britney’s hand, twisting it. “Stop fighting, Britney Lawson. You don’t know what you’re doing. He’s evil.”

    “He’s my Master!” Britney screamed the words. They exploded out of her. She believed them with every fiber of her being. “He owns me. You can’t hurt him.”

    Donna struggled and pushed Britney away, turning to face Damien. The vampire surged in, swinging the machete. Donna twisted her body, her feet almost a blur as she backpedaled and dodged around the attacks.

    She can’t dodge us both.

    The thought propelled Britney into motion. She moved around her mother. A sexual surge of lust rushed through her. Blood scented the air. She wasn’t a vampire, but she still responded to the aroma of spilled life fading into death. She licked her lips. Milk beaded her nipples. Her mother was so strong. She would make Damien a wonderful vampiress.

    Britney lunged at her mom’s back. Donna threw a glance and cursed. She tried to dodge both Britney and the machete. But she couldn’t do both. She twisted her body out of the way of Damien’s blurring swing.

    Britney grabbed her mother’s waist. She locked her arms tight about her mother, hugging her from behind. She then hooked Donna’s foot as the older woman moved. Britney yanked, throwing Donna off balance. The pair crashed to the floor, Britney’s hands sliding up, grabbing her mother’s breasts. She pinched with her fingernails hard, tearing through her mother’s thin shirt and into the flesh of her tits.

    Blood welled around her fingers.

    “Master,” Britney moaned.

    Damien loomed over them, his muscular body bleeding as it healed. A wild rage burned in his eyes, teetering on the edge of lust. The vampire’s nostrils flared, inhaling Donna’s blood. Yes, take her, Master.

    Damien fell on the mother squirming in her daughter’s embrace. Britney’s smiled as Damien seized her and opened his mouth wide, his fangs flashing. A hot thrill ran through the young woman.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    Aurora rushed to Mary’s aid.

    The vampiress screamed on the ground, her flesh burning from the holy water. Mary shuddered and writhed. She would heal, vampires always did, but for the moment she was incapacitated. The blonde girl produced a sharp, silver knife, raising it high to dispatch Mary.

    “No,” Aurora shouted, swinging her sword and catching the knife as it flashed down. The silver sparked against her bloody sword. Smoke rose.

    I’m vulnerable to silver. But not daylight. What are the rules for me?

    Those questions did not matter now. Aurora reposed with her sword, the nimble blonde leaping back. She moved with grace and skill despite her youth. Aurora spotted no callouses on the girl’s hand, no sign of developed muscles brought about by exercise and training.

    Her skills were not natural.

    “Familiar,” snarled Aurora.

    She glanced past the blonde to Father Augustine standing in the doorway, the bright, morning sun spilling around him. He was almost an absence of light, a negative space. And lurking in that shadows, Aurora spotted her enemy—Jezebel.

    The blonde and the other two women were enhanced by a demon, made familiars through Jezebel’s possession of the priest. The Demon had gifted the priest the power to corrupt the women through unholy rituals, a perversion of the priest’s faith and power as a man of God.

    The blonde was innocent. Aurora did not want to kill the innocent. Damien had freed her from Heaven’s shackles. She was not bound by morality. She had a choice. She could heartlessly dispatch the blonde and then kill the priest.

    Or she could protect the innocent and go for the demon directly. For Jezebel.

    “You have brought yourself within my reach, Demon,” snarled Aurora.

    “Is that you, Aurora?” the priest said, but mixed in with his gruff voice was the mocking tones of Jezebel. “What has happened to you? You have let yourself go. I never expected you to become a succubus.”

    Is that what I am? It explains my hungers.

    “You have escaped justice for too long.” Aurora parried the blonde’s attack then lashed out with her foot. The blonde leaped back and Aurora lunged in.

    Jezebel, through the priest, laughed. “Justice? When has Heaven ever meted out justice? You merely throw us back into Perdition. But we always find new ways out. New cracks to influence men. They are the ones you need to police, not us. They are the ones that beg for our powers. They are the one crying out to sin.”

    Aurora’s lips curled back. She slapped the dagger from the blonde’s hand. The girl blinked in shock. Her gifts as a familiar were to fight vampires, not angels. Jezebel did not expect to find me in the field contesting her directly.

    Today, Aurora knew, she would deliver justice on the bitch.

    As the blonde lunge for her knife, Aurora flapped her wings, thrusting herself forward. Her knee slammed into the girl’s stomach. The blonde groaned and fell on the ground. Aurora followed up her attack with a kick to the blonde’s temple, knocking her out.

    “Jezebel,” screamed Aurora. Her wings flapped. She flew at the possessed priest.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    The Holy Ghost spoke through the priest as the crimson-winged demon charged at him. “Will you really strike down my vessel, Aurora?”

    The priest had no fear. He had righteousness on his side. The demon landed before him, her wings folding around her body. Aurora was a beauty he longed to tame, another whore, naked, her nipples hard as they surmounted large, heaving breasts. His eyes gazed down to her sleek stomach to the bare pudenda. Her thighs glistened with sexual excitement. Her pussy lips engorged, pink, begging to be touched.

    “I will not kill him,” Aurora said, her bloody sword vanishing. “I’ll kill you, Jezebel.”

    The Holy Ghost laughed through the priest. His body trembled. He stood in the sunlight as the demon seized him. Her lips planted on his. The ecstasy of the Holy Ghost’s possession vanished, and a new rapture replaced it.

    What are you doing? the feminine voice of the Ghost demanded in the depths of the priest’s soul.

    Father Augustine did not care. His lips were locked on the demon’s. Her arms pulled his body against her lush flesh. Crimson wings engulfed him as his dick ached hard. Her lips tasted of pussy, a sweet musk that brought a groan from the priest’s throat.

    His body free of the Holy Ghost’s possession, his hands reached out, seizing the demon’s pillowy tits. He squeezed them, savoring their pillowy softness. His thumbs brushed her hard nipples, bringing sighs from her lips. Her hands slid down his body, stroking him through his cassock.

    Until she found his cock.

    “Whore,” groaned the priest, breaking their kiss as the demon squeezed his cock. “Perdition’s slut.”

    “Oh, that’s inside of you,” laughed Aurora as she stroked the crown of his dick through the robes. “I’m Heaven’s whore. Mmm, Lord, I’m going to enjoy fucking his cock.”

    “Amen,” breathed the priest. “Your filthy hole can’t resist my dick. You want to revel in sin with me.”

    “So much.” Aurora’s golden eyes rolled back in her head. “I want to experience all the sins of the flesh.”

    “Every woman is such a whore, even the demons.”

    Aurora laughed and kissed him again. Her wings held him tight as her hands pulled up his cassock. The fabric rubbed against the tip of his cock, sending flutters of pleasure through him as he thrust his tongue into the demon’s mouth. His hands squeezed on her tits again.

    The priest broke the kiss and lifted a breast. He stared at her perfect nipple for a moment as she bared his cock. Her hands grasped his naked flesh. She stroked him. He groaned and leaned down, engulfing her nipple and sucking hard.

    “Lord, what a wonderful servant I’m going to corrupt,” moaned the demon. “He makes me so wet, God. Heaven’s light!”

    The priest’s cock brushed the inner slope of her sticky thighs. Her lusts poured out of her, thickening the air with her sweet musk. The demon smelled of innocent passion. A lie to deceive men.

    His dick rose higher in her grasp. Her wings tightened around him as she rubbed the crown across her sinful hole, her juices coating the tip. So warm and sticky. The demon’s flesh burned for his cock. She had to feed her hungry cunt with flesh.

    Even though I came to kill her servant. She is weak. I will dominate her flesh.

    Father Augustine thrust.

    Aurora let out a sweet moan as he buried into her wet depths. Her cunt gripped him, clenching about his shaft. Her juices boiled about him. An exquisite pleasure rushed through his body. His hands squeezed her pliant flesh.

    “I will tame your whorish cunt, Demon,” spat the priest as he hammered her tight sheath. Ecstasy boiled through him. His every thrust sent rapture crashing through him. “You will serve a holy purpose.”

    “Sad,” she gasped, her hips undulating, her hot lips pressing into his ear. “You are the demon’s tool. But I will rescue you, Father.”

    Lies, hissed the Feminine voice.

    His hands moved around the demon’s lithe body. He grasped her taut ass, clenching, holding, claiming her. He thrust harder, his balls smacking into her flesh while she writhed and gasped. She threw her thighs about his waist, gripping him tight as tight as her pussy held his cock.

    The pleasure roared through him. He twisted, thrusting her against the door frame as he fucked her hard. Her wings unfolded, one in brilliant sunlight, the other in shadow. Her tits bounced before him, her nipples grazing the front of his cassock as she moaned and writhed. Her hips undulated, working her pussy around his cock, eager for her spilling release.

    “Give it to me,” she gasped. “Oh, sweet Lord, his cock. Such a gift you gave this man. And how he uses it.”

    Her whorish words spurred the Father’s hips. The feminine voice inside laughed in delight. What a slut she has become. She is addicted to sex.

    “To the hole between her thighs,” groaned Father Augustine.

    “I love that hole,” gasped Aurora. “Feed me your seed, fallen priest. Cry out to God as you cum in me. Blaspheme and sin in my body.”

    Her pussy spasmed about his dick. She shook and trembled in his arm. Her eyes rolled back into her head as her orgasm burst through her body. She gasped and shuddered, bucking hard against him. The pleasure coursed up his cock as her wet hole massaged him.

    He buried his face into the soft neck of the demon. He breathed in her sweet musk. He sucked on her flesh as the pressure in his balls swelled. They smacked over and over into her body, full of the seed she sought. She was desperate for it.

    Hungered for it.

    “Cum in me,” Aurora screamed, her fingers clawing into his back through his cassock. Fabric ripped beneath her ardor. Her pussy clenched harder, begging for his seed. “Flood me. Give it to me while God watches our sin. Sweet Lord, thank you for my cunt and this pleasure.”

    Her blaspheme excited him more. “Yes,” he growled. “Praise the Lord for your sinful hole. Her demonic cunt shall serve Heaven by satiating the lusts she inflamed in me. Amen!”

    His cock unloaded. His cum flooded into the hot, wet depths of her cunt. Her pussy spasmed about his cock. She milked him. Her moans screamed through the room. Her eyes rolled back into her head as his seed splashed into her orgasming pussy.

    She became crimson light in his arm then rushed inside his body, opened to her by his orgasm.

    Pain filled Father Augustine and he screamed in horror, recoiling as two souls clashed inside his fragile, mortal spirit.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    Abigail tried to dodge Samantha as the young woman swung the 9mm behind. Vicky’s blood invigorated Abigail, but it did not heal the wound in her leg fast enough. The silver bullet burned as her flesh forced it out. In the background, Aurora threw herself at Father Augustine, but didn’t attack the priest. The vampiress did not care why the angel decided to fuck him instead.

    The 9mm aimed at Abigail’s flesh.

    A blur streaked into Samantha. Mary, smoking from the holy water, knocked the gun from Samantha’s hand and spun the girl in a circle. Her glasses almost fell off and her brown hair whipped about her head.

    Abigail snarled and tackled into the off-balanced, young woman. The vampiress’s weight carried Samantha to the ground. Abigail’s fangs flashed. She sank them into Samantha’s neck. Blood spurted into Abigail’s mouth.

    Wonderful blood. Blazing. Powerful. Dark. Intoxicating. Possessed. Unholy.

    Samantha was not human and Abigail savored the blood as it flowed into her mouth. Her body spasmed, healing from her wounds. Her hand slid down Samantha’s body. She trembled and shuddered, moans escaping her lips.

    Abigail’s fingers ripped cloth and shoved between Samantha’s thighs. She found a hot, wet pussy covered in a soft down of hair. Abigail stroked Samantha’s silky labia as the vampiress’s drank the blood. The young girl trembled and shuddered. Her heart beat with frantic lust, her moans singing through the air.

    Her life flowed into Abigail’s mouth.

    “So good,” gasped Samantha, her hips bucking, rubbing her hot cunt against Abigail’s fingers.

    The vampiress drank the flood. It warmed her stomach, invigorating her. Her teeth dug deep into the flesh of Samantha’s neck. Abigail shoved two fingers into Samantha’s dripping cunt. Hot, slick flesh clenched about those fingers.

    “Ma’am,” Mary groaned, the wounded vampiress crawling closer. “May…I…”

    Abigail didn’t release her bite. She couldn’t stop drinking. But she tilted Samantha’s neck, offering the other side to the smoking Mary. The vampiress dragged herself across the floor and sank her fangs into the other side of Samantha’s neck.

    Abigail stared into Mary’s eyes. The pain faded from the vampiress. She shuddered and moaned. They both did. Abigail’s pussy burned with lust. She humped against the thrashing Samantha’s thigh, rubbing her clit on it as she fingered the young woman faster and faster.

    “So good,” gasped Samantha as the ecstasy burned through her.

    The spurts of her blood grew weaker. Her moans grew softer. Samantha’s heart faltered. But her body, drunk on the pleasure of the two vampiress’s fangs, exploded. She thrashed and bucked with the final ounce of her strength. Her pussy spasmed about Abigail’s fingers. Samantha’s clit throbbed beneath Abigail’s rubbing thumb.

    “Yes!” gasped from Samantha’s throat, and then the young woman went limp and began her change into unlife.

    Mary and Abigail released her throat. The two vampiresses, their bodies healed by the blood, fell on each other. Kissing, sharing the sweet, salty, coppery tang of Samantha’s blood as they undulated together, naked breasts pressing against naked breasts, hot pussy rubbing on hot pussy. Both moaned, drunk on the demonic-taint of Samantha’s blood.

    Abigail ground her clit into Mary’s. The redheaded vampiress pinned Mary beneath her, kissing her hard. Their fangs, still out, made their kiss sweeter as they cut each other’s lips, adding fresh blood to their passion.

    They humped and tribbed, Abigail’s orgasm hurtling through her. She screamed her passion into Mary’s mouth, her every inhalation filled with the scent of sex and blood. Her pussy convulsed. Her juices flooded out, joining the hot cream gushing from Mary’s as they both trembled and came.

    So sweet.

    The pleasure hammered into Abagail’s mind. She held it, savoring it, glad she had failed to kill Faust. He had given her a gift, and she yearned to repay him for all he had earned. His death flashed through her mind as her orgasm peaked.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    Damien sank his fangs into Donna’s neck. Her blood invigorated him. His dick, hard from the pain of his wounds, throbbed harder. Britney, holding her mother from behind, shuddered in absolute delight, releasing her mother, squeezing out from beneath her.

    “Yes, yes, Master,” Britney moaned. “Turn her. Fuck her. You have to make her yours.”

    “Britney,” Donna shuddered, her voice thick with passion.

    Britney bent down, pulling her mother’s skirt up Donna’s thighs. “No panties, Mother. How wicked of you. And your so wet. You’ve been naughty. With the priest?”

    “Yes,” smiled Donna. “Oh, Britney, don’t touch me like that. Don’t finger me.”

    “But I want to, Mommy,” purred Britney.

    Damien shifted, mounting Donna as he drained the life from the MILF. Britney’s warm hand grabbed his dick, sticky with her mother’s juices, and brought him to Donna’s pussy. Damien savored the taboo thrill as daughter guided him to mother’s cunt.

    Damien thrust into Donna’s tight, hot hole.

    “Yes,” Donna groaned. “I am such a whore, just like Father Augustine says.”

    “You are, Mother,” giggled Britney. She fell on her side, her big, milk-laden tits bouncing. She turned her mother’s head.

    Damien sucked harder on Donna’s neck, draining her blood as the mother latched her lips on the daughter’s fat, pink nipple. Britney moaned in delight as her mother suckled. Breast milk flooded Donna’s mouth. Her pussy clamped on Damien’s dick.

    “That’s right, Mommy, suckle. Drink to your heart’s content,” purred Britney. “You nursed me as a baby, now it’s my turn.”

    Damien’s hips thrust faster and faster, the taboo scene and Donna’s blood spurred him. His cock ached in Donna’s pussy. He ripped his lips away from her neck, watching her swallow while her blood pooled darker around her neck. She shuddered and trembled, her pussy clenching and relaxing over him.

    “Make her cum, Master,” Britney moaned, stroking her mother’s blonde hair. “Please, Master. Make us both yours.”

    “Yes,” Damien growled. “You’ll be my whore, Donna. With your daughter. Forever.”

    Donna shuddered beneath him. Her eyes, almost black from her pupils dilation, widened. She moaned about her daughter’s nipple. Milk leaked out of the corners of her lips as her cheeks grew paler and paler.

    “Cum, slut,” Damien growled into her ear. He kissed and nibbled on her ear, drawing beads of her coppery blood. Whatever else pumped through her veins compelled the vampire to thrust harder, his balls boiling. “Surrender and be mine.”

    “Yes, Mommy.”

    Damien slammed his cock deep into her pussy. Her body bucked as her heartbeat slowed. The pleasure flooded through her body. If she came as her heart stilled, she would turn and become his. His. Just like her daughter. Her pussy clenched hard on him.

    Then she exploded.

    Her body thrashed. Her lips broke from Britney’s nipple. A squirt of milk painted Donna’s bloodless cheeks. Her eyes fluttered. Her heart beat its last as she fell into undeath. Damien groaned, so close to cumming.

    Britney licked her mother’s cheek, gathering up the breast milk. Then she kissed Damien, and he tasted her cream. Damien groaned, letting the thrall pull him to her body. He slid out of Donna and then buried his cock, coated in the mother’s juices, deep into Britney’s wet snatch.

    Her tongue licked at his mouth, savoring her mother’s blood. She bucked against his powerful thrusts. Her pussy, as tight as her mother’s clenched about his cock. He groaned, savoring the wonderful embrace of her body. He thrust his tongue deep into her mouth.

    Her hard nipples rubbed on his chest. Her milk leaked out, the beads so warm. His body absorbed her heat as much as her devotion. He broke the kiss, staring down at her blood-stained lips, her blue eyes shining with emotion.

    “You are mine forever.”

    “I am, Master.” She smiled. “Your slave. Your lover.”

    “Yes,” Damien growled and kissed her again. His cock throbbed in her hot depths.

    His cum exploded.

    He trembled atop her, held in the tight embrace of her arms and legs. Her pussy clenched about his dick, her own orgasm triggered by the explosion of his cum into her pussy. She screamed out her bliss into his mouth. He drank it in as his pleasure knifed through his body. His world spun about him. His senses burned with the power of Donna’s blood.

    He lifted his head, turned, and caught the sight of Abigail trembling atop Mary’s body. His vampiress smiled at Damien. As the pleasure peaked through him, Damien snarled his prowess. He and his women had defeated their supernatural attackers.

    His eyes sought out the priest. Aurora vanished into crimson light. His angel’s afterimage burned across his sight for a moment. Then the priest screamed and fell onto his hands and knees in the sunlight.

    What just happened?

    The blonde attacker staggered to her feet and grabbed the priest. “Father,” she called out. “Come on, Father.”

    The priest didn’t fight as the blonde dragged him into the blinding daylight.

    “No,” Damien snarled, standing up, his cock popping out of Britney’s pussy. He rushed across the room and then stopped right before the sunlight.

    He stared down at the sharp delineation of light across the floor of the loft, spilling through the door. He couldn’t even reach the door to close it. Nothing stood before him but the ephemeral, and it might as well be a steal barrier.

    “I will rip your throat out Augustine,” Damien snarled as the blonde dragged the thrashing priest down the stairs to the waiting, gray van Damien knew so well. Many times he had ridden in that van with Abigail and the priest.

    In the past when they had been friends.

    “I have turned two of your whores, Priest,” spat Damien. “And you will pay for killing Aurora. She was mine.”

    Abigail padded to him. Her arm went around his waist. Fury filled Damien. He pulled her tight against his side. She smelled of blood, hers and Samantha’s. He stared at the border of light and darkness and raged.

    He would have vengeance on the priest.

    The van started up then roared out of the alley.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    “You made a mistake fighting me on these grounds,” Jezebel hissed as her sword of darkness parried Aurora’s crimson blade. The blades rang, a shiver racing down to Aurora’s hand.

    “I am no longer held back by heaven’s rules,” laughed Aurora. “How can this at all be a mistake? Today, I will bring justice.”

    They battled in the rotten soul of the priest. Their weapons clashed together, cutting through the fabric of his soul. The priest screamed and thrashed in the real world. Aurora did not care. All that mattered was Jezebel’s death.

    “You do not understand what you are.” Jezebel smiled. Her black hair swirled about her petite, naked body. Her black wings fluttered. A coquettish hunger entered the demon’s eyes. Her hips rolled and her large, violet eyes grew dewy.

    A surge of lust shot through Aurora. She’s as nubile and tempting as a schoolgirl out to seduce her professor. A mix of whorish innocence begging to be plucked.

    Aurora grit her teeth, ignoring the cum flooding out of her pussy as she lunged at Jezebel. But her thrust was clumsy. The demon battered it aside, then her sword vanished. She shoved her hand between her thighs and rubbed at her pussy.

    The scent of spicy cunt brushed Aurora’s nose. Jezebel pulled out her fingers, two glistening with her juices.

    Aurora’s nostril’s flared at the scent and she licked her lips.

    “That’s right, Aurora,” Jezebel laughed. “You have fallen far from Heaven’s light into Sin’s darkness. You are in my territory. I know how to control you.” Jezebel flicked her fingers.

    A single drop of pussy juices soared between them, a diamond of brilliant beauty, then splashed onto Aurora’s hard nipple. Her pink nub throbbed. The corrupted angel staggered as an moan exploded from her throat.

    “There’s more right here,” Jezebel purred.

    ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

    The demon savored her victory. Aurora fell to her knees, unable to fight her appetites. Perdition controlled its servants through their hungers. Vampires needed blood, and Aurora, turned by one of those corrupted creatures, hungered for sex. She could not deny her body. She could not fight the promise of sin between Jezebel’s thighs.

    Aurora’s golden eyes burned with hatred as she lowered her lips to feast on Jezebel’s pussy.

    “That’s right,” Jezebel purred as her enemy took the first lick through demonic cunt. “I have won. You are mine.”

    Jezebel seized Aurora’s stained-black hair, a shimmer of silver the only memory of its real color, and held tight. The corrupted angel’s power flooded into the demon’s body as Jezebel dominated her angelic slave and stole her energy. Then she poured it into the priest she possessed.

    He would be something mighty now. Something beyond a possessed man. Something not seen since antiquity when the angels first fell and became demons. He became a nephilim.

    Jezebel laughed as the angel took long licks through the demon’s cunt. “Such sin we shall cause. Mankind will follow us gladly into damnation!”

    To be continued…


  • The Principal’s Turn – Maggie’s Day

    Font size : +


    Although this is a standalone story it is the eleventh chapter in a series depicting the transformation of a straight professional woman into a lesbian pet for her black dom.

    Maggie arrived at the RV door barely able to breathe. It had been three weeks and six days since her last one-on-one encounter with Taisha Smith. Taisha is a substitute teacher, and therefore a current employee as well as former student of Principal Maggie Turner.

    Since her return from college. Maggie and her husband Sam took Taisha in and allowed her to stay in their motor home behind their house. They let her do so rent free until she could land a permanent teaching position and afford her own place.

    Taisha had longed for Principal Maggie Turner since high school. However, it was not until college that she understood the nature of her feelings when her sexuality fully blossomed.

    Today was the culmination of years of fantasy and weeks of planning. She had seduced Maggie and pleasured her in several ways but had not allowed her to reciprocate. Now, after nearly four full weeks of anticipation and denying her any sort of personal gratification, Taisha would allow her to have her way. With a little guidance of course.

    Maggie stood there, hand trembling, unable to collect herself enough to reach for the door latch. It had taken all of her will to keep from masturbating since their last encounter. That didn’t stop her from occasionally letting her fingers slide inside her warm wet pussy and tasting her own juices.

    Since Taisha gave Maggie a taste by letting her suck Taisha’s fingers after she touched herself, Maggie felt a growing obsession with tasting Taisha directly. The tangy sweet taste lingered in her mind ever since. Tasting herself brought that moment back to the forefront of her memory.

    Taisha warned her that the first taste would hook her, and she was right. Maggie could hardly think of anything else and gladly endured three weeks and six days of taunting, flirting, and teasing for a chance at the real thing. Her own pussy felt warm and heavenly soft when she was fully wet. Trying to imagine what it would be like to feel her tongue separating Taisha’s pussy lips as her flavor flooded her taste buds, had filled her mind almost constantly.

    Two weeks earlier, Sam had a poker night at a friend’s house. Maggie knocked on the RV door and practically begged Taisha to get together and keep her promise of finally letting Maggie reciprocate. Taisha’s response was disappointing but predictable.

    “Principal Turner, I’m afraid we will need much more than a few short hours for you to pleasure me properly. And, I am quite sure you will have needs that must be addressed as well. It is best we wait until his weekend away. I promise our patience will be rewarded in due time.”

    Maggie cringed, yet again, at that phrase she’d grown to despise… “In due time.”

    Sensing her frustration, Taisha stepped out of the RV, placed her hands on Maggie’s cheek, and kissed her slowly but passionately probing Maggie’s mouth with her tongue. Maggie, flushed with tingling heat through her body and her pussy moistened, like a Pavlovian dog’s saliva.

    “Do you really want to rush my pet?” She asked still holding her face.

    Maggie looked into her dark eyes and melted. Though her body screamed “Yes!”, she succumbed to Taisha’s wishes. “No, I guess not.” She said, reluctantly.

    When she called her “my pet” Maggie seemed to have no resistance. Somehow, Taisha had tapped into a subconscious need to surrender control with her. Maggie didn’t fully understand it, but could only hypothesize, it had to do with being in charge all the time related to her career and, in many ways, at home.

    She did know that she wanted to explore every inch of Taisha, slowly and thoroughly. Taisha had pleasured Maggie in so many ways but never allowed Maggie to return the favor. Now all that mattered to Maggie was pleasuring Taisha.

    “Thank you for your understanding, Principal Turner. I think we both know it will be worth the wait. Don’t you agree?” She said matter of factly.

    Taisha wore a skintight white tank top, with no bra, allowing her dark nipples and areolas, to peek through the stretched fabric. Maggie’s eyes were drawn helplessly to them, causing Taisha to smile, without Maggie noticing. Taisha also wore the powder blue yoga with grey and black flowers, that Maggie loved. The seam down the middle of the back and the ruffled butterfly pattern formed by horizontal pleats in the ass, caused the fabric to pull into her ass crack highlighting her firm perfectly round buns.

    Maggie’s pussy ached as she thought of pulling her close, kissing her deeply and grabbing that ass. Without conscious thought, she whimpered, “Please Ms. Taisha.”

    When Maggie saw Taisha’s face, she was suddenly washed with hope. It was an expression of surprised joy followed by a lustful lip bite. “Are you begging Principal Turner?”

    Maggie needed relief, and that look turned her on even more. This time fully aware she replied. “Yes, please Ms. Taisha, let me taste your pussy!” she blurted trembling. “I want to please you so much…”

    Taisha felt such a rush from her knees to abdomen, she too lost self-control for a moment and reached for her. Then she remembered Sam’s penchant for showing up and ruining the moment, just as Maggie was dropping to her knees.

    “Principal Turner, you are relentless. As sexy as it is, begging does not alter the plan I’m afraid. I will not be rushed.” She gripped Maggie’s arms and pulled her back up.

    Even the way she referred to her as Principal Turner during intimate moments, excited her. Maggie didn’t understand any of it. But Taisha brought out such overwhelming desire in her, she could not bring herself to resist, or even want to resist. The previous two weeks, when Taisha called her Principal Turner at school, it excited her, like a teen girl sharing a sexy secret that only her best friend knew.

    “I promise you the entire weekend from the moment he leaves, until the moment he returns. It will be your weekend to pleasure me however you wish, understood?” Taisha smiled.

    Maggie wanted to stomp her feet like a child, and hated that Taisha, treating her like one, only made her want her more. Just a moment earlier, she was prepared to drop to her knees and beg, for Taisha’s pussy.

    “Please note, you may not masturbate before our weekend. You know that you can’t lie to me, now. I will know and I would hate for you to cost us a day again…”

    Maggie recalled their last weekend was cut short a day, when Maggie relieved herself in the shower with the pulsating handheld shower head, after Taisha banned her from self-gratification. Her mind had already turned to the thought of the magic shower head before Taisha so rudely cut that idea off again. Taisha was right. Maggie could not lie to her; she read her too well.

    “Yes, Ms. Taisha, I promise.” She said meekly.

    Taisha, smiled a contented smile, knowing she had complete control, and she would shortly take advantage of her little slut Lizzy, as her own source of release.

    “Of course, you can use Sam as much as you like. It is not my intent to ever interfere with your marriage.” She said wondering if in fact Sam’s Poker night might actually be an encounter with Latiqua. Latiqua is a special friend she brought in to distract the letch from his desire for Taisha, and to keep him from becoming a hindrance to her time with Maggie.

    “And you have not masturbated, since our last encounter?” Taisha asked in her teacher voice.

    “Ten orgasms in one day Ms. Taisha! I have only just recovered.” Said Maggie, wide eyed.

    “I believe you. I am only just recovered just watching. A day I will never forget Principal Turner. A feat, I doubt I could ever match.” She said stepping back into the RV.

    “I will take that as a personal challenge, Ms. Taisha.” Said Maggie with hungry eyes.

    Taisha felt that familiar warmth between her legs that only Principal Maggie Turner could induce. She resisted the urge to turn to Maggie and invite her in.

    “Insatiable, Principal Turner, insatiable.” Said Taisha without looking back.

    Moments later, Maggie found herself on the bed, fighting the urge to rub herself off. She knew if she did, she would have no hope of getting away with it. The risk of losing a day or possibly the whole weekend was punishment far too severe for the crime. Instead, she slid two fingers, slowly inside her soaked pussy, before removing them and tasting her own juices. The reminder of the ultimate reward she would receive if she held on a little longer.

    Maggie repeated that process, at least once a day, for the following two weeks, except for the days of her unwanted monthly visitor.

    Taisha, on the other hand, made use of Lizzie during the wait. She never had such an eager slut as Lizzie. She made the most of her while she prepared her for life after Maggie’s training is complete. At that point, there would be no more need for Lizzie. But she could not let a horny, submissive slut like her go to a stranger. She would introduce her to her new masters provided all parties agreed.

    The image of Maggie dropping to her knees would play through her mind many times durning the following week, as Lizzie worked her hungry tongue in Taisha’s steaming cunt. Taisha successfully handed her off at the end of that week and she had seven days with no release in anticipation of Maggie’s weekend.

    Friday finally arrived and Sam would leave bright and early Saturday for the RV show, in Memphis. Maggie would have two full days with Taisha. The workday seemed to drag ever so slowly, but around 11:00AM Maggie received a pleasant surprise when Sam called.

    “Hey Sam,” She answered, hoping he was not calling to say the trip was cancelled.

    “Hey Maggie. We were discussing the drive to Memphis and we’re thinking it would be better to head over this afternoon and spend the night there tonight, so we don’t have to start so early in the morning…”

    Maggie feigned disappointment, “You know as much as I’ll miss you, that really is the smarter thing to do. I understand. What time are you leaving?”

    “We were thinking 3:30 so we are ahead of Friday rush and get there in time for Dinner.” He said tentatively.

    “I won’t get to see you then, are you packed?”

    “I will finish packing and head out. Plans for lunch?” He asked, knowing the answer.

    “Unfortunately, I have a lunch meeting with the board today.” She replied, thinking he already knew this was the monthly meeting with the school board.

    “I’ll see you Sunday night then. I’ll miss ya. Love ya.” He replied.

    “Love you too.” She hung up and her fingers went straight to texting Taisha.

    Maggie: Sam’s leaving this afternoon. Dinner@6 and (?) after?

    Taisha was subbing for math, and they were in the middle of a quiz, so she was able to reply. Her face was lit up with joy. She thought about making her wait till Saturday as planned but had no desire to delay at all.

    Taisha: 6 sounds good. Eat before, food will not be on my mind.

    Maggie felt a rush of heated excitement and her heart raced.

    Maggie: Love how you think. 6 it is. Where?

    Taisha: The RV

    Maggie: OK

    Taisha wanted to start in the RV where her dominance was established. Though it was Maggie’s weekend, she would need to make it clear who was the teacher and who was the teacher’s pet.

    The day drug on and Maggie, was barely able to make herself eat something as she primped shaved and prepped for Taisha. She left her hair down, cascading over her shoulders. Wearing nothing but her black silk robe, she gripped the door handle, opened the screen door and knocked.

    “Come in Principal Turner.” Said Taisha trying to sound calm and cool.

    Maggie stepped in to see Taisha standing to the right of her, wearing only a white lace kimono. Her dark nipples and areola peeked through the gossamer fabric. Her face was aglow as she saw Maggie.

    “You look so beautiful, Ms. Taisha.” Said Maggie, stepping toward her.

    She could only think about, pulling the tie string on her kimono and getting it out of the way. The bedroom was to her left; she needed her in there with no clothing between them.

    They kissed passionately and Maggie let her hands settle on her lower back as their tongues danced magically together. She trembled as she pulled her close, breasts touching through the fabric. After a moment she tried to turn Taisha toward the bedroom, but Taisha broke the kiss.

    “This is your weekend Principal Turner, so it’s your choice, but I did put out the outfit for you if you want to wear it…”

    Maggie was initially frustrated, wanting them both unhindered, by clothing, but she remembered how Taisha looked at her in it.

    “I am here to please you Taisha, so if wearing it pleases y…”

    “Oh, it does!” she said looking in Maggie’s eyes.

    “Then I will gladly put it on.” She smiled and turned toward the bedroom, thinking once Taisha sees her in it, she will be in the bedroom in seconds.

    “I’ll wait here. Open the door so you can see the mirror as you dress.”

    Maggie opened the bathroom door that blocked the hall but had a full-length mirror on the inside pointed toward the bedroom.

    She put on the outfit for the third time, still in awe of how it made her feel.

    The panties were black with sparkles intertwined in the fabric. The front was a triangle that just covered her muff and lay tight over her pussy. The waistband was a thin 1/4″ ribbon of elastic that wrapped around high over her hips. Emanating from the top side of the triangle were two sets of matching elastic ribbons attached about 1/2 inch apart. One set attached just on the left side of the center line and wrapped around to the right. The other started on the right side and wrapped to the left. The four straps crisscrossed and, with the waistband, formed six little diamonds of skin peeking through just above her pubic mound.

    The straps wrapped around high on her hips with the waist band and converged in a similar pattern of skin diamonds just above her ass crack. The back had a tiny little triangle of fabric at the tip of her crack with butt floss below. She was proud of her ass as she looked in the mirror.

    The bra was similar. Fundamentally it was a standard bra, with an inch-wide strap that clasped in back. Straight, over the shoulder straps attached at the top of each cup and connected with the back strap just below each shoulder blade. It pushed her tits up while it cut low in front. There were three crisscrossed elastic ribbons from the bottom of each breast that ran low and around to a triple-clasp connection in the center of her back. From the back there was the bra strap, the second strap center back and the crisscross panty straps. For some reason that third center back, strap made her feel extra sexy.

    When she stepped out, she saw Taisha sitting on the pedestal living room chair, with the white kimono barley closed. Her dark silky thighs contrasted with the white lace and Maggie’s thoughts went straight to kneeling with her head pushing between those thighs.

    “I love you in that, Principal Turner.” She said hungrily.

    Maggie stood looking at Taisha’s beautiful body and mesmerizing eyes, unable to move.

    “Have you been a good girl Principal Turner?”

    “Yes, Ms. Taisha.” she replied staring.

    “You have not touched yourself?”

    Maggie got a sudden look of panic. She had not masturbated, but she did touch herself.

    “You horny little slut, you masturbated?” asked Taisha sternly.

    “No, no, no,” Maggie stammered. “I did not masturbate! I touched my wet pussy and tasted my fingers, thinking of you, but I never made myself come. I wanted to every day. Every time I showered, I wanted to lower that showerhead and…”

    Taisha smiled in wonder. “So, I was right? One taste and you’re hooked?”

    “Oh God yes, tasting you is all I can think about.” She confessed hoping Taisha would not punish her by making her wait.

    “So, I believe you did not make yourself come. I was worried after our last encounter that you would not have willpower, but you are Principal Maggie Turner, the strongest willed most driven person I know. I must admit, watching you drop to your knees and beg, was quite the…” Maggie, lowered to her knees. “… turn on. Damn Principal Turner.”

    “Please let me pleasure you, Taisha. I wanna taste your pussy, and feel you come in my mouth. I wanna touch you, kiss you, make love to you, lick you, suck you, finger you, rub you, fuck you. I will do anything to please you, Ms. Taisha.”

    Taisha, pussy was on fire. Principal Maggie Turner knelt with her knees spread wide, body straight up hands held together in front of her, begging to please her.

    She hadn’t even dared to fantasize to this level. She tried to act quickly and confidently.

    “Principal Turner, you are a surprise. If I said it excited me to think about you masturbating for me…” Maggie’s right hand slid down the front of her panties, leaving her momentarily speechless.

    “I’ll do anything to please you, Ms. Ta, a, isha.” Maggie gasped as her fingers slid into her steaming pussy.

    Maggie saw the look of lust, and disbelief on Taisha’s face and loved that she was the cause. She could feel a climax coming quick.

    “Three weeks and six days I’ve been thinking about this moment. If I make myself come for you, will you please let me taste you?”

    Taisha squirmed in her chair, barely able to breathe, wanting Maggie’s tongue in her but mesmerized by what she was watching. She’d never seen anything so damned exciting in her life. Maggie’s hips rocked as her fingers wiggled in those panties.

    “Oh God Yes, Principal turner, my cunt is so wet for you. Please be my cunt licker.” She gasped thinking a spontaneous orgasm was quite possible.

    The C word that had been offensive to Maggie as long as she could remember, was pushing her over the edge coming from Taisha Smith. Her fingers moved faster and harder. When Taisha pulled the tie free on her kimono, and spread it open, Maggie’s climax hit like a freight train. She let out a high-pitched scream of pleasure that could be heard by the neighbors if they were outside.

    The sight of Taisha’s pussy spread wide for her, was too much. Her mouth was agape, and frozen in bliss. Taisha’s labia were black and glistening and her pink slit looked neon against her dark lips. As her orgasm hit, she yelled out, “Yes! I ah! Want, to ah! Be ah! your, cunt lick, er!”

    Taisha watched in awe as her obsession for these many years convulsed in orgasmic bliss begging to be her cunt licker. The moment exceeded any of the thousand fantasies she’s played out in her own mind and her pussy throbbed in anticipation.

    Maggie collapsed forward supported by her left hand as her right brought her to a body quaking orgasm. The look of ravenous hunger on Taisha’s face made this one of the most liberating and powerful orgasms she’d ever felt. She could not fully understand how Taisha brought out such overwhelming passion, but she did, and Maggie wanted to experience all of it.

    She gasped and panted as her body spasmed eyeing the beautiful ebony goddess before her. Taisha’s legs were spread wide, dark, and shapely. Her breasts were full and her black nipples at full attention. Her abs were toned and visible even in the sitting position. Her belly button begged for tender kisses.

    Maggie continued to rub herself slowly after her orgasm passed, marveling at how wet and warm she was. The shape of Taisha’s shoulders and neck excited her, as she imagined kissing and touching them, making love to her slowly. Taisha’s eyes continued their ravenous gaze, and her lips trembled slightly, sending a tingle down Maggie’s spine.

    She began to crawl slowly toward Taisha, on all fours. She exaggerated the sway of her hips as she approached in her cum soaked panties. The smell of sex was in the air and when she came closer, Taisha’s legs spread wider, exposing a little more of her pink wetness.

    “My pussy burns for you Principal Turner,” sighed Taisha.

    Taisha’s eyes devoured her, and Maggie never felt so sexy as she did crawling toward those ravenous eyes. She’d imagined this moment for weeks and was almost in disbelief that Taisha was finally offering herself to Maggie. Resisting the urge to plunge forward, before Taisha could find yet another reason to deny Maggie, she stopped with her head between Taisha’s knees.

    “May I please kiss you, Ms. Taisha?” She asked seductively.

    Taisha looked in Maggie’s eyes, nodded and sighed, “Oh yes, you may Principal Turner.”

    Maggie rocked forward eying Taisha’s pussy, then rocked back and kissed her left inner thigh just above the knee. She planted soft kisses on her smooth shimmering skin until she reached mid-thigh, then moved to the right leg repeating the process.

    When she returned to the left, she picked up where she left off, moving closer and closer. Taisha’s expression became a little more desperate as she moved in on the prize. The musky scent of Taisha’s pussy filled Maggie with a tingling rush that caused her to moan in anticipation. Inches from the target, she moved back to the right side and repeated.

    Then she pulled back and looked at the spread pussy before her. Her muff was trimmed neatly forming an inverted triangle from the top of her slit to her panty line. There were slightly lighter color lines from the bottom of her ass cheeks following the seam of her cheeks and thighs and arching up to the edge of her mons.

    Maggie knew she had to trace those lines with her tongue, trying to make Taisha experience just a taste of the frustration she had put Maggie through in recent weeks. She started low and left tracing her way around her silky-smooth thigh. When she pushed her tongue between her thigh and mons, she struggled not to dive in tongue first. But her patience was rewarded as Taisha pressed her pelvis forward trying to force contact with her wetness.

    Taisha’s moan flushed Maggie’s pussy with warm wetness, but she stayed on the path, teasing the perimeter of Taisha womanhood. Then she brushed her nose through Taisha’s bush, letting her breath wash over her labia. Taisha’s moans intensified as Maggie moved across then repeated her path on the right side.

    Once again, Maggie teased that she was going in. but moved back to the left knee and started all over.

    “Principal Turner. A good Teacher’s pet knows when to get to the point!” Said Taisha. “Don’t you want to be a good pet?”

    “Oh yes, I do.” Sighed Maggie, continuing her slow methodical kisses while looking longingly into Taisha’s eyes. “But I prefer to savor every inch of you Ms. Taisha.

    Taisha began to squirm a little as she grew impatient, but she also knew the importance of anticipation. The sight of Maggie’s piercing eyes as she gently kissed her was a dream come true. When Maggie finally worked her way to tracing her tongue near her tingling cunt, Taisha gasped and pushed her pelvis toward her, trembling.

    Finally, Maggie was unable to hold back any longer. She stared into the bright pink little slit between Taisha’s ebony labia as her scent made her mouth water. “I’ve waited a long time for this, Ms. Taisha.” She whispered as she leaned in.

    Her tongue had never touched a woman’s labia before, and Taisha’s resembled leather in appearance, but as her tongue tip, ever so gently, teased her left pussy lip, she was takin by its softness. “Oh, so warm and tender soft.”

    Maggie pulled her head back far enough to look at her pussy again. Her mons and labia were a dark ebony shade surrounded by her lighter skin tones of her tummy and thighs. That bright pink little glistening center begged to be probed.

    Taisha’s hips gently rolled as she whimpered from the feel of Maggie’s breath. “Oh, more please Principal Turner.” Taisha gasped, mouth open.

    “Your wish is my command Ms. Taisha.” Said Maggie staring hungrily into Taisha’s eyes.

    Her tongue extended, moving painfully slowly toward her right labia, barely touching as she licked up its length. Maggie’s eyes were so intense, Taisha could not look away. Her body trembled as Maggie’s tongue approached again. This time Maggie split them letting her tip gently slip between them and up her length.

    Taisha’s whimpering moan and trembling lips let Maggie know she was doing ok and filled her with a sense of confidence and pride. “Oh my, you’re so warm and soft, I can’t…”

    Maggie pressed her lips and tongue more firmly against her needing to get the full taste. Taisha’s head rolled back, and she let out a long steady wispy high-pitched moan. At the same time Maggie moaned into her steaming wetness, as her tangy sweet nectar flooded her tongue.

    Taisha gripped the arms of the chair and raised her pelvis toward the ceiling, pressing herself against Maggie’s face. Maggie nodded as her hands slid gently under Taisha’s thighs and pulled her closer still. Her tongue melted into her delicately tender labia as Taisha’s legs gently closed in brushing her cheeks with her silky thighs.

    Maggie pulled briefly away, “Oh, I love the taste of you Ms. Taisha, so warm and satiny smooth. I don’t ever wanna…” She slid her tongue back in swirling and sucking her labia.

    Taisha’s hands death gripped the chair, “Oh God Principal Turner, so! Ah!”

    Maggie watched the look of pure ecstacy on Taisha’s face as she tasted her essence. She had never felt so powerful as she felt right then, kneeling before Taisha, bringing her unbridled pleasure.

    Taisha’s soft muff tickled her nose while she breathed her in. Her tongue was in constant motion. Taisha’s pussy was steamy warm and possibly the softest thing she’d ever felt. She slid her hands under Taisha’s buns while Taisha pressed herself toward Maggie’s face.

    “Oh God, Princ, ipal Turner, gonna, AH!” Taisha’s hand rocketed to the back of Maggie’s head pulling her hard into her womanhood.

    Unable to speak, Taisha succumbed to a body quaking climax years in the making.

    Maggie nodded, and hummed, “Um huh, um huh.” as she felt the flood of Taisha tangy nectar onto her face.

    Taisha’s legs trembled as her wildest fantasy was exceeded by reality. Maggie’s tongue sent bolts of pleasure through her body. It kept in constant motion probing, lapping her clit, lips sucking, in a magical barrage of paralyzing bliss.

    Maggie’s hands gripped her ass forcing her pussy into her face. A loud wailing moan echoed through the RV as Taisha surrendered to her completely releasing Maggie’s head. She just leaned back and let Maggie have her way.

    Maggie felt a rush of power and tingling lust knowing she brought this beautiful African Goddess to the height of bliss. And as the orgasm peaked, she slipped her tongue inside and felt a flood of thick cream wash over her tongue. It coated her lips, and she opened wide trying to capture all of it.

    She rose up, took a quick breath and saw a thick white cream oozing from Taisha’s cunt. She opened wide and sucked it in, savoring the tangy sweetness. With each probing of her tongue, she seemed to force a little more out, so she continued to probe and suck, consuming her completely.

    Taisha rolled her hips slowly with her hands gripping the chair, for support. Maggie seemed to know exactly what to do, and she panted regaining her breath as Principal Turner continued to drink her in.

    Then she noticed Maggie’s pace pick up and gasped, triggering a response Taisha was not expecting. Maggie’s tongue darted erratically, sending a new wave of excitement. Then her head darted side to side and up and down. Taisha squealed encouraging her further and she began to suck her clit rocking her head while she inserted two fingers into Taisha’s-soaked pussy. Her hand moved at incredible speed and her lips and tongue overwhelmed her clit with relentless rapid-fire stimulation.

    Taisha’s body stiffened, buns clenched, while Maggie, began a barrage of sucking, licking and nibbling her clit while a third finger joined the pounding of her cunt. “Oh, fuck Prnic, ipal, Turn, er! Fuck! Fuck! Fuck! Fuck! Fuck! Fuck!”

    Maggie, smiled as she overwhelmed Taisha’s pussy with pleasure. The look of desperation on Taisha’s face as she gazed at her in disbelief sent a rush of adrenaline through her and she continued her ruthless over stimulation of Taisha.

    Taisha continued her train of F-bombs, as a powerful nonstop climax took her complete. Her ass raised off the seat and her legs began to tremble uncontrollably like someone on the verge hypothermia.

    Between tremors her lower body jerked in convulsive spasms of bliss that rocked her hips several inches. Maggie squeezed her buns and held on with her left hand, pounding her with her right.

    When she couldn’t stand anymore, she pushed Maggie’s head away. At the same time, she dropped onto the chair clenching her thighs together and gripped Maggie’s wrist pulling her hand back.

    “Oh my God! no one’s ever…” Taisha gasped for air holding her knees together trying to grasp what just happened.

    Maggie placed her hands over Taisha’s knees, looked up at her innocently and rested her chin on her hands. “That’s two in five minutes, what did you say about ten?”

    Principal Turner, was kneeling before her, smiling like the cat that ate the canary, while her face glistened in Taisha’s cunt cum. Taisha felt like this was a dream and she would wake up and realize she was still living an unachievable fantasy.

    Even as she looked on, she had to convince herself this was real. Principal Maggie Turner just devoured her completely, like no one ever had, and was smiling at her knowing she could do it again and again until Maggie decided to stop.

    Suddenly Maggie rose up and leaned over her. She moved in closer and closer smiling, with her hands on Taisha’s wrists. Their lips met and Maggie’s tongue pushed into her mouth, inundating her with the taste of her own cum.

    Maggie pulled her up and walked her slowly toward the bedroom as they continued to kiss, until Maggie nearly lost her balance. Then she turned and pulled her by the hand to the bed. As they stood Maggie, slid the kimono off Taisha’s body guiding her onto the bed, where she practically jumped on top of her like a cowgirl on her horse.

    She pressed her labia against Taisha’s dark muff and gripper her hands palm to palm intertwining fingers. “I get to pleasure you; however, I wish.” She smiled deviously and pulled Taisha’s right hand to her mouth and kissed the back of her hand.

    Next, she leaned forward releasing her hands as she lowered herself on top of Taisha’s naked body. Taisha spread her legs, allowing Maggie to stretch out between them. The warmth of Taisha’s body was heavenly.

    From the pushup position, Maggie lowered herself slowly, pausing as their breasts touched, to give a contented sigh, before bringing her lips to Taisha’s. As Taisha’s hands caressed her back, she slid her tongue into Taisha’s mouth whimpering with pleasure.

    Her body tingled at the feel of their naked bodies melting together. It was almost surreal how heavenly it felt. Maggie pressed her hands under Taisha’s shoulders propping herself on her elbows as their tongues danced. One of Taisha’s hands caressed Maggie’s upper back while the other slid over her buns.

    Taisha’s lips were impossibly soft against Maggie’s, and she continued to kiss her, savoring the feel of her skin and letting Taisha’s hands tickle her as they explored Maggie’s body.

    After a few minutes, Maggie broke the kiss and moved her lips to Taisha’s neck. When she began to talk, Taisha felt a warmth flush through her body that took her to the edge of ecstasy almost instantly.

    She spoke in a sporadic, breathy sighs. “Oh God Ms. Taisha, I love the feel of your skin against mine.”

    The feel of her hot breath on Taisha’s neck sent chills down her spine so intensely she thought the muscles in her back would seize in a giant uncontrolled spasm. She arched her back for fear it would actually happen.

    “The scent of your perfume, the feel of your skin, the taste of you…I want you Ms. Taisha, I want all of you…”

    Taisha, gripped Maggie’s ass with both hands pushing her pelvis against her as she gasped for breath.

    “I’ve been thinking about this every minute…” She kissed Taisha’s neck and nibbled her ear then sighed as Taisha tilted her head, offering her neck completely. “I’ve never wanted anyone so much. I’ll do anything to please you, Ms. Taisha.”

    Maggie’s kisses slid down to her shoulders as she gently moved to Taisha’s left side straddling Taisha’s leg. As she kissed her shoulder, her hand drifted slowly across her breasts and down her tight tummy. Taisha’s back arched pushing herself against Maggie’s teasing fingers, as they moved steadily lower.

    “May I please touch you, Ms. Taisha?” she asked softly

    “Yes, my pet,” sighed Taisha.

    When they reached their target Maggie’s mouth opened as her middle finger slid between her engorged labia, sandwiching them between her pointer and ring fingers. “Oh Ms. Taisha, you’re so wet for me.” Taisha moaned and nodded her agreement while Maggie’s tongue swirled the perimeter of her silver dollar sized areola. “Thank you, Ms. Taisha, I’ve wanted to touch you for so long.” Whispered Maggie. “May I please kiss your breasts Ms. Taisha?

    “Yes!” She gasped before Maggie, kissed her left nipple softly.

    Her finger slid slowly up and down Taisha’s-soaked slit. “Do you know what else I’ve wanted Ms. Taisha?” She shook her head rapidly as she groaned. “I’ve wanted to be inside you Ms. Taisha, can I please enter you now?” Taisha whimpered and nodded frantically. “Oh, thank you Ms. Taisha,” Maggie whispered seductively.

    As her finger worked lower it curved inside her and slid steadily into the hilt then back out. Taisha didn’t have the will or desire to hold out. Feeling Principal Maggie Turner’s fingers rubbing and probing her was a dream come true and there was no holding back her rapidly building climax.

    She screamed out with pleasure as Maggie’s tongue teased her nipple while she sucked hard on her left breast. Her hand continued a magical pattern of finger fucking her, pulling out, sandwiching her labia, rubbing circles on her clit and sliding back down and in her steaming pussy.

    “Does this please you Ms. Taisha?” she asked toyingly.

    “Oh my God, Yes Principal Turner!” Moaned Taisha.

    “I wanna please you Ms. Taisha. I wanna be a good teacher’s pet. And I want to learn the thousand ways to please you.” Maggie moved up and Kissed Taisha hard and deep as her hand worked her pussy faster and harder.

    Taisha moaned loudly into her mouth as she felt an orgasm grip her. Her pelvis thrust skyward as Maggie’s finger swirled on her clit. Maggie broke the kiss. “Oh is that the spot Ms. Taisha?”

    “Oh, Fuck Yes! Right th…Ahhhh!” She wailed.

    Maggie was in awe as Taisha pressed her heals into the bed until only her feet and shoulders touched the mattress. Her pelvis rocked as Maggie fingers moved in a blur. Taisha’s wet pussy swashed as Maggie’s fingers rubbed her frantically. After several seconds of an intense climax, Taisha collapsed flat on the bed, but Maggie continued her assault on Taisha’s love button.

    “I love pleasing you Ms. Taisha,” said Maggie softly.

    The words sent Taisha off again. She gripped Maggie’s wrist and held it gently. “Oh please…” She meant to say stop but another orgasm took her words, and she pulled Maggie against her. “Hoah! Com, ing again! Oh Fuck. Oh Fuck!” She gasped.

    Finally, she pulled Maggie’s hand away, unable to take it anymore. She clutched her wrist in both hands holding it to her breasts gasping for breath.

    “Oh, thank you so much, Ms. Taisha. It turns me on so much knowing I can please you. Can I please lick you clean now? I love the taste of your cum,” she said as she pulled her hand free and took her fingers to her mouth. When the fingers went in her eyes closed. “So good, Ms. Taisha. Oh, please let me taste that sweet pussy.”

    Taisha, tried to collect herself but the sight of Principal Maggie Turner sucking Taisha’s cum off her fingers was too much. She couldn’t say no.

    “Yes, my pet, since you asked nicely.” She replied, trying to sound confident, but not sure how much more she could take. Hearing Principal Turner beg for pussy was more than she would have dared to imagine.

    Principal turner rolled on top of Taisha and positioned her legs between Taisha’s. Kissed her deeply then moved on to her neck and shoulders, kissing her way down. When she reached her breasts, she hovered over her right with her lips parted. “May I Ms. Taisha?”

    “Yes, yes, yes, Principal Turner.” She said, thinking Maggie, was enjoying this bit of control a little too much.

    She kissed and licked then moved to the left breast. She paused, looking at her questioningly as her outstretched tongue approached. Taisha nodded and she teased it stiff before moving on to her belly. She continued side to side lower and lower to the top of Taisha’s trimmed bush.

    Maggie took a slow deep breath through her nose. “I love your pussy scent, Ms. Taisha,” she sighed as she kissed her muff.

    Maggie gripped Taisha’s inner thighs and pushed them wide and high, forcing Taisha legs in the air bent at the knees. She positioned her face inches from Taisha’s spread pussy and looked for approval.

    Taisha nodded, and Maggie’s hungry eyes stared into hers as she watched her tongue slowly extend. Maggie took a long gentle lick up the length of her slit, touching both labia as she went, finishing with her tongue raising her clitoral hood.

    Taisha’s mouth opened and her lips trembled as Maggie repeated, licking more firmly each time. Taisha moaned with pleasure as the object of her fantasies for so long, slowly, and deliberately devoured her spread pussy.

    “Oh God, Principal Turner,” She whined trembling, as those eyes seemed to penetrate more deeply than her tongue.

    Maggie began a barrage of tongue movements that had Taisha to the edge quickly. First, she pressed her face firmly into her spread lips and wiggled her tongue into her tightness. Next, she thrust it in and out then moved to her clit and pressed her flattened tongue against it, rubbing her rough taste buds against her. This was followed by a clit suck and tongue lashing while she sucked her clit into her mouth.

    “Fuck! Such a good cunt licker Princip…Aaahhh!” Taisha moaned as she felt her fifth climax already upon her.

    Maggie pulled off and smiled at the look of desperation on Taisha’s face. ” I love being your cunt licker Ms. Taisha.” She said, trying to grasp why hearing herself say it, excited her so much.

    Taisha’s frustration was obvious, as she lay spread eagle before her, legs in the air moaning like an animal. She gripped the back of Maggie’s head and shoved her back into action, holding her there assuring her there were no more distractions.

    Maggie’s body tingled as Taisha’s moans let her know she was pleasing her. The flood of sticky cream coated her face while Taisha’s excitement grew. “Oh Shit, Mag, Principal Turner! Eat my pussy, Oooohhhhhh!” she squealed as another orgasm took her.

    Maggie, lapped at her happily drinking in the rush of cum that filled her mouth. Feeling Taisha’s orgasmic spasms only excited her more and her tongue moved faster. She felt Taisha’s climax begin to reseed and sucked hard on her clit pummeling it with her tongue.

    Taisha’s body trembled uncontrollably as she gasped in rapid puffs, “Oh my God, coming a, a, again Principal T… “

    Her body jerked as she puffed, lost in total bliss. As orgasm number six subsided Maggie raised her head and took a breath. Then she placed her flattened fingers on Taisha’s clit giving it a couple gentle rapid slaps. When she saw Taisha spasm again, she smiled and rubbed her clit hard.

    Taisha’s back arched, and her expression was one of pleasure almost bordering on pain. She pulled her elbows into her sides, and her mouth was wide. “Ah! ha, again! Ah! Ah! AH!”

    “Is that seven already Ms. Taisha?” asked Maggie with a tauntingly innocent voice. She would never have imagined having such an effect on Taisha. It was the most alive she’d ever felt.

    “Oh God!” She wailed.

    As number seven passed, Maggie, gave her a break and gently kissed Taisha’s pussy while she gained her composure. She looked at her dark soaked pussy lips and couldn’t resist slipping a finger into them, continuing to kiss her mons.

    “It feels so good inside you, Ms. Taisha, so smooth and tight.” Said Maggie, fascinated by the way her labia rolled in as she penetrated then pulled back out as she receded. She kissed her inner thighs and continued her slow finger motion. Then she pulled out, sucked it clean and wet a second finger.

    Taisha watched her mischievous grin grow wider before Maggie slid two fingers in and continued to slowly finger her. Taisha gave a contented sigh as Maggie filled her more completely. Then, Maggie rotated her fingers and spread them apart as she kept up her steady fingering. She was repeating the technique Taisha used on her previously.

    “Tell me when I…” Taisha Moaned loudly. “…hit the sweet spot.” Maggie’s eyes widened. “Bingo!” Taisha felt a bolt of pleasure that caused her body to jerk. “You taught me well, Ms. Taisha.” Said Maggie confidently as she placed her left thumb on Taisha’s button and began to rub in circles. “The clitoris is a remarkable organ with tendrils that surround the vagina creating several pleasure points…”

    Taisha’s moans intensified, as her teacher’s pet showed she was paying attention in class. She looked at Maggie, eyes wide and mouth open, raised up onto her elbows watching Principal Turner work her pussy like a master. Maggie’s joy was evident in her devious smile while she looked knowing into Taisha’s desperate eye.

    Taisha’s broken gasps let her know number eight was building quickly. “Do you think you might come again, Ms. Taisha? She asked innocently.

    Taisha puffed, “Oh fuck.” as her upper body trembled.

    Maggie watched her breasts jiggle as she shook, “I’ll take that as a yes.” She sped up her thumb and Taisha’s head rolled back as she howled at the ceiling. Watching Taisha in throws of orgasm number eight she, felt the burning heat between her own legs, while the rush of Taisha’s cum coated her finger.

    “Oh, My, God!” gasped Taisha in broken whispering puffs. “Coming!”

    Sensing Taisha had peaked again, Maggie teased. “Oh goodness, Ms. Taisha, eight times and I haven’t even gone hard and fast yet?”

    Once again, Maggie used Taisha’s own words against her and just as she began to compute what that would mean, Maggie’s fingers began to pound her pussy at remarkable speed and her thumb kept pace.

    “Oooooohhhhhh ffffffffuuuuuccccckkkkkk,” Taisha sang. Her juices sloshed as Maggie’s machine gun fingers continued their relentless barrage.

    Taisha’s head shot up as her body shook wildly. Her voice was squeaking as high pitched as she had ever reached. “Fuck, fuck, fuck, fuck, fuck, fuck, fuck, fuck, fuck fuck, fuck, fuck fuck, fuck, fuck almost keeping time with Maggie’s blurred hand.

    This orgasm was paralyzing, and Maggie refused to stop. Taisha gazed; mouth fully open unable to speak as Maggie fucked her mercilessly.

    “Oh, you’re coming a lot Ms. Taisha; can I please taste your cunt cum?” She asked with that innocent tone.

    Taisha could only grunt and half nod,

    “Oh, thank you Ms. Taisha,” replied Maggie as her pace slowed.

    She stretched out between Taisha’s legs and began to lick and suck her upper slit and clit. Her fingers were back to the slow steady pace.

    “You taste so good Ms. Taisha,” she taunted between licks.

    Taisha lay back and let Maggie’s tongue work its tender magic. She still couldn’t believe how eagerly and masterfully Maggie brought her to the edge over and over.

    “Oh yes, I love that tongue, my pet.” She sighed.

    Maggie nodded in agreement as she continued. When Taisha reacted with a hand on Maggie’s head Maggie nodded faster with a sided to side shake thrown in.

    “Oh, you’re such a nasty little cunt licker,” Gasped Taisha.

    Maggie nodded faster, “Uh huh, uh huh.” She hummed.

    “Oh God, I luv my cunt licker.” She moaned.

    Her words pushed Maggie into a tongue lapping frenzy. Her head practically vibrated up and down, and side to side as she added a third finger.

    “Oh God please!” Taisha pleaded, not sure herself if she was begging her to stop or continue but Maggie’s frantic tongue took control of her again.

    Maggie raised up and spoke, “I am so, your cunt licker Ms. Taisha!” She said seriously and plunged back in.

    Taisha rested her hand softly on Maggie’s head, not daring to slow down her erratic head motion. She couldn’t believe Maggie hadn’t slowed down in the slightest and already had her rocketing to orgasm number ten!

    “Oh my God, munch it you little slut!” Cried Tasha.

    Maggie agreed, with a mumbled “Uh huh,” her head jerking.

    “Munch my fucking cunt!” She squealed.

    Maggie happily continued, relishing the feeling of power as Taisha wailed and shook flooding her tongue with her tangy sweet cum yet again.

    Taisha moaned high and loud as the merciless tongue brought her to a body quaking climax. Finally, she pulled her off completely spent. She caught her breath yet again and watched as Maggie’s tongue circled her lips savoring Taisha’s cum.

    She pulled Maggie toward her and she complied, stretching out on top of Taisha in the push up position. Maggie smiled down at her before leaning in for a kiss. Taisha kissed her deeply tasting her own cum while their tongues danced.

    After a few moments they both collapsed onto the bed side by side looking at the ceiling. “Principal Turner, I must say you have been an extremely attentive student.”

    “Thank you. I find the subject matter quite titillating.” Replied Maggie.

    Taisha smiled, still in wonder at how comfortable Maggie seemed to be with her and with the situation. Her first experience with another woman, and she was completely at ease, confident and seeming to have fun. She’d only seen shadows of this side of Maggie before. She’d always looked up to her as an authority figure, but this felt like friends.

    Her own choice of words made her laugh. Authority figure I’d like to fuck… AFILF just doesn’t have any ring to it. Mentor… MILF’s already used. Teacher’s pet…TPILF. Pet… PILF, maybe.

    “I’m not sure I’ve ever seen anything so sexy as you, touching yourself for me. But then, looking in your beautiful eyes as you licked my pussy…” Maggie’s face reddened, as she sensed Taisha looking at her. “…look at you, blushing like a sexy little tomato.” Taisha squeaked.

    Then Maggie rolled her head toward Taisha’s and their eyes met again. “I don’t think I’ve ever felt sexier.” Her tone and facial expression were dead serious.

    “Shit Principal Turner, don’t look at me like that. It’s not fair.” She said, unable to look away.

    “My body’s on fire every minute of every day, thinking of you Ms. Taisha. I want to touch you and taste you and do anything you want to please you. It’s like I lost myself in you, but I don’t want to be found.” Maggie said as butterflies filled her belly.

    “And if I asked you to make yourself come for me again, would…”

    “Yes, I would!” Maggie’s chest heaved.

    “Do you like that Principal Turner?”

    “Do you Ms. Taisha?”

    “You know I do Principal Turner; I’ve imagined watching you in the shower, thinking about me with your “magic showerhead”, ever since you told me about it. Will you show me Principal Turner?”

    “Yes,” said Maggie eagerly.

    She rolled off the bed, stood and offered Taisha her hand. When Taisha took it and stood, Maggie smiled like she’d just won the lottery. She had no idea why, but she loved following Taisha’s commands. Pleasing her made Maggie feel… compete.

    They put on their robes and went into the house, and up to Maggie’s bedroom. It was the first time Taisha had been there, and they both felt a giddy nervous sensation.

    The bathroom had a walk-in glass shower with a dual shower head that had a snap in handheld massager head that fit into a larger stationary head. The vanity was on the opposite wall. It was an extra wide double sink with 5 feet between the sinks and a giant mirror running the length of the vanity.

    Taisha was amazed at her master bedroom and bath. The master sweet was twice the size of the RV, and it was a big fucking RV. Beyond the shower was a spa tub and toilet closet. After admiring the bathroom, Taisha planted her ass on the vanity and eyed the shower.

    “Let’s see what a naughty teacher’s pet you were, Principal Turner. Show me exactly what you did and tell me exactly what you were thinking.”

    Maggie felt like a teenager, discovering her body for the first time. When she tried to grasp the fact, she was excited to put on a little shower slut show for Taisha, she couldn’t comprehend what was happening. If anyone had described this situation to her before Taisha came back into her life, she would have thought it… The word that came to mind was perverse.

    But in that moment, for Taisha, she wanted to do it. Her pussy steamed at the thought. It made no sense, but it all felt so damned sexy. There was something indescribably intimate about bringing Taisha Smith into her innermost thoughts and desires.

    Nevertheless, as she slipped off her robe and let it drop to the floor, she couldn’t help but blush again. Taisha’s expression was one of wonderment, like a child seeing the tree on Christmas morning. Maggie turned on the shower and after testing the temp, stepped in and shut the door. When she stepped under the shower, she looked at Taisha while she got wet.

    Maggie lathered up a washcloth and slowly washed herself while Taisha watched attentively. She made sure to wash everything while she studied Taisha’s eyes. They seemed to be in constant motion, trying to take in all of Maggie at once. She watched contentedly and when Maggie finished, Taisha smiled and gave a circling motion with her hand. Maggie spun slowly around, letting Taisha see all of her. “Your beautiful Principal Turner.”

    “Thank you, Ms. Taisha,” said Maggie softly. “I didn’t want to disobey that morning, it’s just after my lesson the day before, I had come so many times but never had the chance to pleasure you in return. Then I saw you in that orange bikini.”

    Maggie looked at her and Taisha felt a rush of butterflies as their eyes locked.

    “I wanted to drop to my knees and peel it off you. I couldn’t get the thought out of my head of slipping my tongue between your tender labia, wondering how you would taste. Then, without realizing it I had slid two fingers into myself imagining they were my tongue sliding into you.” Said Maggie as she inserted her fingers into her hot pussy.

    Taisha felt her own pussy heating up. Ten orgasms and she was going again.

    “I kept wondering how you would taste, and I let you know how much I wanted you. Oh please Ms. Taisha, let me taste your wet pussy, I need to know, please.” Maggie begged.

    “I took my fingers to my mouth and when the scent hit my nostrils, I couldn’t resist tasting my own juices, wishing my fingers had been inside you.” As she spoke, she reenacted the moment.

    Taisha watched Maggie’s eyes close as she sucked her own juices off her fingers.

    “When I tasted them, I lost control, my pussy ached so badly for you, I had to give myself relief. I begged you.”

    Maggie gripped the massaging showerhead and pulled it free. “Oh please Ms. Taisha, let me taste your pussy. I want my tongue between those precious lips so much, I’ll do whatever it takes.”

    She inserted the fingers from her left hand into her pussy again moving them in and out, moaning as she brought herself to the edge. Then she shoved them back into her mouth as she moved the pulsing shower head to her pussy.

    She sucked hard whimpering as the water pulsed against her clit. Her orgasm built and her body shook as she watched Taisha begin to touch herself.

    Taisha watched in a lustful fury as Principal Turner begged her again. Her pussy was sore from ten orgasms, but watching Maggie was too much to ignore and she opened her kimono and began to rub herself.

    Maggie nearly lost her balance and pulled the fingers from her mouth, bracing herself with her palm against the glass still holding the pulsing jet to her clit. “Oh, Please let me come for you Ms. Taisha!”

    “Oh yes come for me my pet!” Yelled Taisha.

    Maggie shoved the showerhead against her throbbing clit just like the last time. Her body jerked and her feet started to slip. She dropped slowly to her knees never letting the showerhead lose contact.

    “I want to feel you come in my mouth Ms. Taisha!” Shouted Maggie.

    Maggie’s hips rocked and she tried to hold off her climax, hoping Taisha might come with her. When Taisha’s mouth opened and she began to moan loud and long, Maggie was pushed to the brink.

    I’m coming for you Ms. Taisha.” She screamed.

    Maggie’s knees spread so wide she nearly rested the shower head on the floor. She had to stop when the hose had reached its limit.

    Taisha rubbed herself frantically as she watched Principal Turner convulse before her very eyes.

    Maggie repeated, “Oh God, Taisha! Oh God, Taisha! Oh God, Taisha! Oh God, Taisha!”

    She came hard and long watching Taisha rub herself to climax number eleven. Finally, when her orgasm passed Maggie released the shower head and it hung rocking and randomly spraying her body as the head swayed side to side.

    Once Taisha caught her breath, she dropped the kimono and stepped into the shower. Her hands touched Maggie’s hips and curved around to her smooth little ass. Then she pulled Maggie close and kissed her long and hard, tongue probing her willing mouth.

    Maggie let her hands explore Taisha’s neck and shoulders as she pulled her body close. The feel of their breasts pressed together was still new and strange, but she found it remarkably sensuous.

    They turned, letting the warm water soak Taisha’s head and body, never breaking the kiss. There they continued for several minutes, kissing and exploring one another, circling occasionally to allow the water to warm them.

    When they broke the kiss, Maggie smiled, “May I wash your back Ms. Taisha.”

    “Please,” she smiled and turned away with a playful grin.

    Maggie lathered the washcloth and started at her neck and shoulders as she whispered in her ear, “I love touching you Ms. Taisha. The shape of your neck and shoulders makes me want you.”

    Taisha felt her heart race. “You are an insatiable little pet. Please, I’m so sore right now.”

    Maggie moved till her lips touched Taisha’s ear lobe and whispered. “But I want you so much Ms. Taisha…” She exhaled sending a tingle down Taisha’s spine. “…You know the quickest road to recovery is to get plenty of blood flow to the area, and the best way to get blood flow to that area…” She kissed her neck just below the ear.

    Taisha sighed, “You’re giving me plenty of blood flow right now, trust me.”

    Maggie took the handheld and rinsed her, then began to kiss her shoulders as she washed her lower back.

    “The curve of your back and the shape of your hips makes me wet for you, Ms. Taisha.”

    “You are a horny little slut, aren’t you Principal Turner?” She said trying to look back over her shoulder.

    “You made me that way, Ms. Taisha. A cunt licking little slut… Your cunt licking little slut.” She added with an absurd sense of pride.

    She rinsed her again and dropped to her knees. “And your ass, Ms. Taisha, I would swim the widest sea, for just a nibble.” She took a playful peck. “So sorry, may I please bite your scrumptious ass, Ms. Taisha.”

    Taisha was once again amazed at the playful side of Principal Turner.

    “Only if you kiss it and make it better after.” Replied Taisha.

    Maggie gripped both buns and squeezed. She thought it really was the sexiest ass she’d ever seen. She nibbled and kissed and kneaded and kissed every inch before finally washing it and slowly running the cloth up and down both legs.

    Then she repeated the process on Taisha’s front, starting with another round of sensuous kisses. Then she moved to her neck and shoulders. When she reached her breasts, she traced her large areola with the tongue tip before she swirled in and kissed her nipples. She sucked her nipples playfully hard and pulled away until they popped free.

    Then she lowered to her knees and savored the shape and feel of her firm tummy as she washed her dutifully. When she reached her muff, she washed it gently and then slid the soapy cloth over her engorged labia. Taisha winced and Maggie lightened her touch. “You really are sensitive. Maybe eleven orgasms were a bit much,” she smiled with pride.

    “Whose fault is that Principal Turner?” She asked in her schoolteacher voice.

    “I think I have just the thing when we’re done here.” She said as she washed her legs.

    When they exited the shower, they dried off and Maggie pulled out a bottle of baby oil with aloe. “I think a little of this gently applied will help. May I?”

    Looking in Maggie’s eyes Taisha could not say no, but she did give her a cautious look.

    “Lean back against the vanity and spread’em please Ms. Taisha.”

    “You are getting just a little full of yourself Principal Turner. Careful or I may have to put you in your place, my pet.” Warned Taisha.

    Maggie lowered onto her knees, “Oh please put me anyplace you like, Ms. Taisha,” she said looking up at her innocently.

    “You little tease.”

    Maggie batted her eyes and held up the bottle. “May I please Ms. Taisha?”

    “Carefully.” she commanded.

    Maggie squeezed a little onto her fingers and palm and slowly moved toward her dark pink swollen labia. “Relax, I will be gentle Ms. Taisha. I have a vested interest in this little treasure.”

    She touched and gently caressed her labia with her flattened palm, spreading the soothing oil. Taisha tensed and quickly relaxed as the oil did its job, soothing her raw pussy lips. After a couple gently passes, Maggie pulled away.

    “Was that better?” She smiled at Taisha.

    Taisha nodded with a smile of her own.

    “A little more?”

    When Taisha nodded, she squirted out more and stared at her precious lady parts. “Oh, it glistens, like a sweet sticky dessert. It pains me to have to wait for a taste.”

    Taisha’s eyes widened, letting her know that was not an option. As she rubbed more oil, Taisha couldn’t help but moan. The oil coated her, and Maggie’s touch was heavenly.

    “I think there is definitely good blood flow down here.” She said rubbing the oil the length of her slit. “So warm and soft.”

    Taisha gasped at how good it felt to have Maggie touch her.

    “Those thirsty lips seem to be sucking up the oil, I think you need some more.”

    Taisha gave a slow nod of agreement.

    This time Maggie spread it on both hands and slid her left hand between her legs and the right on her clit, spreading the oil through her trimmed bush.

    “Is that good, Ms. Taisha?” She asked softly. “I think you’re getting warmer down here. That’s a good sign.”

    She spread her fingers and sandwiched her labia gently between them. Taisha whimpered as she realized Maggie was pushing her to the edge yet again.

    “You feel so good, Ms. Taisha. I don’t ever want to stop touching you. Your lips are like rose pedals.”

    Taisha squealed and panted.

    Maggie stopped, “Oh I’m sorry, did I hurt you? Should I stop?” she teased.

    Taisha looked at her and shook her head.

    She continued her gentle massage as Taisha began to rock her hips.

    “Am I pleasing you Ms. Taisha?”

    “Oh yes, my pet, yes.” Taisha sighed.

    Maggie, pussy ached again, as she relished the feel of Taisha’s soft, warm, lubed labia between her fingers.

    “Can I slide inside you Ms. Taisha?”

    She whimpered and nodded, still uncertain if she could take this, but the soothing oil felt so good.

    “Oh Ms. Taisha, thank you so much. I love being inside you.” She said as her oiled finger slipped in. Her right thumb gently massaged her over sensitive clit now coated in the medicated oil. Taisha quivered and moaned in response.

    “Does this meet your approval Ms. Taisha?”

    “Yes, my pet, yes!” She replied

    “Thank you, Ms. Taisha.” Maggie said as she slipped in a second finger. “Tell me If I’m hurting you and I will stop.”

    “Please, don’t stop Principal Turner, it feels so good,” Taisha sighed.

    “Your tight little pussy’s gripping my fingers so hard.”

    Taisha squealed, “Oh God, Principal turner!”

    “Oh yes, Ms. Taisha” Maggie panted. “I love touching you. I’m finally inside of you.”

    “Aaaahhhhhh!” Taisha screamed. “I’m gonna come Principal Turner. Fuck, I’m coming!”

    “Oh yes, please, Ms. Taisha!” Maggie panted.

    Taisha wailed as she braced herself on the vanity and shook with her twelfth climax of the day.

    As Taisha shuddered, she noticed the blissful expression on Maggie’s face from pleasuring Taisha, and it intensified her climax even further. She truly loved pleasing Taisha.

    When the orgasm passed, Maggie as afraid of aggravating Taisha’s soreness and gently withdrew her fingers. Then she stood up and smiled at Taisha kissing her softly. “An even dozen? I think we have a new record. Thank you, Ms. Taisha.” The pride in her voice was evident.

    “Thank YOU, Principal Turner. Such an excellent teachers’ pet.” Said Taisha still panting. “Oh my God.” She sighed and gripped Maggie’s head to kiss her.

    Maggie’s smile widened looking into Taisha’s eyes. “Maybe we should get some rest, Ms. Taisha. It has been a long day, and we need you fully recovered as soon as possible.”

    Taisha agreed.

    “Would you please sleep in my bed tonight Ms. Taisha?”

    “I would love to, my pet.”

    Maggie smiled and kissed her again. “Thank you, Ms. Taisha.” She said, thinking how much she loved the roll of teacher’s pet.

    She walked into the bedroom, turned down the covers and Taisha kissed her again before sliding in. Maggie followed and snuggled up to her left side. They continued to kiss for several minutes before Maggie nuzzled her cheek against Taisha’s shoulder.

    Then she whispered softly. “I love pleasing you Ms. Taisha, Thank you for letting me finally reciprocate. I don’t think I’ll ever tire of touching you and tasting you. I love the feeling of your skin against mine…”

    She seemed at a loss for words and contently snuggled against Taisha’s shapely shoulder. The thought of the thousand ways to pleasure her, Taisha promised to teach, swirled through her mind while she lay listening to Taisha breathe. Her knee lay atop Taisha’s thighs and her left hand across her belly. She lay there until she sensed Taisha had fallen asleep.

    Maggie suddenly realized they never took the time to eat anything, but she was filled with contentment as she drifted into a deep and restful sleep.

    To Be continued.


  • Emily’s Clean-Up Chores

    Font size : +


    I heard about this and had to try it

    I read a post on the forum. What it amounts to is the guy ties up his willing girlfriend in bed on a weekend and while going about his daily activities he come in and fucks her just about any time and way he wants. It sounded really exciting to me. (Thanks, J & E)

    So I brought it up to Ashley the night I read it, while we cuddled naked in bed after a fantastic session of love making. Ashley is my female lover, she is: 22, with long blonde hair, blue eyes, 5’ 6”, 110 pounds, 36B, athletically built, toned and sexy as hell. Whereas I’m 23, long blonde hair, green eyes, 5’ 4”, 105 pounds, 34C, run and swim just about every day.

    We live together in my beach house along with our two boyfriends. John is: 25, 6′ 2″, 205 pounds, piercing blue eyes, sandy blonde hair and abs you could do your wash on! Mike is: 24, 6′ 1″, 210 pounds, brown hair and the eyes to match. John was actually my boyfriend, and Mike is Ashley’s, but we have an open relationship.

    Both of us wanted to be the one tied up, but after we talked about it, we decided that Ashley should be the one. Our plan was: after breakfast she would be tied up with some silk scarves we had, not too tight, but just tight enough. She would be tied up for about 10 hours, that way the guys could get her five times each. This would mean about one time per hour. We figured our guys could handle that, and I would come in between each guy’s adventure and clean up whatever bodily fluids he left behind with my tongue, and make sure that Ashley stayed good and wet. The hardest part was finding a weekend day where all of us would have 10 hours to be around the house off and on. So, we had to wait a couple of weeks before our adventure could begin. Part of our plan was not to have sex with the guy’s for 3 days prior, that way they would be good and ready for the task at hand. It also gave Ashley and me a good excuse to spend the nights before together in my bed.

    So the Saturday that we all were waiting for had finally come. After waking, I rolled over to my stomach, got on my knees, leaned over Ashley and excitedly kissed her and woke her up with a fun little naked two-handed booby grab and a smile. I pulled the covers back and gave her one long lick from pussy to her mouth. That always turned her on, and is an excellent way to start the day.

    I put on a pair of short shorts and a t-shirt, while Ash put on her robe and headed to the kitchen to start breakfast. To our surprise the guys had already prepared breakfast, and were eagerly waiting for us to join them. We said good morning to our guys and gave them a morning kiss. John grabbed me, pulled me to him and gave me a kiss that made my pussy wet. It must have done something for him as well, because I was soon being poked in the stomach by his hard-on. I couldn’t resist so I crouched down, pulled the waist band of his shorts down and gave him a smile as his cock sprang from his shorts. I looked up at him; in one movement I tried to swallow his cock, slipping it into my throat and holding there as I tried to stroke it with my tongue. I then pulled away, brought his shorts back up and stood up. I grabbed him and gave him a big hug and kiss. The look on his face was of a little shock, he wanted more, but I was saving him for today’s adventure. We looked over to Mike and Ash, her robe was on the floor at her feet, her head tilted back as Mike was licking and sucking her nipples. He then grabbed her by the waist and lifted her up and sat her on the kitchen counter. She spread her legs for him as he knelt down in front of her and began lick her sweet pussy.

    “Ummmm, Mike, that’s not the kind of breakfast were suppose to be having,” I said.

    “The sooner we eat, the sooner you can have her in bed,” I told him as he smiled at me.

    His face was covered in her juices as he wiped it with a napkin and sat down for breakfast. Three days of no sex had done its job; our guys were more than ready for some action. Breakfast went fast, we were all eager to get things started. After breakfast the guys loaded the dishwasher and cleaned up, while I went with Ash to her bedroom and got her prepared. I took the silk scarves and gently tied her wrists to the head board of the bed, but not too tight. They were so loose that she was even able to roll over to her stomach, if it was needed. I probably did have them too loose. It wouldn’t have been too hard for her to untie herself if she wanted, but I didn’t think she would.

    Once I was done and made sure she was comfortable, I went to the guys and announced, “Whoever’s first, she’s ready.”

    Mike quickly got up and headed down the hall to her room. His shorts showed the hard-on he had, I wasn’t sure if that was left over from his snack before breakfast or was new from anticipation of what was to come. I too was horny, and excited about the day, so I laid down on the couch next to John as he was watch something on TV. I rested my head in his lap as he gently stroked my hair; whatever he was watching, I wasn’t interested in. I became restless and soon found myself stroking his cock and gently playing with his balls. In no time he was hard, I turned my head, opened my mouth and started running my mouth the length of his shaft with the thin fabric of his shorts still between us. My pussy was getting wetter, and even though John was supposed to save his energy for Ash, I still couldn’t resist pulling his cock out of the leg hole in his loose shorts. I also couldn’t resist kissing it, licking it, and sucking on it. Having his cock in my mouth and knowing how much he was enjoying it, was turning me on even more; my pussy was soaked. After licking, sucking and deep throating him for awhile, I just could barely stop myself. I got up, telling myself I need to save him for Ash, turned my butt to him, pulled my shorts to the side and gently sat myself down on his cock. I was so wet he just slid right in me. Oh god, he felt so good in me, I guess the guys weren’t the only ones that missed fucking. I was riding him, and loving it, as I could feel the orgasm I needed so badly start to come. I don’t know why but all of a sudden I came to my senses.

    “Shit, I’m saving him for Ash; what the hell am I doing?” I thought.

    He tried to grab me as I got off of him; I wanted him as badly as he wanted me, but the little voice in my head told me to stop. I climbed back on the couch with him, and still with a lust-filled mind, began licking my juices from his cock. God I love the taste of pussy, and I always thought mine was one of the best pussies I had ever tasted. I was so worked up I could hardly wait for Mike to comeback so that I could have my turn with Ashley. After thoroughly cleaning John’s cock and then some, Mike came out with a smile on his face.

    “Next!” he announced.

    I quickly got up and almost ran down the hall to her bedroom. Mmmmmmm, she looked so good lying there catching her breath, with Mike’s cum splattered across her stomach. I quickly stripped and climbed over top of her. In a 69 position I lower my soaked pussy to her mouth.

    “Ohhhh yesssss, babe,” I moaned; as her tongue started lick me.

    I stared rocking back and forth on that fantastic tongue of hers; I need to cum so bad. I also needed more, I need something inside me. Shit, with her hands tied up I wouldn’t get any fingers. A good thing as it was; I didn’t need any fingers, as her fantastic tongue had the waves of orgasm quickly racing through my body. Mmmmmmm, I just sat on her face, rocking back and forth, playing with my breasts and pinching my nipples, as the orgasm went through me. Oh, it was so satisfying. A little light-headed and the room spinning, I remembered the other reason I was there, and that was to clean up Ashley. I bent down to her stomach and with long licks started licking Mike’s cum off of her. She was still cleaning my juices from my pussy when I finally got to hers. Mmmm, she tasted so good, and I loved licking her. She lifted her butt off the bed and pushed her pussy to my mouth as I covered her pussy with it. Knowing that Ashley had a lot more action coming that day I didn’t worry about giving her an orgasm, plus I knew that John was anxiously waiting. So after giving her a good licking I climbed off her and gave her a passionate kiss. I love tasting myself on her lips and the combination of our juices is just so yummy.

    I went out to the great room where John was waiting, told him it was his turn, before giving him a passionate kiss. With a smile on his face he said, “Damn, you two taste good,” and hurried down the hall to Ashley’s room.

    Mike was nowhere to be found, which was ok; he wouldn’t be needed again until I had finished my second turn. Quite content and still nude, I went out by the pool to lie in the sun. After a bit, I had lost track of time, John came from the house, still hard, and cum all over his cock. He told me it was my turn again. I sat up in the lounge chair and motioned John to me. His cum covered cock staring me in the face, I grabbed it and started cleaning it for him with my tongue. Mmmmmm, cum and Ashley’s juices, another one of my favorite treats. I quickly cleaned him and hurried to Ashley’s room knowing that more cum would be waiting me there. Sure enough, her legs still spread and John’s cum oozing from her pussy, I knelt between her legs. Mmmmmm, again, so yummy, I love licking creampies from Ashley’s pussy. I started licking from her butthole; cum had run down there like ice cream melting on a cone. Once her butt and that area were cleaned I slipped a finger in her ass. Using the finger in her ass I fed her pussy to my mouth and cleaned her good. I started fucking her ass with that finger, and moved my mouth to her clit. I added another finger to her ass, and began sucking harder on her clit. I could tell by the way she was breathing she was about to cum, which only made me work harder to make sure she did. Her juices flooded my mouth, and I eagerly licked them up. I finished cleaning her, got up again, gave her a kiss and went back out to send Mike in. There was no reason for me to bother with clothing; just about every 30 minutes I was going in to clean up Ashley’s body from the cum the guys left behind.

    Mike was watching TV this time and John was nowhere to be found. Just for the fun of it I walked over to Mike and told him Ashley was ready for him. As he stood I dropped to my knees in front of him, and pulled his shorts to the floor. His flaccid cock was so nice, even flaccid it was long. I took it in my hand and pushed it down my throat. Soft cocks are so nice and easy to swallow. After a few strokes in and out of my throat, Mike’s cock was hard. He grabbed me by the back of the head and started fucking my mouth. I choked a little and pulled away from his grasp. I told him he better get in there with Ashley before he shot his load down my throat, even though a little later I would be licking up his cum. Mike stepped out of his shorts and walked into Ashley’s room with the hard-on I had given him.

    I few minutes later Mike emerged from Ashley’s room, his cock limp this time, and motioned that I was needed by Ashley again.

    I went in and said to her, “Wow, that was kind of quick.”

    She didn’t say a word; she just motioned to me to come to her. Puzzled I looked for Mike’s cum; there wasn’t any. She motioned for me to come closer; as I did she gave me a big open mouthed kiss. Oh, now I knew where Mike’s cum was, as she flooded my mouth with it and her tongue. We both smiled at each other and swallowed, and then we started to laugh at each other. She told me it wasn’t nice to get him worked up like that and I told her I was sorry. I then climbed between her legs and did my best to make it up to her by giving her a nice long tonguing. Gently licking her folds and slowly fingering her tight pussy. Taking my time, not giving her an orgasm, just warming her up good for the next guy. She was almost begging me to give her another finger and to suck on her clit when I got up, gave her a kiss and went to let John know it was his turn.

    John was lying out by the pool this time. Naked, I straddled him and sat on his lap. Facing him I reached behind me and tugged the shorts he was wearing down enough to expose his flaccid cock. I then began rubbing my soaked pussy on his cock till it was hard again. His cock had my juices all over it from balls to up his shaft as I climbed off him.

    I looked at him and said, “Feed that to Ashley, she loves the taste of my pussy on cock.”

    With that John got up and headed back in the house to Ashley. I sat down in the lounge chair that he vacated and started stoking my wet pussy. I must have half-way dozed off as I was suddenly aware of John calling to me that it was my turn again. My fingers were coated with the juice from my pussy. I stuck them in my mouth and sucked them clean as I walked into Ashley’s bedroom.

    Her fantastic boobs we’re covered with John’s droplets of cum. Ashley thanked me for adding my own special sauces to John’s cock. I knew she would enjoy it, and I expected that John would have her suck him since my juices were on it. I eagerly started to lick John’s cum from her breasts, and particularly enjoyed kissing, licking and sucking her pretty little nipples. Once I was done I figured it was my time to use Ashley, I mean the guys were doing it, why couldn’t I? I climbed on the bed, straddling her chest, and then crawled forward till my pussy was at her mouth. Using the headboard to keep my balance I sat my hot wet pussy down on her mouth. Her tongue felt so good, as she licked and nibbled at everything I presented her. I had never really used Ashley like this before, our sex is more for mutual satisfaction, but this fantasy we were playing out, I felt, allowed me do take advantage of my beautiful lover. With one hand I held the headboard of the bed, with the other I reached down and held the back of her head. Holding her head where I wanted and grinding my pussy on her tongue and mouth, it was almost like masturbation with a toy, only this toy had better lips and tongue like no other toy I’ve ever had. I rode her face like a mad woman, and brought myself to a fantastic gushing orgasm.

    After I had calmed down I felt so bad. What I had done wasn’t love, it was self satisfaction at its worst. I slid my butt back to sit on Ashley’s chest and looked down at her feeling horrible. The smile on her face was little relief as I began apologizing.

    “Oh babe, I’m so sorry, I don’t know why I did that, I hate losing control like that,” I said.

    “Em, hun, don’t apologize, this is a fantasy that we’re playing out. You’re supposed to do what you want to me; that’s why I’m tied up, remember?” Ashley said trying to comfort me.

    Still feeling like shit, I lay down in the bed next to her and cuddled up, squeezed her tight and kissed her forehead.

    “I’m sorry” I said again, as I got up out of the bed and left to find whoever was next.

    Out in the kitchen Mike was getting a drink.

    “Your turn,” I said, as I walked pass him.

    “Oh and give her a big kiss when you get in there.” I said, knowing that he would taste my juices on her mouth. Her mouth? Shit, more like her entire face.

    Still disgusted with myself, I went out to the pool and dove in, halfway wishing I could just drown in there, but the basic need for air came, and I had to surface. As I was wiping the water from my eyes, a huge splash, wave, and rain of water came down on me. I turned to look what the hell just happened as John’s hands touched my body and he surfaced. He pulled me to him as I instinctively wrapped my legs around him and sat on his soft cock. This was a position I knew so well and it always made me feel better, probably because I always associated it with sex. Realizing that and feeling John’s cock start to get hard, I pushed him away. I deserved to feel bad and comforting myself with sex would not be right. I climbed out of the pool and lay on a lounge chair in the sun to dry. Mike would be done soon and I didn’t want to go in all wet.

    I could hear Mike in the house, calling, “Next.”

    So I got up from the lounge chair and headed for Ashley’s bedroom. Ashley was lying on her back, cum all over her pussy, with a splatter of cum reaching up to her bellybutton. She told me Mike pulled out and came on her like that, because he knew I would enjoy it. Mmmmm, he was right. I climbed on the bed between her legs, flipped my hair over my shoulder to keep it out of the cum, and started by licking her nipples. After bringing them to life I worked down across her stomach, and then to the treat left behind. With slow long licks, I licked her from her pubic mound to her bellybutton. I knew this would turn her on, and it did very well. Once the cum was licked from her abdomen, I softly put my mouth on her pussy. With slow, long, deep, licks, I cleaned the cum from her pussy. What I was doing as my duty of the day had Ashley completely aroused, and very close to orgasm. Knowing it wouldn’t take much to make her cum, I moved my lips to her clit and inserted two fingers into her pussy. With the fingers I found her g-spot, and started stroking it. My lips were sucking her clit, as she was about to cum. She came even faster than I expected, her back arched, and toes curled. I removed the two fingers and covered her pussy with my mouth as she began to gush. Mmmmm, she tasted so good, and I was happy to make her cum, especially after how I had behaved during our last encounter. I made sure I had her all cleaned up and then moved to her mouth and exchanged a very hott kiss with her. It was almost lunch time, so I asked her if she wanted me to bring her anything the next time I came in. Her reply was some fruit or vegetables and something to drink.

    I left her room and went to find John, it was his turn. I found him where I left him, out by the pool, lying in a lounge getting some sun. His eyes appeared to be closed so I quietly walked up to him. I knelt down, and with just my mouth I started sucking his soft cock. It grew hard almost instantly, and he grabbed the back of my head and tried to force his cock down my throat. Not being prepared for it I started to choke and pulled away from him. In a pissed off tone I told him it was his turn with Ashley again, and I walked back in the house to the kitchen. I found apples and carrots, began cleaning them and slicing them up. I also found some grapes and put them on a plate with the apple slices and carrots. I sat at a stool at the kitchen bar, turned on the TV and waited for John to get done with Ashley.

    Soon he emerged from her room, his cock still hard. I stood up and went to get a glass of water for Ashley. For some reason he decided he need something out of the cupboard next to me and as he squeezed past he grazed my ass with his cock. His cock got slightly caught in the crack of my ass, and with that he bent a little lower and slid his cock between my thighs. I knew what he wanted me to do, but I was in no mood with him after he had tried to slam his cock down my throat. I grabbed the plate of fruit and carrots, and the glass of water and went to Ashley’s room.

    She was lying in the bed dozing off as I entered the room. I sat on the bed next to her and she opened her eyes. I looked for the last deposit of cum for me to clean up, Ashley told me that John had cum in her mouth and she swallowed it. Hmmmm, a little disappointed, I just figured we could have more time with me feeding her. I gave her a drink from the glass and asked if she would like a carrot; she nodded her head, yes. I put one leg up on the bed so she could see as I dipped the baby carrot into my pussy, pulled it out and brought it to her mouth. I took a slice of apple and slid it in Ashley’s pussy, played around with it a little, pulled it out and I took a bite. We continued like that till the plate was empty, it was a very exciting lunch.

    I gave Ashley what I intended to be a quick lick, which wound up being much longer. I’m just a sucker for warm wet pussy. Anyway, I went back out and found Mike, it was his turn. John was watching TV and he asked me what took me so long with Ashley. I told him about the lunch I served her, I then went to the fridge, pulled out some carrots, held them in the air and said “Want to eat these with my special sauce on them?” He laughed and went back to watching TV. I don’t think he thought I was serious. I went back out to the pool, and lay in the sun, waiting my next turn.

    After what I thought was longer than what it should take Mike emerged from Ashley’s room and called to me that it was my turn again. I got up from the lounge and pranced back to Ashley’s room.

    This time she was face down on the bed her butt in the air, and her ass covered with Mike’s cum. I guess she was afraid to lie flat, and didn’t want his cum running everywhere. As I took my position between her legs and behind her I could see that her butthole was still a bit open. It was a sure sign that Mike had give it to her anally. I started by licking her from her clit to the middle of her back with long licks. Once I had her cleaned off I start paying more attention to her pussy, licking her deep, as far as my tongue could reach. I took two fingers and inserted them into her ass, fucking her with them as I sucked on her clit. I don’t know if it was the amount of sex she had that day, but it was very easy to make her cum. In no time at all her pussy juices were flooding my mouth. I love making her cum. Once she was done, I finished licking the extra juices from her and headed out to find the next guy.

    John was still sitting watching TV, right where I left him the last time. Back out to the pool for me, I was hot and needed a dip to cool off. As I passed John he got up knowing it was his turn, and headed for Ashley’s room. I grabbed one of the inflatable rafts we have, the kind you lay out on in the pool, tossed it in and dove in after it. After surfacing I climbed up on it and laid there on my back with my eyes closed. A little later, I felt little ripples in the water as if someone had entered the pool. I didn’t bother opening my eyes, but I soon felt a hand on my thigh trying to spread my legs. Almost as an involuntary reaction I spread them, and then felt a tongue licking my pussy. Trying to decide whether I wanted to peek or just try to figure it out without looking, I peeked. It was Mike, Ashley’s boyfriend. As he tried to position himself to get his mouth better access to my pussy, he put too much weight on one corner of the raft and flipped us both over. I was turned on and wanted more. I swam to him under the water, grabbed his hard cock and put it in my mouth. It wasn’t for long; I’m not a fish and needed a breath. As I came up, I grabbed him around the neck, wrapped my legs around his waist and impaled myself on this cock. I slowly rode him, slow enough to pleasure myself but not fast enough to make him cum. The pace wasn’t enough to make me cum either, and soon John was standing at the edge of the pool informing me that Ashley was ready for me again. I climbed off Mike’s cock, got out of the water and grabbed a towel to dry off. Still drying myself, I walked into the house and to Ashley’s room.

    This time when I entered I found her on her back, legs spread, and John cream pie in her pussy. I climbed on top of her in a 69 position and began licking her. An “mmmmmm” came from Ashley as she realized how wet my pussy was. I don’t know what it is, but I love when my body is damp and cool from the pool, and I have something warm in my pussy. Her tongue felt fantastic and as worked up as I was it didn’t take long for her to have me close to orgasm. I very much enjoyed myself as I licked the cream pie out of her; this is one of the best things about an ffm threesome. We both continued to lick each other and brought one another to a fantastic orgasm. Mmmmmm, so satisfying. I got up, exchanged a very hott kiss with her and went looking for Mike; it was his turn.

    Mike was lying out by the pool in the sun, drying off. He was lying on his back, eyes closed. I quietly walked up to him, standing over his head, I lower myself, my pussy on to his mouth. He was startled at first, but eagerly started licking what I was feeding him. His cock became erect and I couldn’t help but put it in my mouth. Remembering that I was there to let him know it was my turn, I released his cock from my mouth. After riding his face and teasing him a bit more, I told him it was his turn. I moved so he could get up and then took his place in the lounge chair.

    About 20 minutes later Mike came out of the house with a smile on his face to tell me Ashley was ready for me again. I got up and went into her room to find her on her stomach, butt in the air again. Taking my place behind her, it was easy to see that Mike had given it to her anally. Some of his cum was sprayed on her butt, but the majority was running down her butthole and dripping off her pussy, on to the sheets. I began at her pussy and licked that clean. I licked around her butthole and all the droplets off of her ass. I then had her roll over to her back, came up and softly kissed her. All this sex had really taken its toll on her. So instead of attacking her for more sex, I just softly and intimately snuggled with her. God she is soooo hott, and I’m so lucky to have her for a girlfriend.

    After lying there with her for a while I got up to find John; it was his turn and he would be the last. He and Mike were watching TV. I went into the kitchen and prepared a little snack for Ashley; after the day she had I didn’t expect her to want anything too heavy. Not too much later John came out and declared Ashley done. I went into my bathroom and started the shower for Ashley; I figure she needed one, if not to refresh, then at least to wash the boys’ and my bodily fluids off her. Then back to her room; again she looked like she’d had anal. This time he came in her ass and it was oozing out. I gently untied her and helped her out of bed. I led her across the hall and in to my bathroom and the awaiting shower. She stood there like a zombie as I washed her body, turning and moving to my commands. When we were done I dried us both, and wrapped her in her robe. I walked her out to the kitchen; the guy’s each complemented her on the day and gave her a kiss on the forehead as she seemed to a wake from her trance. After the bite to eat I walked her to my bedroom, put her in bed, we watched some TV and cuddled till we drifted off to sleep.

    I was an experience none of us will soon forget, but probably not one that we’ll do again. The day was just too long and exhausting. The simple little foursome that we usually do weekly is quite fine for us.


  • The House A Slave Training and Auction Chapter 9 & 10

    Font size : +


    This story and all of the stories that I write is a work of fiction. Please feel free to leave a comment

    Chapter 9
    Jessie and Penny and Master T

    Jessie- Master wants to talk to me. I hope I am not going to be punished I didn’t do anything I don’t think. Master why were you homeless? Jessie- I was kicked out for being gay. I worked odd jobs and sleep on friend’s couches or in the park where that guy got me. I sometimes went home with guys for money but I couldn’t do that because a pimp wanted me to work for him. I met some of the guys that worked for him and they told me that he beat them and got them hooked on heroin so I ran. I went to Ohio with a boy I met and his family let us stay but they didn’t like us being gay so we moved out and got jobs we were lovers for 2 years until his family found us and took him away. I lost my job and became homeless. I always knew I wanted to please people I just didn’t know what it was called. Master- You are submissive do you get off on pain you came hard when I forced the bitch to suck your dick. Yes, and I liked it but I didn’t like how she felt. Have you come to understand what’s happening to you? I want someone to love and take care of me I will cook and clean. Some of our clients like that all our clients are rich powerful men and some have wives or more than one slave. How would you feel about having a Master who has female slaves? T looks up and sees that he is crying. Why are you crying? I want a Master all to myself! Ok I can’t promise that. We are having an auction in 4 weeks and you will be in the one for gay’s.
    Penny- Master wants to talk to me I hope I will not be punished again my ass is still sore from earlier. Master I know that you are looking for a way out! There is only two ways and the last one is dead! We can make this easy or we can do this the hard way! I can show you the way to be sexual fulfilled and you can go to a Master or Mistress and you will never want for anything. Did you see the blonde bitch with the black eye right now she is somewhere over the Middle East on a plane with a Master who likes to kill his slaves while he is fucking them one message to him or his brother and I can have you shipped off to them. Penny Master no I don’t want that I will listen to you and the other’s. Good, see that you do. When was the last time you had an orgasm? I have never had one!
    T took the girl and the boy into his dungeon where he showed them around to the different equipment and told them what each piece is used for. He had the girl lay back on the table with her hands tied over her head her legs tied in stir ups with her knees spread apart. T begin running his finger up and down her smooth lips when he got to her clit it was sticking out of the hood it was large. He looked over at the boy he was looking between her legs, but nothing was happening with his cock.
    He called Kyle in to help him work with the boy. He went to the cabinet and got a vibrator and a plug. He went back over to the girl and he could see that she was turned on he also had a small whip he lubed up the small plug and inserted into her little rosebud. Penny- oh my that feels good as he runs his fingers over my lips. He tells me that it is a slave’s job to please their Master. I will not move unless my Master tells me too. I will not cum unless my Master tells me too and if my Master says don’t cum I will not. Master tells me that he is going to make me cum and after that must be earned. I start to move my hips and he slaps my thigh and tells me to be still so I lay there. Master T- I begin running the vibrator around her wet pussy and she begins to moan I reach down and adjust my cock it has been a while since I have had any pussy I plan to have some starting with this girl. I unzip my leather’s and take my dick out her eyes go wide. I step between her legs and I tell her to be still don’t move as I part her lips and stick my dick into her she is tight at first so I go slow to let her adjust to my size then I pull back and slam into her and she begins to scream as I thrust into her over and over I also tell her that it is her job to please me so I turn the vibrator on and hold it on her clit, she goes wild I can feel that she about to cum so I tell her to hold it she begins begging me to let her cum so I remove the vib and slap her clit as I tell her to cum. I grab her by the hips and continue slamming into her as I feel my balls draw up I pull out and point to the floor as both boys get down on their knees and I cum all over both their faces and I order them to lick it off.
    After the boys clean each other off I order them to clean up. I let them talk among themselves and I have Kyle tell him how he came here. Kyle came here two years ago he was sold to us by his father who owed money because he had gambling debts. The father knew he was gay and he hated him for it he tried to beat it out of him. Kyle is one of our in-house slaves he also works in our whorehouse he is good at it, Kyle also liked being pissed on and in.

    Chapter 10 Mistress Ann Begins working with Andre

    Mistress Ann- Andre I need to talk to you? How did you feel when you fucked the guy? It felt good and I want to do it again! Do you ever think about hurting girls when you fuck them? Sometimes I want to slap their face and pull their hair. Ok this is a place that you can live out your wildest dreams and fantasies. The first thing about being a Dominant is that you are in control. You will be observing me while I am in a session this is the beginning of your training.
    Mistress Ann- Jack and Leslie will be joining Natalia today for training. Today we will be going over the equipment as well as different scenes so let’s look around you may ask questions but be respectful or you will be punished. Jack- I can’t believe that this is happening to me I was at the bus stop with Leslie and the next thing we know we are tied up on a plane. Mistress slaps my leg to get my attention and that hurt. Mistress pay attention or you will get hurt if I must repeat myself. Natalia get into the slave pose when your Master or Mistress points to the floor this is what you do.
    Leslie- I can’t believe that this bitch is doing this to us I don’t want to be hurt. I get down on my knees and I put my hands behind my back like the other girl and I feel myself open my naked pussy is on display. Jack, have you ever had sex with a boy or a girl? No Mistress What about you Leslie? No Mistress! Ok Jack have your ever seen a naked girl or boy? I have never seen a girl but I have seen a boy! Are you gay? Do you like boys? I don’t know! Let’s find out. Andre- Pull your dick out? Andre my dick is hard as a rock and looking at all this pussy I am ready to fuck. Jack looks at Andre’s dick and says what am I going to do with it as he hisses from the slap on his thigh for speaking out of turn. I tell Jack to get on the table as I bond his hands over his head with his feet in the stir ups he is shackled to the table I get out some lube and gloves and hand them to Andre to insert his finger into him. I give the girls dildos to practice giving blowjobs on and tell them that they must learn to deep throat them. I tell Andre not to make him cum.
    I look and find that Natalia is slowing working the dildo in and out of her mouth while Leslie is looking at it so I know that I will have to be hard on her. I go over to her and take the dildo from her and stand in front of her and as she opens her mouth I ram it all the way in and tell her when I give an order I expect her to comply and because she didn’t we will do it this way I look on as she is crying and say she is sorry. I look up when I hear moaning from the bed to find that Jack’s hips are moving up and down on Andre’s finger’s. Jack is begging to cum so I tell Andre that it is up to him to let Jack cum I tell him to treat him like his slave only he can’t fuck him. So, Andre tells him that he can’t cum because he hasn’t pleased his Master and I am proud of him. I turn back to my girl and see that she is still sucking on the dildo as I rub her hair I grab her head and force her head back and tell her to go wait in the hall. I take the dildo out of Leslie’s and I strap her to the cross as I am instructing Andre on how to do it I get a small whip and I begin to instruct Andre how to whip a slave on the cross. I tap her with the whip on her ass and thighs I tell him to stay away from the kidney’s unless he is trying to kill the slave. I get a longer whip and snap it in the air and then I strike hitting her on the ass as she screams I tell her that I didn’t hit her that hard I also tell her that she will get a reward for being so brave as I continue to strike her up and down her thighs and ass and up her back. I tell Andre that if you want to draw blood that you need to strike harder.
    After I get her down I have Andre lay her down on the table where I get a vibrator and some lube. I begin to rub her lips and I flick her clit. I open her up and look at her hymen I insert the tip of my finger against it and whole her open to show Andre I tell him to lick it and although he looks at me I tell him that I want to teach him how to eat pussy.
    Andre- I have never seen a virgin up close my dick is so hard. I stick my tongue out and lick it and I run my tongue around her whole I listen to Mistress as she tells me how to lick and suck pussy. I slap her thigh and tell her to be still as I am doing this my cock is so hard I tell the boy to get on his knees and suck my cock as I slap the girl’s pussy while ordering her to cum. Leslie- oh god I can’t believe this is happening to me and I can’t believe that this feels good. Andre- the girl cums and it taste good. I grab the boy by the back of the head and cum into his mouth and he suck up every drop of it. Jack- Master has me stand up and order’s the girl to suck my dick and I want to ram it in her mouth I am so hard he stands behind me and hit’s me as he tells me that I have 3 seconds to cum and I do loudly.
    Mistress Ann- Jack and Leslie you will be taken to your room’s where you will meet other slaves in training there will be no sex between you if we see that you are doing anything wrong you will punished. As they leave I tell Andre that I want to talk to him. I ask if he has any questions he wants to know when he will start making money? I tell him not for a while! I also tell him that he needs for training and he needs to learn how to fuck better.
    D- Comes in and we go over a few things with him. Like what type of clients do he want to service he tells us that he is open to men and women. He also tells us that he very interested in beating them also and wants to train to be a Master. That since we did kidnap him that we will be paying him 2 grand and week while training and once he starts seeing clients it will go up to 5 we also tell him that at the end of 4 weeks he will be given a test and that he must submit to one of the trainer’s. Although he doesn’t like it he agrees. We also ask him about his crimes and he tells us that he was a thief and that he stole to eat and sold drugs. D hands him a contract to sign and he does. He will have his own private room we also tell him that the girls and boys with white bands on he will not fuck they are virgins. We also tell him that once he has completed training he will get his choice of apartments but he will have to buy his own car and food. I tell him that we believe in taking care of our people, but if you betray us we will not bat an eye at killing him.
    He was also informed that he may be trained for other things in the future. Mistress Ann- I tell Eric to meet me in my office Natalia is also waiting on me. I tell her to have a sit on the floor while we wait for Eric. Natalia-I don’t know what Mistress wants with me but I am scared I hope she is not sending me away I really like her. Eric- After Mistress punished me we talked she really likes the girl and that’s fine with me I’ve come to learn what she likes although she has never had sex with me she makes sure that I cum and she lets me have sex with the girls that she is with. When I get to the office I kneel and kiss her boot. Mistress- Eric this is Natalia she will be moving in with us. Natalia this is Eric he is my slave. They look at each other Eric will train you and teach you some of the things that I like should you accept to be my slave. If you do not you will be trained and sold like the other slaves here. She looks at me and she says that she wants to stay with me.
    I tell her that trust is everything to me and that I will protect it at all cost I also ask her if she remember what I told her that happened to my last slave I also tell her that if she has questions or if she is unhappy that she can talk to me and if she wants to work we will find her a job, but I also tell her I want her to continue with school I ask her about her grades and she tells me that they were not so good she got C’s because of poor attendance. I tell her that she will be not only be having sex with me but also with Eric. I tell Eric that he will began training with Natalia and that he will be taking her virginity. I tell Eric to stand up and I have Natalia get on the table with her legs open.
    When D knocks on the door I tell him to come in and he is with Sonya she is looking at Natalia so I tell her that Natalia has agreed to be mine. I tell Natalia who I have decided to call Nat that Sonya is Master D’s and that I want them to become friends because Sonya will be helping her. I grab Nat by the neck and I tell her that there will be no jealousy and no going behind anyone’s back or she will be punished and she won’t like it as she shakes her head and says ok. I grab my flogger and I tell her that I am going to flog her and if she is a good girl she will get a happy ending. I start by running the tails up one leg and down the other. I slap her sex with it and drag it through her folds she’s wet her little clit peaks out of its hood I touch it with my finger I run my hand over her lips and feel the wetness. I see Sonya looking at her with lust in her eyes as I run my hands over her thighs. I run the flogger over her stomach and up to her breast as her nipples get hard as diamonds I look over at D and he is adjusting himself. I tell Eric to lick her, but don’t make her cum.
    Eric- Mistress is going to let me lick her new pet I wanted that bitch to suck my dick. This girl is pretty and I hope that she is with us for a longtime. Ann is not only my Mistress but she is my wife she married me to protect me. I run my tongue around her lips and I flick her clit she gasps and I do it again I look up to see Sonya has her hand between her legs as Master D looks at her he points to the floor and she is on her knees reaching for his fly. Master D has a big dick and I want him to fuck me with it. Nat- My body is tingling from the flogger and when Eric puts his mouth on me I began to shake his tongue feels so good I look over to see Master D and Sonya is on her knees sucking his dick it is big and I hope he is not going to stick it in me. Mistress hits me with the flogger and tells me to cum and I do very loudly flooding Eric’s mouth.
    Mistress Ann- Damn this girl has my pussy dripping wet I need a tongue in me soon. I grab Eric and kiss him tasting our girl and she taste good I lift my skirt and tell Nat and Eric to eat my pussy as I lay down I grab them both by the head and guide them where I need them Eric tells her what to do although she doesn’t need it I bury her face in my pussy as she licks and sucks I tell Eric to suck my breast as I pull her hair roughly I want to punish this girl for making me want her so much so slap her face and call her names as I cum hard. I look up to see D is also cumming I tell Nat to lick Sonya’s ass, when she looks like she wants to say no I slap her and tell her bitch you will do what I say or I will have Master D stick is cock in her ass and she jumps to it.
    Sonya is moaning and groaning she wants Nat to lick her pussy so I tell her to go ahead. D and I sit down and talk while the girls are busy. D-How is Andre doing I tell him that I think he will be a good Dominant once he learns a few things. D- I talked to him and he wants to learn to really hurt people I tell him that I know I didn’t think he was ready for the hard stuff. We also discuss the auction and I tell him that the invites went out and the location to be determined I also tell him that I have a slight problem with Nat’s parents and that I want to handle it myself then I tell him what I plan to do with them first I want to get both in a dungeon and show them what it feels like to be beaten and tortured. I hear moaning and look over to see our girls 69 I think they are going to be good friends I also tell him that Eric and I will be taking Nat with us. I ask if he plans to have a party for Sonya and he says yes one here than a private one. I ask him what is up with Liz she is going through something and doesn’t want to talk about it. He tells me that he will be talking to her before she starts her next training session.

    Chapter 11 Coming soon


  • Marcilla Pt 3: A Job For You

    Font size : +


    [For those who came in late:

    In Part One (”A Modern Fantasy”), Marcilla was picked up by a mysterious entity in the guise of a middle aged man, who told her to turn an English girl called Enid. In the process of turning her, Marcilla fell in love with Enid.

    In Part Two (“The Beginning”), Marcilla told Enid of how she was herself turned, as an eighteen year old in Styria in 1698.

    We now pick up the story.]

    ______________________________________________

    MARCILLA:

    “You’re just trying too hard,” I said.

    Enid huffed in frustration. Her face was flushed with effort and her straggly hair was plastered across her brow. “I’ll never be able to bloody do this.”

    “Of course you will.” I looked at her, standing by the door, and pointed to the window. “You don’t have to hold your breath and will yourself to move there. All you have to do is feel yourself there. Let’s try it once more.”

    Enid tried. She closed her eyes tight, clenched her fists, and thrust her head forward on her shoulders. Of course nothing happened. She stayed right where she was, with her back to the door.

    I sighed. “Let’s take a break from that for today. We can start learning about wards again and how to beat them.”

    “When you say ‘we’, you really mean ‘you,’ and we both know it.” Enid shook her head angrily. “It’s never going to work, Marcilla. I’m thick as two short planks. You’ll never be able to teach me anything.”

    I got up from the chair by the little side table and walked to her. “Enid? Look at me.” Putting my finger under her chin, I tilted her head back until her eyes were looking into mine. They were shimmering with frustrated tears. I wanted to kiss those tears away. “You. Will. Be. Able. To. Learn. All. Of. This. I promise you.”

    “But it’s not working!” Enid rubbed at her eyes angrily. “You do it so effortlessly and I can’t any of it, at all.”

    “I’ve had over three centuries of practice,” I said, and kissed her forehead. “Forget it for now. Let’s talk about wards for a bit.” I drew her by the hand to the bed and we sat down side by side. “Now, how do we recognise a blood ward?”

    She actually remembered what I’d told her about that, and I congratulated her with another kiss. “But,” she said, “why do I have to learn all this, I still don’t understand. You told me yourself that nobody thinks we exist anymore.”

    “No.” I held up a hand. “I did not say that. I said almost nobody. There’s a difference. Hunters still exist, even though they’re so few we could go generations without meeting one, and they’re still dangerous. No, more dangerous than ever, since they have modern technology behind them. You need to know how to recognise and fight them.” I fell silent a minute. “I’ve had a few close runs with Hunters and it was only by good fortune that I survived some of those times.”

    “They’ll have an easy time with me,” she muttered. “I’m stupid and useless.”

    “You are not stupid and you are not useless.” I put my arm around her shoulders and immediately noticed how stiff her muscles were. She was under far more stress than she herself probably realised. “Let’s go soak in the tub,” I said. “I’ll put on the hot water. You need to relax.”

    The tub was a welcome surprise. This hotel was old and the rooms small, but it had been converted from what had once been a mansion and though they’d broken up the big halls into smaller rooms, ours was connected with one of the old bathrooms, which was gigantic – almost as large as the bedroom itself – and had a huge bathtub set into a raised platform, not the tiny shower cubicle I’d been expecting.

    We’d been cycling far too long, living out in the open far too long, and, though Enid was treating it all as a great adventure, I’d been more than glad to take a couple of days off in civilisation when the opportunity arose. A soak in a hot tub, a real bed, and sleep through the day from, well, not dawn, but at least mid-morning, to nightfall! What luxury!

    “I? You’ve been doing all the work.” Enid pulled a face at me. “If anyone needs to relax, it’s you.”

    “All right, we both need to relax. I admit it!” I went into the bathroom and turned on the hot tap, and as the tub filled, poured in both the tiny packets of complimentary bath salts I’d found in the bathroom cabinet. “Take your clothes off and get in here.”

    The bathtub was nice and foaming pink with the salts when I slid in, lifted Enid on my lap, and positioned her so she was sitting between my thighs, her head against my shoulder and her back pressed against my breasts. I rubbed her shoulders and arms.

    She made a noise like a contented cat. I chuckled.

    “Feels good, does it?”

    “Mmmmmm…” She turned her head far enough so I could lean over to kiss the corner of her mouth. “You’ll spoil me rotten, and then I’ll be rotten as well as useless.”

    “Rotten things aren’t useless, they make great compost.” I released her arms and began running my hands up and down the sides of her torso, my fingertips rubbing in circles along the lines of her ribs. She sighed. “Imagine being compost and earthworms crawling on and inside you.”

    “That’s horrible!”

    “I don’t know. I like earthworms. It might be sexy, when they begin crawling between your legs Or here.” My hands, almost of their own volition, wandered to her chest, below and then sliding up to cradle her breasts. My fingers rubbed and tweaked her nipples. She moaned.

    “Marcilla,” she said, “I love you.”

    “Why?” I teased. “Because I do this?” My left hand tweaked her nipples while my right wandered down her abdomen. “Or because I do this?” My questing fingers found the soft folds of her labia. I ran my fingertips up and down them. “Well? What do you want next?”

    “You know what I want,” she said.

    “I don’t. Is it this?” I ran the insides of my feet up and down her shins. “Or this?” I pressed my mouth to the back of her neck. “Or this?” My fingertip twirled a circle on her clitoris. “Which?”

    She shook and inadvertently ground her bottom against my hips. “You tart!”

    “Your tart, and don’t you forget…” I paused. Since there were only the two of us in the hotel room, and the outer door was locked, I’d not bothered to close the bathroom door. Opposite the bathtub was the sink and over it the mirror, and from my position I could see some of the other room reflected. There was a man-shaped shadow on the wall over the bed. I couldn’t remember having seen it before.

    I put my lips to Enid’s ear. “Stay here,” I murmured very softly. A murmur carries far less than the sibilants of a whisper. “Keep talking to me as though I’m still with you.”

    “What…?” she began.

    “Don’t argue,” I told her. “Do it.” Slipping noiselessly from the tub, pressing my back to the wall, I sidled towards the bathroom door. Of course I didn’t waste time wrapping a towel around myself. It would only get in the way, and after over three hundred years I have little use for modesty anyway. I braced myself for a moment and then threw myself around the side of the bathroom door, in a single motion that should bring me within striking distance of whoever it was lurking there.

    But there was nobody. The room was empty. And the shadow on the wall was gone, too.

    “Marcilla?” Enid stood behind me at the bathroom door, holding a towel wrapped around her. “What’s going on?”

    “Nothing,” I said, shaking my head. “Forget it. I was just mistaken.” But of course it wasn’t nothing. I had long ago learnt to trust my instincts. I hadn’t been seeing things. There had been someone here, and that someone was here no longer.

    Casually, so as not to alarm Enid unnecessarily, I checked the window and the door. They were all securely shut from the inside. “Why didn’t you stay in the bath and keep talking as I was still there?” I asked her. “That’s what I told you to do.”

    “I thought you might…need help.”

    It was on the tip of my tongue to snap that she was far too new to help me, but I remembered how fragile she already was with her struggles to learn her powers. “Just do as I say next time,” I sighed, going back to the bathroom to drain the tub and dry myself off. “When I tell you to do something, there’s a good reason for it.”

    She nodded, looking miserable. I stepped to her and lifted her chin so she was looking me in the eye. “It’s all right, darling,” I said. “Let’s go to bed and get some sleep.”

    A little later, Enid was curled up next to me in bed, snoring gently. Normally I’d have been lulled into slumber listening to her soft snores, but right now I couldn’t let myself sleep. I reclined against the padded headboard, every sense alert, watching the patch of sunlight filtering through the curtained window slowly crawl across the wall as the hours passed, waiting for something to happen. But nothing did.

    It was late in the afternoon when Enid woke. She rubbed her eyes, stretched, yawned, looked at me, and pointed an accusatory finger. “You didn’t sleep at all, did you?”

    “How can you tell?”

    “You’ve got that wide awake look on your face. You’ve been keeping watch again, haven’t you?” She didn’t bother to wait for my answer. “God, Marcilla, when will you realise that you need sleep, you nutter? I’ve told you over and over that I can keep watch as well as you.”

    “Yes, I know you can.” I leant over to kiss her on the temple and got out of bed. “We’d better get ready to go out for dinner.”

    “How can we find dinner here? In the middle of a city? People are everywhere. They’ll notice!”

    I grinned. “You’ll see. Consider this a learning opportunity.” Fetching my phone from beside the bed, I search engined the name of the city and then looked for the unsafe and violence prone spots that tourists were advised to avoid. One was within extended walking distance, so we wouldn’t even have to bother with our bicycles. “Get dressed and let’s go.”

    By the time we left the hotel darkness had fallen. I walked casually, my hand brushing Enid’s, trying to look as though we were just a couple out for an evening stroll, trying not to look anyone in the face so they wouldn’t notice my glowing red eyes. I’ve had a lot of practice at that. The streets were crowded, too crowded for me to be able to tell if anyone was watching for us, but by the same token it would be difficult to keep us in sight for long.

    As though at random, taking our time, I steered Enid through streets that became narrower, progressively less crowded and well-lit, until we reached a to all appearances deserted stretch between the dark hulk of an apparently abandoned factory on one side and a row of old buildings set back from the street on the other. The space between the old buildings and the street were lined with big, leafy trees, and the shadows under them were dark and heavy. Of course, with our eyes we could still see quite well. I began to hum a tune, one of my favourite songs.

    “What’s that you’re humming?” Enid asked.

    I had to remind myself again that she was so young that even 1970s tunes were ancient to her. “Tony Christie, Avenues and Alleyways,” I said. “It seems appropriate. ‘While you sleep there’s a whole world coming alive/ Abel and his brother/Fighting one another/In and out of every dive.’ It’s a nice song. I’ll sing the whole thing for you if you like.”

    “Please don’t.” She shook her head in disgust. “I thought your parents had made you take singing lessons?”

    “I’ve had centuries to forget those lessons.” I laughed. “But I’ll try to remember just so I can sing to you.”

    We walked on. The old houses got older and darker. Enid laced her fingers through mine. “Nice evening, isn’t it?” she said. “Did you notice that we’re being followed?”

    I had to push down a bubble of laughter at the casual way she’d stated it. “Where?” I asked, “and how many?”

    “Two of them, I think. Blokes. They’re behind us, this side of the street.” She hesitated. “Maybe they’re just going this way?”

    “Let’s see.” I fished my phone out of my pocket, turned on the front camera, and held it at face level, so I could see the street behind us. Sure enough, there they were, still maybe thirty or forty metres away. “Let’s try a test.”

    “A test?”

    I pulled Enid by the arm out of the shadows of the trees so that we were illuminated by some wan lamplight. “Pose,” I told her, putting my arm around her shoulder, and held up the phone as though we were taking a selfie. My eyes were on the two figures in the frame, behind us. They stopped immediately as soon as we did.

    “Yes, they’re following us.” I put the phone back in my pocket. “Makes things simpler for us, doesn’t it?”

    “How?” To her credit Enid resisted any temptation to look over her shoulder.

    “I was planning to find some hole-in-the-wall pub where we could try to get picked up by our food, but this is a lot better. And just two of them, too, one for each of us, the ideal number.”

    She glanced at me. “So what are we going to do now?”

    “Let them come to us,” I said, and raised her hand to my lips. “It’s a lot easier this way, you’ll see.”

    ______________________________________________

    ENID:

    With every day that passes, I find out more ways in which I love this nutter.

    Today she stayed awake through the day, letting me sleep, while she kept watch. I know there’s something on her mind, something to do with the time she jumped out of the bath and into the other room. I wish she’d let me do more to deserve to be hers.

    I know I’m not good enough. Though she keeps telling me I am, I don’t see how.

    I mean, I can’t even do basic things yet. When we left the hotel she touched my shoulder. “Are your fangs under control?” she asked quietly.

    They had been during the day, but when I tounged my mouth I could feel them pushing down. I shook my head.

    “Don’t worry,” she said, “just don’t smile while we’re amongst people, that’s all.”

    Can’t bloody even keep my fangs tucked up, I thought to myself. If Marcilla had any sense she’d dump me and move on. But she won’t, that’s why she’s a nutter.

    We walked until it came to a dark and quiet part of town, with moths and things flitting about. Something flapped close by my shoulder and when I turned my head for a look at it I saw two blokes behind us. I told Marcilla and she said we’d feed from them. How? By letting them catch us.

    This lass is mental, and I love her for it.

    Why does she love me? I don’t know. Each time I ask myself this, the more I don’t have an answer.

    So we walked on, Marcilla taking the chance to hold and hug me and snog me every once in a while so, she muttered in my ear, the knobs following us would decide that we were too tied up with each other to notice them. Then we reached an open space between two buildings, too wide to be called a ginnel, which was jammed full of things, a pile of tyres, boxes, and other rubbish.

    “In here,” Marcilla muttered. “They’ll never pass up this chance.”

    I dithered a moment. “Won’t they think it dodgy that we’re going in there?”

    “No they won’t, they’ll think we’re going in for…you know.” She gave my arm a tug. “Come on.”

    We turned into the space, and Marcilla wrapped her arms around me and pulled me in for a kiss. “Make it look good,” she muttered against my lips.

    I didn’t have to try to make it look good. Every time she snogs me, I go weak in the knees and have to hold on to her. This time was no different.

    My eyes were still closed and her mouth on mine when I heard the voice behind me. “Ey look what we ‘ave ‘ere.”

    The other voice. “Looks like tourist bitches, where they shouldn’t be.” The English was thickly accented, with pauses between words.

    “Doin’ what they shouldn’t be, too.” They were obviously not used to speaking English, but doing so to intimidate us.

    Marcilla released me and we turned. The two of them were walking slowly towards us, with the self-satisfied look of hunters who’d got their prey cornered and helpless. One was bearded and had a big crooked nose, the other was tubby and had a scarred face. “Should teach them a lesson,” the first one said.

    “We should teach them a man’s better than another whore. One good shag and…” Scar began undoing his belt buckle.

    Marcilla raised a hand. “Gentlemen. Before you begin attempting to sate your lusts…” I could see them blinking at her in confusion. It was probably the most posh they’d ever heard anybody ever speak. “As I said, before you start your planned assault on our persons, I’ll give you one opportunity to back off and, in safety, go on your way.”

    I’d asked Marcilla, when she’d been telling me about other times she’d hunted alone, why she sometimes gave her prey warning before she got stuck into them. She’d shrugged. “You’ll see.”

    Now all I saw was these two gits blink at each other and then grin. “Wordy bitch,” Scar said. “Let’s shut her up.”

    “Which one do you want, Enid?” Marcilla asked me calmly.

    I couldn’t make myself speak. I’d suddenly reached the point I always did before feeding, when my gob filled with spit and my nose and head with the scent of blood almost within reach. My fangs pushed down fully, my tummy twisted with hunger, and I began moving towards Scar, who was closer to me than Beard. His eyes went wide and he began to scream.

    The next thing I was aware of was Marcilla pulling my arms off Scar’s shoulders. “That’s enough, Enid,” she said. “That’s enough! Any more and you’ll kill him.”

    I shook my head and, as always, the red haze faded from my mind. Beard was sitting with his back against the pile of tyres, his cakehole hanging open, moaning. Scar fell limply to the ground at my feet when Marcilla got my arms off him. I scrubbed the back of my hand across my lips. It came away red and wet.

    “I keep giving them a chance to save themselves,” Marcilla said, putting her arm around me, as we walked out of that dark space and turned back the way we’d come. “If they don’t take that chance, and they never do, is it my fault what happens to them?”

    “I…” I felt my eyes wetting. “I’ll never learn to control myself. I’m rubbish at this.”

    She kissed my head. “Of course you will. It took me centuries, but I was alone, and you have me to help you.”

    “How very touching,” a voice said, right behind us. “Young love is so very romantic. Not so young love, too, come to think of it.”

    I literally jumped, like I was a character in the toons, the bellend’s blood churning in my tummy. Marcilla was much faster, and had already spun around, her lips raised in a snarl so her fangs showed. But then she sighed, her shoulders slumping. “Oh. It’s you.”

    I turned slowly. I’d only seen him the one time, the morning when I’d been turned, but I clocked him immediately. He was leaning against a tree, watching us with a grin on his face. His eyes were black as black and had no smile in them at all.

    “Yes, Countess,” he said. “It’s nice to see you again. I can absolutely guarantee, from your facial expressions, that the pleasure is all mine.”

    ______________________________________________

    MARCILLA:

    I stared at him and suddenly things fell into place.

    “You. It was you in our hotel room today, wasn’t it?”

    He didn’t seem the least bit put out. “Of course it was. But I decided to not intrude on your, ah, intimate time.”

    I wished I could disembowel him. I had a very clear mental image of my teeth and nails laying him open at our feet, in a mess of his own blood and intestines. Of course he didn’t even have any blood or intestines. “What the hell do you want?”

    “Straight to the point, I see. But I suppose I should have expected it, seeing that I told you when we first met that I don’t play games.” He heaved a theatrical sigh. “As I was saying, I have a job for you.”

    “A job?” My mouth twisted involuntarily. “We don’t need jobs.”

    “I should have said, I have a mission for you. You remember our agreement, right?”

    “I’m sure you’d remind me if I said no, so I won’t. I repeat, what the hell do you want?”

    “There’s a man, right here in this city. We require him to be stopped from attending a meeting. That is all.”

    I blinked at him. “You’re going to have to be a little more explicit than that.”

    He sighed. “If you’d be so kind as to rein in your hostility for a moment, Countess, I’ll tell you about it.” Reaching into his jacket, he fetched out a large yellow envelope and held it out to me. “Read this later for the details on this…objective of yours. What you need to know is that this man has a meeting scheduled that we very much want that he does not turn up for. Your mission is to make him miss that meeting. That’s all I’m asking of you.”

    “All? You’ve told me nothing. Who is he? What is this meeting? When is this meeting? What do I have to do to make him miss it?”

    “To take your questions one at a time, Countess: he is…a night club owner. That’s all you need to know. This meeting is with his….prospective business partner. It’s scheduled to take place at eleven in the evening on the fourth. And as for what you have to do…”he paused. “Well, you can do pretty much anything that you want to, I suppose, short of killing him. I mean, we don’t have any particular scruples about killing, but we’d rather avoid it. It draws attention and we don’t like attention, do we, Countess?”

    “Will you please get to the point before I forget my aristocratic upbringing and tell you exactly what I think of you?” I frowned. “If all you need is to stop him attending the meeting, why can’t you do it yourself?”

    “We did consider it. We thought of arranging an accident…” he shrugged. “But it would require far too much manipulation of possibilities and circumstances, and risk too much collateral damage. And besides, since we knew you were right here in this city, it just seemed easier to use you.”

    I was seething. “So I’ll have to do this because you’re lazy?”

    “If you say so.” He turned to Enid and back to me. “All you need to do is weaken him enough so that he misses the meeting. I don’t care how you do it, just that you do it. And remember that the meeting is on the evening of the fourth.”

    “The fourth? That’s just three days from now. It doesn’t leave me much time.”

    “Ah…I should have explained something. It’s not just you, Countess. Both of you will be needed for this task.”

    “What? No!” My heart twisted with horror. “Enid can’t be involved!”

    “Marcilla,” Enid said, “wait, I…”

    “Stay out of this!” I snapped at her. “Listen, you…” I turned back to our – ‘Visitor’- the term suddenly popped into my head. “Enid can’t do this. She’s got no experience yet. I’ll take care of the whole thing, no matter how hard it is.”

    “But there are three reasons, you see, why you can’t do it alone.” The Visitor pressed his lips together for a moment. “The first is, this man isn’t like those two individuals you disported yourselves with back there. He’s paranoid and is always surrounded by staff. You won’t be able to sneak into his office and suck him dry.”

    “All right, so I’ll have to seduce my way into his bed, is that what you mean? I can do that. I know I’m not unprepossessing.”

    “You still can’t do it alone. He only goes for threesomes, where the girls put on a show.”

    I digested that. “How charming. And the third reason? You said that there were three.”

    “He likes them young.”

    And with that the Visitor was gone.

    “Fuck,” I swore. I very seldom swear. It is a habit of those who cannot express themselves in simple words. But at this moment it felt appropriate. “Fuck. Fuck. Fuck.”

    Enid took my arm. “Let’s get back to the hotel, Marcilla. We can yap about it there.”

    “But don’t you see what the bastard did?” My head was pounding with anger. “Why do you think he turned up at the room this morning and then disappeared?”

    “He said he didn’t want to interrupt…”

    I snorted. “And do you believe a word of that? He turned up there for one reason only, to show us…to show me…that he could find us when and wherever he wants. If it’s not a veiled threat I don’t know what is.”

    “A threat?” Enid’s hand moved to her mouth. “To you?”

    I shook my head. “No, my love.” My lips lifted in a sad smile. “To you.”

    ______________________________________________

    ENID:

    “Look at this.” Marcilla tore open the envelope and held out a photo. “Tell me what you think.”

    I took it. The bloke in the photo was bald as a frog or else shaved his noggin. His neck was wider than his head. His eyes were turned down at the outer corners so they looked a bit like they were about to crawl off his mug. “Who is he?”

    “Our…project.” Marcilla slapped the envelope down on our bed and sat down to pull off her boots. “Name’s Lothar Magrat. Doesn’t he look nice?”

    “Ace as a knacker’s yard.” I looked again at the photo. His shoulders were the kind you see on a gorilla on the telly. His gut was like a gorilla’s, too. “Marcilla, this bloke’s a thug!”

    “They all are, darling.” Marcilla stripped off her socks and took the photo back. “Every single one who’s important enough to have meetings someone wants interrupted is a thug, no matter what he – or she – looks like. Don’t you ever believe anything else. I’ve been watching them long enough to know.”

    “So what about him? He’s just a night club owner, right?”

    “Come on, Enid, of course he isn’t. He must be more than that.”

    “Like what?”

    “Oh, I don’t know…racketeer? Aspiring politician? The possibilities are endless.” She pulled a few papers out of the envelope. “Here’s his night club…what? This has to be a joke.”

    “What?”

    “His night club. It’s called Starscream.”

    “Good god.”

    “Or good something else. Doesn’t matter either way.” She ruffled through the papers. “So, we’re going to go there tomorrow evening and take a look.”

    “Tomorrow? Why not tonight? It’s not too late is it?””

    Marcilla laughed bitterly. “Do you think we’d even be allowed inside with the clothes we’ve got? We’re going to have to go shopping first. I don’t exactly enjoy shopping.” She shook the envelope, and a wad of money fell out. I saw Euros, pounds, some Yank dollars, even Russian rubles. “We can afford some dresses, at least.”

    “You’re going to take me along, any road?”

    Marcilla sighed and looked at me. “Believe me, Enid, I’d much rather not. But I’m not going to take any chances with that bastard, and I don’t mean Magrat. I don’t want to discover he’s got other plans for you. I don’t want to come back and find you’ve been taken from me.” She jumped up suddenly. “Come here.”

    And the next thing I knew she was snogging me, and desperately. “I love you,” she said between kisses. “You know I love you?”

    “I know, you mad lass,” I told her. “I don’t know why, though.”

    “Keep not knowing. Just let me love you more.”

    Her hands went all over me, and in a brace of shakes I was starkers. I had a brief thought of the Enid of a few months ago, who’d have gone red as a beet from being seen nude. But that Enid was done with a long time ago. I wasn’t that Enid anymore.

    She pushed me down on my back, spread my legs, and her mouth was on my fanny, her tongue pressing into my vadge before flicking across my clitty in the way I’d grown to love so much. I moaned and twisted and bucked, my legs scissoring across her shoulders. Her right hand reached up to fondle my boob and tweak my nip. Her other arm was across my lower tummy, holding me in place for her mouth and tongue. The sensations she was giving me made the ceiling spin before my eyes. My vadge and fanny spasmed as I began to come and come and come.

    Can’t say how many times I came – I lost count after the sixth time – when she finally let me go and crawled up to lie beside me. I was gasping and panting. “God…I’m mindless.”

    She snogged me tenderly. “Just breathe.”

    “No…” I turned to her. “Marcilla. You keep doing it to me but I hardly ever get to do the same to you. Let me do it now.”

    “I get pleasure from your pleasure. I really don’t need any more.” She’d said this before but I wasn’t going to have any of that.

    “Give over. I’m going to love you whether you want it or not. Strip.”

    When she was naked I rolled over on her and looked down at her perfect face and the red eyes I loved so much. I kissed them and her red lips, nipping them a little with my fangs, making her giggle a bit, then down her neck to her tits. Her nips were brown and hard, and when I rolled them in my mouth she groaned. “Enid. Keep doing that a bit.”

    I did it, moving my mouth from one boob to the other, and Marcilla began grunting and twisting under me. I reached down with one hand to her fanny and found it soaked. When I ran my finger up her slit she jerked. “Oh.”

    “You like it?” I looked up at her. Her eyes were closed and her head moving side to side so I thought I didn’t need an answer and pushed my finger up and down a few more times and then into her vadge. She made a strange sound like a whine and thrust her hips so hard against my hand that my fingers went all the way inside her.

    I was almost frit. “Marcilla? Are you all right?”

    She didn’t reply, just reached down, caught hold of my wrist, holding it in place, and began bucking her hips against it, so that my fingers went in and out of her vadge while my thumb began bumping against her clitty. She started moving faster and faster, and with her other hand pressed my mouth to her boobs so I couldn’t do aught but lick and suck her nips. All of a sudden she shuddered and then relaxed. Her chest was rising and falling fast with her gasping.

    “Enid…you are the best thing that’s ever happened to me,” she said at last.

    “You nutter,” I said, “I know that can’t be true. You must have had a lot of better shags in all these years.”

    “Just believe me when I tell you how good you are.” She pushed herself up. “Let’s go and finish that bath that bastard interrupted, shall we?”

    Afterwards, when we were snuggling naked in bed, she said something. “Enid. Do you ever regret leaving your old life?”

    “What?” I was shocked. “No!”

    “I’ve been regretting taking you from it. Every moment.”

    “You silly cow.” I smooched her on the nose. “I look at you and I melt inside when I think I’ll be yours forever.”

    She smiled, but the smile didn’t touch her eyes. “Enid.”

    “Yeah?”

    “Forever can be a very long time when I’m terrified for you.”

    “You don’t need to be, you daftie. Just you wait and see. I’ll learn all the stuff you keep trying to teach me someday, just like you keep telling me.” I wanted to believe it for her. “Now give me a smile, darling.”

    A little later we did it again.

    ______________________________________________

    LOTHAR:

    Isn’t the best mood I ever had, today. Not but what I didn’t expect any different. Not a lot of days things go my way enough to justify a good mood. In this job you need to expect problems.

    I take care of problems, but that doesn’t mean I’ve any reason to like them.

    There was the usual early evening line outside the door. I don’t even look at them. Sheep to be fleeced, and I don’t even call them here. They come by themselves.

    Helmut – is that the driver’s name? I’ve better things to do than remember – takes the car round to the private entrance and opens the door. “What time will you need me, Herr Magrat?”

    “I’ll call you when I do.” I’ve no intention of letting him pop off somewhere for the evening. If I’m paying him, I want my money’s worth. “Be here.”

    Idly, I wonder if I should hire a bodyguard. He could stand at my shoulder, dressed all in black – black suit, socks, shoes, shirt, tie, the lot – and by his very presence intimidate people. Intimidating people in advance might save me a lot of trouble afterwards. Of course it would be a frivolous expense, so I just sometimes fantasise about it just as I fantasise about keeping a roomful of pet tarantulas.

    They finally put down the new red carpet on the floor of the passage inside the private entrance. I kneel on one knee to take a look at it, rub a bit of the plush between my thumb and forefinger, and grunt. It’s satisfactory, for a change. Of course, they’ll jack up the bill, but that’s to be expected. If they raise it too much I’ll sue, so there is that, too.

    The simpering blonde bint who is, at least for now, my secretary greets me at my office door. “Herr Magrat. How are you this evening?”

    I barely bother acknowledging her existence. She’s just decorative. I could replace her in a moment if I have to. I’m careful not to get dependent on anybody. “As usual. Get me the schedule for the evening.”

    It’s the usual list of calls to suppliers, cleaners, and the like. Then there are the other numbers, the ones Miss Blondie out in the front office doesn’t know the identities of, the people I need to talk to in private.

    I wait till she leaves before sitting down behind my desk. My office is one of the luxuries I afford myself. It’s bigger than the flat I used to live in when I first arrived in this city, when I had to stand in offices like this one and listen for my orders. Back then I’d promised myself that one day I’d be the one giving the orders, no matter what I had to do to get to that position.

    It’s taken many years, but I did it.

    I do everything I say I’ll do.

    First thing on the agenda, I call my wife. She picks up on the fifth ring. “What do you want?”

    “Am I interrupting you? Got a roll in the hay lined up?” She sniffs in reply. She doesn’t like me any more than I like her, but she likes my money and she is convenient at my side when we have to entertain or meet important people. “What I wanted to tell you is, we have a party to attend tomorrow evening at eight. Be ready. I’ll have you picked up. You can get back to your toyboy now.” I ring off without waiting for her answer and reach for the top paper on the pile on my desk.

    Why had I ever married in the first place? The usual reasons, status and money. She had both. I have the second now, more than she ever did, but not the first. People want my help, and they pretend to like me, but they don’t.

    One by one, for the next couple of hours, I work through the pile on my desk. I mostly rely on paperwork. Computers are too easily hacked, leak too much information. There are things I’d never ever put on a computer.

    I haven’t got where I am by taking chances.

    Finally the paperwork is done. In a little bit it’ll be time to take the tour of the club, but before I even rise from my chair my phone buzzes.

    It’s not my main phone, it’s the other, the non-smart push-button phone with the number only a few people know. I take a deep breath to compose myself before taking the call.

    The greeting is short. “Magrat.”

    “Boris.” His voice is like silk, far too soft for a man that big, and sends chills down my spine. I’ve sat across the table from him and listened to him quote Gogol and Dostoyevsky, while his grey eyes studied me as though I was a piece of meat on his plate. I don’t bother telling him that it’s nice of him to call. We both know it isn’t true. “What is it?”

    “You have money ready? We have first consignment lined up.”

    “I have the money. Are you delivering tonight?”

    “My man will be there in hour. And meeting on fourth?” He pauses. “Don’t miss meeting, Magrat. We’ll be delivering rest of material and we will want rest of our money. Be there.” He rings off before I can say another word.

    If I had a choice, I wouldn’t deal with the Ukrainian mob. But in this business you work with those who can give you what you want. Boris can give me what I want, at the price I want.

    Everything else is secondary to that.

    ______________________________________________

    MARCILLA:

    I probably shouldn’t have been surprised that that Enid had no idea of what elegant night club dress entailed, and that I had to help her along every step of the way.

    “It’s not just so-called chic wear,” I said. “We’ve got to stand out enough from the rest, so that he notices us. You understand what I’m getting at? There will be a lot of pretty women there. We’ll need to stand out.”

    “Give over,” Enid said. “You’re prettier than everyone.”

    I sighed. “You’ve never been at one of these establishments, have you? Believe me, you don’t know what splendiferous paragons of feminine pulchritude grace their floors.”

    “Now you’re just mocking me.” She planted a kiss on my cheek. “But, all right, I’ll let myself be dolled up if you say so.”

    So I picked out a dress for her, and then another, and then one more.

    “What are you getting all these for?” she asked, confused, as she stood in her bra and knickers in the changing room, pulling on the second one. “Don’t we just need one each?”

    “It’s not going to be over in one evening, Enid. I can absolutely assure you of that.”

    Later, after we’d finished clothes shopping, I took her to a beauty parlour I’d seen earlier and got ourselves makeovers. Enid gaped when she saw herself in the mirror afterwards. (What? Of course we’re reflected in mirrors. We’re solid, aren’t we?) “Who’s that? I can’t clock her.”

    “Welcome to the wild side,” I grinned. “Now we need shoes, and handbags, too, like the proper ladies we aren’t.” By the time we were done it was time to head over to…I winced at the name…Starshine. The evening was well advanced enough that the club would be busy.

    The damned place was as pretentious and as ugly on the outside as the name indicated. I’ve been to plenty of nightclubs, some understated and quiet, some wildly extravagant. This was in the second category, with floodlights at ground level trained on the façade. One glance was enough to tell me that it would need a lot of money to run. Therefore, it would have to earn an equivalently large amount of money, or else money would have to be earned by other means. I suspected that the reason we were here had something to do with those other means.

    There was a queue at the door. I’d not expected that. It wasn’t long, but it did mean that we couldn’t just sneak past the doorman while he was distracted. Of course, I could have slipped by him with my…abilities…easily enough, but Enid couldn’t. Not yet.

    “Just let me do any talking that’s necessary,” I murmured to her. “And don’t smile unless you’re sure that your fangs are under control.”

    She nodded shyly and took my arm. We joined the back of the queue, behind a couple who were arguing among themselves, in whispers but vehemently. The man hissed something finally, stepped away from the queue, and turned towards us.

    “Meine Damen, Sie können diesen Platz einnehmen. Ich gehe.“

    I blinked at him innocently. “I’m so sorry, we aren’t from around here. I don’t speak German.”

    He hesitated a moment. “Oh. You are…welcome to take my place in the line. I go away now.” Turning on his heel, he stalked away. The woman with him threw us a venomous glance and followed. Suddenly, we were almost at the door.

    “Why did you pretend that you can’t speak German?” Enid murmured in my ear. At least she’d learnt to not whisper. Small but satisfying steps. “It’s your own language!”

    “If we’re taken to be tourists, we’re more attractive…prospective partners…than locals. Now try to look confident for the doorman, not as though I kidnapped you and am forcing you to come along with me.”

    Enid gave a shocked little giggle, straightened her shoulders, and a moment and an appreciative glance from the very big and muscular doorman, we paid a small entrance fee and were in.

    Inside it was so crowded that for a moment I was afraid of losing Enid in the throng. Men in business suits spent half their time on their mobile phones while skinny women in designer dresses and fake tans looked daggers at each other while pretending polite conversation. The décor was purple and violet, and a golden stylised star rotated slowly on the ceiling. Music thrummed and roiled from speakers set in the corners of the walls, while couples gyrated on the dance floor.

    “The star that screamed, I suppose,” I said. I had to put my mouth to Enid’s ear to be heard over the noise. “It’ll have to scream very loudly to be heard in here.”

    Enid began to laugh, and clapped a hand quickly over her mouth. I caught a flash of fang, and nodded approvingly at her quick thinking. “Let’s go over to the bar, pretend to drink something, and then we can think of what to do next.”

    As I’d expected, the staff were all English speaking and there was no difficulty ordering a couple of glasses of white wine. I chose white because it’s hard from any distance to tell that the amount in the glass isn’t actually decreasing and that none of it’s getting drunk. I could, of course, manage a few sips, but I’d rather we didn’t. Alcohol can have as unpleasantly potent effects on our kind as it can on humans, sometimes more.

    “Look at that,” I murmured in Enid’s ear.

    “What?”

    “See those two over there?” I indicated a couple of heavyset men in business suits with a motion of my glass. “They’re following that staff girl to the back. I’ve seen her take a couple of others there too.”

    “What does that mean?”

    “There must be a back room for, uh, special customers. That must be where the real money is made.” I was about to say more when I felt a subtle shift in the atmosphere, as though the entire club had fallen silent for the space of one heartbeat.

    I glanced up at the gallery that oversaw the main floor.

    “Don’t look now,” I said to Enid, “but our host just arrived.”

    ______________________________________________

    LOTHAR:

    Boris’ man is scrawny with a face like a rat. To look at him you’d think anyone could break him in half with one hand. I’ve long since done my research on him, of course, just as I have with the other members of Boris’ mob; and I know well enough to not go by appearances. Taras-the-Blade carries a knife in a sleeve sheath and has killed, my information says, more than ten men with it.

    Once he’s collected his money and gone away, I take the unobtrusive brown paper packet he left and walk to the balcony overlooking the main floor. There I meet my floor manager, Marcel. He’s one of my better investments, a former casino table manager I’d hired away from Monte Carlo. I’m sure he’s stealing from me, but he’s managed to keep it discreet enough and the amounts low enough to escape detection, which means that it’s an amount I can afford to lose.

    He greets me with the obsequiousness everyone here shows me. I don’t bother to listen to his good evening and how are you today. “How’s business so far?” I ask.

    He knows I’m not talking about the scene below us. “The back rooms are full.”

    I nod. I don’t have a gambling licence, of course, so officially I know nothing about the gambling games in the back room. I just rented out the back rooms for private parties, what they do there is their business entirely. And if the drinks – and the strippers – laid on in the back room cost more, is it my fault if the people holding the parties choose to pay more?

    I don’t take a cut of the gambling proceeds. I prefer it that way and so do the punters. In licenced casinos, the casino is always the ultimate winner. In the back room games they know I’m not involved, that the only cheating that happens is what they do to each other.

    I make my money from the room rentals, the booze, the strippers, and the…other things the clientele want. And if they want to take one of the strippers, or one of their own…guests…to one of the inner, inner rooms, the discreet suites at the very back, that’s fine with me, too.

    Of course I have hidden cameras in those suites. I may be generous to the clientele, but I’m not stupid. The cameras are my insurance policy.

    I hand Marcel the packet. “This is the sample amount they promised. The rest will be delivered in a few days.” I keep the details deliberately vague. “Let me know of any quality concerns.”

    There will be no quality concerns, of that I am certain. But I might just pay someone to complain so I can see if Marcel will pass the complaint back to me as he is supposed to.

    Marcel goes off with the packet. I think about going back to my office, but it feels small and congested suddenly, full of the bitterness of struggle and effort. Instead I stay where I am for a bit, leaning my arms on the balustrade as I look down morosely on the main floor.

    Is this all, I think, is this what I struggled so hard to achieve? To cope daily with the thousand petty details that go into running this place, to cater to the whims of important people and collect blackmail on them so that I can use them if and when I have to? To deal with mafia thugs like Boris’ Ukrainian mob?

    The call from Boris has taken more out of me than I care to acknowledge. I need relief, I think, physical relief. It’s been too long.

    Of course my wife and I don’t touch each other. We barely inhabit the same house anymore. Not that she’d be able to satisfy my needs even if she’d been willing.

    I could call in a couple of prostitutes, naturally, but that wouldn’t do either. I’d know that they were playing a role, nothing more than a ***********ed fantasy. That doesn’t get me off, never did, never will.

    I’m just about to turn around and finally go back into my office when something catches my eye.

    It’s as though the entire nightclub crowd fades away, except for a space next to the bar. It’s as though a spotlight shines on that little patch of floor, and on them.

    There are two of them. One is very pale, black-haired, dressed in dark green. The other, slightly shorter and plumper, brown haired and wearing black striped in gold. They can’t be more than eighteen or nineteen. Even from this distance they’re beautiful.

    I stare at them for a few long, long minutes while the nightclub noise and motion slowly coalesce around them. I watch them until they kiss, and I know they’re more than just casual acquaintances.

    Then I turn around and go, not to my office, but to the security room where the closed-circuit camera monitors are.

    On the way I call Marta and tell her to meet me; right away, now.

    ______________________________________________

    ENID:

    “Kiss me,” Marcilla hissed under her breath.

    “What, now?” My noggin swam. “Here?”

    “Yes. Now.” Her tone was urgent, though she was smiling. “Do it.”

    I turned, slightly awkward because I was still holding the bloody full wine glass, and pressed my lips to hers. She put her arm around my shoulders and bent me over backwards while her lips jammed up against mine. I was frit at snogging in public like this, but nobody paid the slightest attention, as far as I could see.

    I was breathless when Marcilla finally released me. “That’s fine,” she said, facing me so her back was to the balcony. “Now don’t say a word except how much you love me.” I blinked like an owl, flummoxed. “In case he can read lips, you nit,” she whispered viciously.

    I gulped. “I love you,” I said, feeling like a prat, even though it was true.

    “He was watching us like a hawk,” Marcilla told me, leaning close. “I’ve got my back to him. Is he still there? Don’t make a spectacle of staring at him.”

    I flicked a dekko at the balcony and back. “He’s just leaving.”

    “Probably to spy on us some more, from somewhere more private.”

    “How did he notice us?” I asked in her ear. “There’s this crowd.”

    “I made us noticeable to him.” Marcilla held out her hand to me as the music changed to something slower. “It’s one of the things you’ll need to learn. Want to dance?”

    “I can’t dance, you tart, and you know it.”

    “Oh. Right. I’ll have to teach you. Well, let’s…” her peepers flicked around the room quickly. “Let’s move to where we’re in clear sight of one of the cameras.”

    By this time I’d given up all hope of understanding what she was planning, so I just put my paw in hers and let me be pulled to a spot where one of the violet lights shone brightly on us. It was also uncomfortably close to one of the music speakers, and my ears flinched from the sound. It wasn’t just my ears, either, my feet felt the vibration right through the thin-soled fancy shoes Marcilla had bought for us. I thought I’d go deaf.

    Marcilla didn’t seem to even notice. She pulled me close, pressed her boobs to mine, and then her lips to my mouth. I shivered involuntarily, and felt myself getting wet between the legs.

    Just then a bloke appeared at our elbow. He was quite fit, too; I might have wanted to do him back in the old days if he’d been my age. He said something in German. Marcilla replied in English, he replied in English, she said something back, but the music was so loud I could barely make out a word. The man went red and quickly left.

    Marcilla looked at his retreating back a moment and kissed me again.

    I don’t know how many times we kissed, or for how long, but I was weak-kneed when she finished and put her mouth to my ear. “We should go back to the hotel now,” she said. “Don’t say a word, I’ll explain later.”

    She didn’t, though, until we were back in our room. “I can see you have questions,” she said. “So let’s start. I assume the first one is why we left the club.”

    “Deffo,” I replied. “Why did we? It isn’t even half past eleven yet.”

    She sighed. “We drew his attention, but he’s not an idiot. He’s going to want to find out who we are. I can absolutely guarantee you that we were followed back here. As for your second question…”

    “What did that man say who came up to you?”

    Marcilla blinked. “Oh…he was just trying to pick me up. Said he could show me a better time than you could. I…set him straight.”

    “You could have let him pick you up, and fed from him, right?”

    “Wrong. Our man Lothar most certainly was watching us, and probably had us followed back here. There’s no way I could have fed from him.” She rubbed her face. “We’d better not go out again tonight. We’ll find some way to feed early in the morning. I promise.”

    “I’m not hungry, anyway,” I said. It wasn’t true, but I didn’t want to mess her up more than she clearly already was. “Marcilla?”

    “Hm?”

    “How are we, you know, going to do it with him? I’m bricking it.”

    “Oh. Of course.” She stared at me and her red eyes just about radiated love. “I’m so sorry you’re involved in this, Enid.”

    “Well, I’m blooming well not sorry. Just tell me how we’ll do it!”

    She thought about it a moment. “I think it would be better,” she said, “if we practiced it.”

    I was flummoxed. “Practiced? What d’you mean?”

    She reached out and touched my face. “Have you ever watched pornography? Specifically, lesbian pornography?”

    I felt my mug grow hot with blushing. “A few times,” I managed.

    One of her beautiful eyebrows rose. I wish I could learn how to raise just one eyebrow. “That’s good, that’s excellent, though…”she smiled that fangy smile that always made my heart crunch up with love for her. “…I’m surprised you were interested in lesbian erotica before meeting me. Didn’t you claim that you were straight until then?”

    I don’t know what I mumbled in reply, but she laughed outright. “Well then. The first thing in pornography is that you make a spectacle of taking off your clothes. You probably know the routine. Wriggle around, thrust out your chest while removing your bra, bend your knees and act sensual while stripping off your knickers. You know what I mean?”

    “Yes, well, but…”

    “Well, forget all that. We aren’t going to do that.’

    “We aren’t?”

    “This man…Magrat. I don’t know him but I’ve met many of the kind. If he wanted prostitutes he’d hire them. If he liked pornographic actresses he could probably hire them, too, for a private show. No, he wants the real thing.”

    “What’s the real thing?”

    “We act like ourselves, not as though we’re performing for him.” Marcilla began taking off her dress as she spoke. “That means no posing while sexily removing our bras one strap at a time. No hip wriggling while taking off our knickers. And…” She stripped me, in that way I never yet have got used to, when one moment I’m dressed and the next I’ve nothing on. “When we’re giving each other cunnilingus…” She pushed me on my back and took her place between my thighs. “We do it normally. We aren’t going to push our hair back like a porno actress for the camera view. We aren’t going to come in from one side so that our vulvas are visible while we’re licking each other.” She suited herself to her words, and I jumped as her tongue flicked my slit. “Am I making sense?”

    “Yes…but…” I couldn’t let her make me lose my mind again with coming before I asked her the question I wanted. “What about him? I don’t want to do him, but suppose he insists?”

    Marcilla got a look in her eyes that, if I were someone who didn’t know her, would’ve sent me screaming. “Don’t worry about that. You’re not going to have to have sex with him. That is absolutely not going to happen.”

    I didn’t ask anything more after that.

    ______________________________________________

    LOTHAR:

    Marta is the closest I have to a right hand woman. She’s big – well over a hundred kilos – and most of it is fat, but she has organisational skills like a supercomputer and is about as loyal as can be expected. We’d once been lovers when we’d both been much younger and she’d been much slimmer. She broke it off on her own, but substituted her ability in bed with her ability with organisation. She does the things I tell her to which I don’t ask anyone else.

    So when I call her and ask her to report to me at the security camera room she doesn’t look the least bit surprised, just stands there watching while I zoom in one of the cameras on the two women and sharpen the focus. “Those two.”

    “Yes?”

    “I want to know who they are. When they leave, have them followed. Find out where they’re staying, what their names are, everything. I need the information by tomorrow morning.”

    Marta looks at the screen and nods. “Anything else?”

    “That’ll do for now…wait.” On the camera I see a man, one of the evening crowd, come up and say something to the black haired woman. She snaps something in reply and the man visibly flinches and turns away. “That gentleman there.”

    “What about him?”

    “Have Marcel meet him and invite him for a drink with me in my office, in ten minutes’ time.”

    Marta doesn’t ask why. She never asks why. She just nods and departs to do what I tell her to.

    This is why she is important to me.

    When she’s gone I focus the camera again on the two. Even from the overhead view, and allowing for the vagaries of security camera footage, they’re even prettier than I’d imagined. The tall pale one is particularly striking, but her shorter and plumper friend is no less attractive, though in a more understated way. My heart rate picks up in anticipation as I imagine them naked in my private suite upstairs, and I tell myself sternly not to get ahead of myself. With one last look over my shoulder at them kissing, I leave the room and return to the office.

    Marcel has just arrived with the man I’d seen on the camera, who’s looking a bit alarmed. He’s quite tall and good looking except for a slightly receding hairline. “This is Herr Stadlbauer,” Marcel says. “I’ll have your drinks delivered right away.”

    I smile briefly, and gesture Stadlbauer to the seat across my desk. “Champagne,” I tell Marcel.

    He nods and departs and I look at my guest speculatively. He’s visibly nervous and growing more so by the minute. “My friend,” I tell him, “please calm down. I just want to ask you a couple of questions.”

    “Is it about the woman down there?” A bead of sweat trickles down his face. “I swear, I didn’t mean any harm.”

    “Don’t worry. Just tell me what happened. What did you say to her? What did she reply?”

    Stadlbauer blushes like a schoolgirl. “I thought the tall one was pretty, and…I thought I would see if I could get her to myself.”

    I nod encouragingly. “You propositioned her. And?”

    Marcel comes in with the champagne and I wait till he’s left. “And then?”

    “She said she didn’t speak German, so I asked her again in English.” My interest perks up further when I hear that. So they’re foreigners. This is getting better. “I said I could show her a better time than her girlfriend could.”

    “And what did she say?”

    He gulps down some champagne before replying. “She…said I could go and fuck myself with a strap-on dildo and see if that gave me a good time.”

    I fight down a laugh. I like that girl more by the minute. “Ah well, you can’t win them all. Have a great rest of the evening, Herr Stadlbauer, and the next time you want to visit, your entrance is free.”

    The rest of the evening passes without incident. I decide to spend what’s left of the night at my suite upstairs instead of going home. That’s what I do most of the time anyway. Marta calls just as I sink into my favourite chair with a stein of ice-cold Dunkelbrӓu in my hand. “Yes?”

    “Those two women are staying at a hotel.” She gives me the name. “They arrived yesterday in the morning. They’re tourists, on a bicycle tour of the continent.”

    “Oh?” I feel a sudden shaft of anxiety that they’d move on. “What else?”

    “They’ve foreign passports, obviously. Their names are Enid Jones and Marcilla Karnstein.”

    Enid Jones and Marcilla Karnstein. I run the names over in my mind and in my mouth. I grow aware that Marta is still talking. “What?”

    “I said, do you need their room number?”

    So they’re sharing a room? If I’d any doubts about their being a couple, those doubts are gone. “Not just now, but keep it if necessary. Good job, Marta. You can go home now.”

    “Thank you, sir.” When we stopped being lovers she retreated to formality in her manner towards me.

    That’s one more reason I can, at least in some things, trust her.

    She doesn’t expect anything more from me than what she already has.

    ______________________________________________

    MARCILLA:

    Early in the morning, with dawn in the sky, Enid and I left to look for food. We found it in the shape of a drunk tourist youth slumped in a doorway. He wasn’t really conscious enough to even register our presence when we hastily fed from him. When we left he was just starting to blink awake.

    “Get some sleep,” Enid said, when we got back to our room. “I’ll sit up watch if you want me to.”

    It was on the tip of my tongue to refuse but then an immense yawn shook my body. “I think we’d both better get to sleep,” I told her. “It’s not likely that we’ll be bothered today and we need to look our best when we go back to the club tonight.”

    Enid slipped off her clothes and as always I couldn’t keep from staring at her curves like a besotted virgin. “Marcilla?”

    “Yes?”

    “I said, do you think he’ll make a move on us tonight?”

    “If not tonight, then tomorrow for certain.” I stretched. “Tomorrow night’s his meeting that we have to disrupt, so if he doesn’t do anything tonight we’ll have to try and seduce him instead of waiting for him to seduce us.”

    “And how do we do that?”

    “I don’t know.” My eyes were growing heavy. I climbed into bed beside her. “I’ll think about it later.”

    It was surprising how well I slept, considering everything that we had to worry about.

    I suppose that a total lack of human conscience can be a helpful thing.

    When I opened my eyes it was just going dark outside. Enid wasn’t by my side but I could hear her in the bathroom. As I sat up she returned, wearing a shower cap and nothing else. “Ah, at last she awakes!” she exclaimed. “I thought you were going to snore till tomorrow.”

    “You rat!” I threw a pillow at her. “I do not snore!”

    She laughed and caught the pillow. “How do you know that you don’t? You too much an aristocrat to snore, is that it?” She pulled the covers off me. “Come on, let’s get you bathed and that.”

    Later, we dressed in different outfits from the previous night; I in a dark red dress that matched my eyes, Enid in bright blue that showed off her complexion to great effect. It was just going on ten when we arrived at the Starscream and tonight there wasn’t any line at the door. The doorman, the same one as last night, nodded to us and let us through.

    The usual cover charge later, we were on the edge of the dance floor. I glanced around casually but couldn’t see any sign of our, uh, host. But at the same time I had a powerful feeling of being watched. I didn’t dismiss that feeling as nonsense; I learnt to trust my instincts centuries ago. But it was only after I spent some time covertly and surreptitiously looking around that I spotted our watcher.

    “Hefty woman in black, up on the balcony,” I murmured into Enid’s ear while pretending to teach her a few steps of slow-dance. “She’s been watching us ever since we came in. Probably Magrat’s assistant.”

    The next time I swung Enid around she took a quick look. “I see her. Should we be worried?”

    “I don’t think so. She’s certainly keeping an eye on us for her boss, and that means he’s interested.”

    Enid was silent for a while as she tried to pick up the rhythm I was trying to get her into. “Then why isn’t he doing something himself?” she asked finally.

    I steered her away from another couple. It was unlikely that they could overhear us but I didn’t want to take any chances. “Maybe he has other business right now,” I said finally. “Enid?”

    “Yeah?”

    “You can dance if you aren’t being self-conscious, you know. You’ve been so busy thinking about that woman up there that you’ve forgotten to worry about how you’re doing and so you haven’t even stepped on my toes in several minutes now.”

    “You tart!” As I’d expected, she tried to step on my foot, but I’d already moved it out of the way. “I’ll get you for that later.”

    “In bed? Is that a promise?” Even as I laughed at her I saw the fat woman on the balcony suddenly hurry away. “Wait…I think something is finally happening now.”

    It was, however, another twenty minutes, and we’d just bought another couple of glasses of white wine we weren’t going to drink from the bar when I saw a tall slim man in a pin-striped suit approach us. I’d noticed him early on, the previous night, and soon identified him as management. He had that unmistakable air.

    “Ladies?” he said, in English. So he was aware that we ‘didn’t speak’ German. “Could I have a word with you?”

    “Yes?”

    “I am Marcel Blanchet, the floor manager.”

    I blinked, and tried to look confused and alarmed. “I don’t understand. Have we done anything wrong?”

    “No, no.” He made that complex Gallic gesture that I’ve never been able to master, a combination shrug and wave of the hands. “I can assure you that there is no problem whatever.”

    “Well then…why are you here?”

    “Mr Magrat, the owner of this club, he asked me to request you to join him at his private table at the back.” He bowed slightly and held out a hand. “If you’d follow me…this way.”

    I’d already coached Enid in what her reaction should be if we came across an invitation like this, so I didn’t even need to glance at her. “That’s kind of him. We were getting tired and about to leave, but we can certainly spare time for him.” We followed this Blanchet to a table at the back, partly screened off, where a bulky figure rose to welcome us.

    “Welcome to my club.” He was speaking English too. “Young ladies as beautiful as you are a rarity. Please, do sit down.”

    Seen up close he was even more of the ‘thug’ Enid had called him. He wasn’t tall, but his shoulders were about as wide as the two of us put together side by side. Under the overhead lights his shaved scalp gleamed violet and green. His heavy brows sank his eyes in deep shadow. His voice was a low rumble. “So, tell me,” he said, when we’d sat, “what brings two lovely creatures like you to my humble establishment?”

    “We wanted to see the nightlife,” I said. “We’re on a bicycle tour and someone I know back home told us that this was a good spot. He’s been here a few times, though that was years ago.”

    “I trust that we’ve managed to do justice to his recommendation.” He glanced at our glasses. “I see you’ve already provided yourself with drinks, but if I might suggest some of the best house champagne?” Somehow, as though by magic, flutes of bubbling drink appeared before us. The service was so unobtrusive that only the awareness of the waiters’ blood flowing through their veins told me that they’d been there. “What are your names, if I might ask?”

    I told him, knowing that he almost certainly knew them already. He nodded. “I am Lothar Magrat, but you can call me Lothar. Where are you staying?”

    I told him, again knowing that he was quite well aware of it already. He nodded again. “Are you planning to stay on in town or are you leaving?”

    “We thought we’d stay on a couple of days more. It’s a nice city.”

    “Yes, it is,” he said with simple pride. “Well, then, you’re on a bicycle tour? What is this, a gap year before you begin university?”

    Enid nodded. I shrugged. “Life’s short, so we thought we’d live it up while we could.” I took a tiny, very tiny, sip of the champagne. As far as my far from educated palate could tell, it was good. “And you, Mr Magrat?”

    “What about me?” he chuckled. “I’m sure pretty young people like you can’t be curious about me. And I told you to call me Lothar.”

    “How does someone like you manage to make time in their busy schedule to talk to a couple of irrelevant tourists like us, Lothar?”

    “You aren’t irrelevant. Nobody is.” He turned to Enid. “Well, young lady…Enid, is it? You’re very silent. Am I boring you?”

    I glanced anxiously at Enid but she’d already lifted her champagne flute to her mouth to mask her fangs. “You aren’t, not at all. But like Marcilla asked, why are you taking such good care of us? You must have a lot of other work to do.”

    Magrat sighed heavily. “Unfortunately, the latter part of that is true.” He looked at us, from me to Enid and back again. “See here, since you’re here in town for a couple more days, I’ll be holding a small and exclusive private party tomorrow evening in my suite upstairs. I’d like to invite you to it.”

    I didn’t want to appear eager, of course, or keep the upwelling of triumph from showing in my voice. “I suppose we could do that. We haven’t been at a party in weeks and simply weeks, have we, Enid?”

    She shook her head. Her voice was muffled by the champagne glass. “Not since Adelbert’s birthday party. You remember that.”

    “Adelbert?” Magrat asked.

    “A friend of ours.” I yawned. “I’m sorry, but we’re a bit tired. When should we arrive tomorrow?”

    “At seven. I’ll tell the doorman to show you right in, and Marcel will conduct you to my suite.” His phone rang and he snatched it out of his pocket with an annoyed frown. “Excuse me. Ja? Ich bin gleich da. Gib mir bitte einen Moment.” He pocketed his phone and looked at us apologetically. “I’m sorry. Business calls. But I’ll see you tomorrow evening.”

    “At seven,” I promised him, and reached for Enid’s hand as I rose. “We’ll be leaving then, Mr Mag…Lothar.”

    He nodded. “Good night, young ladies. Sleep well.” He grinned briefly. “You’ll need the energy tomorrow.”

    He’d already disappeared when we left, but the fat woman was back on the balcony, watching us.

    ______________________________________________

    LOTHAR:

    The party with my wife is exactly the waste of time I’d thought it would be. It’s the kind of function where I have to put in an appearance just to maintain the courtesies with people who are in a position to bring business – all manner of business – my way. I’ve to do this a few times every month. After shaking a few hands and smiling a few smiles at people whose only value to me are the money they have and the names they know, I’m more than eager to leave.

    My wife left my side early on and is at the drinks table, her hand wrapped around a cocktail of some species. I go over to tell her I’m leaving. “You can do as you want, of course.”

    “Anything I want?” Her eyes go blank in the way they always do when she’s about to say something outrageous. “Right, then tomorrow I want to fly to Greece on holiday.”

    I stare at her a moment and something clicks inside me. I’ve had enough of this routine. She’ll ask something, I’ll refuse, and she’ll use this refusal to justify her overall bad behaviour. Not this time. “All right, go.”

    Her surprise shows. “You mean it?”

    “I said so. Go and get it out of your system. Send me your plane ticket details, I’ll give you the money.” Without another word, I turn around and leave.

    By the time I reach the club it’s almost eleven. I am irritated and on edge, with my wife and the fact that I’ve wasted most of the evening. And I don’t expect either that the two tourist girls would be back, though I asked Marta to keep an eye out for them.

    She appears in my office as soon as I enter it. “Sir. The tourist women are here. I’ve been keeping an eye on them.”

    “They are?” I’m honestly surprised. “What are they doing?”

    She makes the minor movement of her meaty shoulders which serves her as a shrug. “Dancing and…” her face twists in slight distaste. Marta does not hold with homosexuality. “…kissing. They don’t dance very well.”

    I glance at the pile of papers on my desk, which I’ll have to deal with, but most of it can wait for a bit. “All right. I’m going to finish the most urgent stuff and go down to my private table. Ask Marcel to invite those two for a drink. Keep an eye on them in the meantime.”

    A little later, then, I’m sitting across from them at my private table.

    This is the first time I’ve seen the girls close to. The tall pale one – Marcilla Karnstein, my mind supplies the information – is intimidatingly beautiful. There’s something predatory in the way she looks at me across the table. If I weren’t in such dire need of release, I might almost be tempted to give up on the two of them, just because of the way she looks at me. It’s reminiscent of Boris. The other girl, though, Enid Jones; now there’s the kind of girl I like. She seems shy and hardly speaks, and that’s the kind of woman I enjoy.

    In any case, they’re still in town tomorrow, and I have a lot of work to do tonight, and not much time for any special activities. I invite them to a ‘private party’ at my suite tomorrow evening at seven. That’ll give me time to iron my kinks out and get to Boris’ meeting at eleven refreshed. I tell them the party will be ‘exclusive’. They don’t know how exclusive it will be; just the three of us.

    Shortly after, my phone rings, with some other random problem demanding my attention. I just hope the girls won’t change their minds by tomorrow.

    Tonight will be a long night, and I can’t afford to worry about that.

    ______________________________________________

    ENID:

    “I’m frit out of my mind,” I confessed. My heart was throbbing something awful.

    Marcilla squeezed my hand as we walked up to the doors of Starscream. “Don’t worry, nothing’s going to happen to you. Just relax and follow my lead. And,” she said, with a quick glance at my gob, “if you can, do try and keep your fangs under control.”

    “I’ll do my best,” I muttered. During the day I normally didn’t have much trouble, but it seemed as though the sun only had to set for them to start pushing out. I pulled hard at them and felt them crawl back into my jaw…at least, part of the way.

    This early there was nobody at the door except the doorman and he looked at us funnily, as though he wouldn’t want to be in our shoes. Any road, he let us in and took us to the bloke who’d told us last night that Magrat wanted to meet us. Just in time I remembered his name, Marcel something. He took us to the back where there was a lift behind a screen, where nobody who didn’t know about it would likely see it.

    “Mr Magrat is up in his suite,” he said. “He’ll be happy to see you.”

    “Aye, right.” I thought, but didn’t say anything. The lift itself was posh. I didn’t know lifts came like that, with grey carpet on the floor and a painting on the wall, something in red and yellow and purple, all sweeping curves. I don’t get that kind of art; I don’t know why it’s even called art.

    I got a last squeeze of my hand from Marcilla as Marcel Whatever lead us down a short corridor to the doors of Magrat’s suite. He and Magrat had a short natter in German, after which he ushered us in and went away.

    I haven’t been in a lot of posh places so I can’t exactly compare it to others but this was a bit much. Thick carpet on the floor I felt guilty to walk with shoes on, paintings on every wall, a sunken centre part with sofas around a polished wood table, potted plants in every corner and that. It made me feel cringey just being there.

    Also I immediately felt we were dressed far too fancy. Magrat was in a tee, shorts, and sandals. His tummy was huge but so were his arms, thighs, and shoulders. He looked yoked enough to break me in half if he tried.

    “Ladies,” he said, “how nice to see you. Please do sit down and have some drinks.” His back was turned towards us for a moment and I took the chance to have a quick dekko at Marcilla. She shook her head slightly but clearly. Sound, I wouldn’t have any of the drink, then, not even a sip. I wondered what he’d put in them.

    “So,” he said, sitting down across from us, “tell me more about yourselves. Where are you from? How did you meet?”

    “Won’t that be a bit boring for you?” Marcilla asked. “It is a party, and you must have other guests, so…”

    “Oh, don’t worry about that.” He leant forward and put a huge mitt on her knee. I was glad I was further away because I couldn’t have kept myself from flinching. “I decided to spend the evening only with you two.”

    “How kind,” Marcilla said sweetly. “Now, what were you asking? About how we met? Well…”

    I didn’t really pay any attention to what she said. I was very aware that he wasn’t either. He was looking at me most of the time, and I had to make a pretence of drinking whatever was in the glass he’d given me, mixed in sherry. Whenever I was sure he wasn’t looking I tipped a bit on the floor. Pity about the posh carpet, but then I hadn’t put things in the drink that shouldn’t be there, had I?

    It must have been after near an hour that we’d been sitting there that I clocked that Marcilla was acting a little off. Her voice changed a bit, became a little thicker. She swayed slightly and put her drink down on the table.

    Magrat seemed to notice it too, and I saw him smile a bit, so I began mumbling a little and put my glass down as well. I’d managed to pull my fangs almost entirely in – not a problem when I was too bricked to even think of feeding – so I was more or less brash that I wasn’t showing anything I shouldn’t.

    “Well, ladies,” he said, getting up. “I take it you two are not exactly…unwilling to have some fun? Especially with each other?”

    “No, we like fun.” Marcilla nodded. “We like fun with each other, don’t we, Enid?”

    “It’s ace,” I said, stumbling a little as I got up because the heel of my shoe caught in the bloody carpet. “Totally ace.”

    “Then,” Magrat said, “why don’t we go to the bedroom and have some fun together? Come this way.”

    “Yes.” Marcilla took my arm. “We’re coming.” We followed Magrat into the biggest bedroom I’ve ever seen. It must have been near as big as all of upstairs in my old…I mean, Da’s house. The bed was one of those science fiction things I thought you only had in movies, everything rounded off and blue lighting.

    Magrat turned to us. “We’d all be more comfortable without all those clothes, don’t you think?”

    “Yes,” Marcilla nodded, “it’s so much more fun to be naked, right, Enid?”

    I didn’t know what to say so didn’t say anything. Marcilla stepped close, snogged me briefly on the lips, and the next thing I knew was that she was tugging my dress up over my arms and off. And there I was in only my bra, knickers, and shoes.

    “Take everything off,” Magrat said. He sounded greedy. I didn’t want to look at him, so I gawked at Marcilla instead as she stripped off. In a brace of shakes she had nothing on, not even her high heels. This was the first time I’d seen her naked in someone else’s company, but she didn’t seem the least bit mortified. I swallowed and pulled my feet out of my shoes and then stood there in my underwear, feeling like a pillock. My mug grew hot with blushing.

    “Do you need help undressing, Enid?” Magrat asked. Out of the corner of my eye I saw him step towards me, but Marcilla was faster. She stepped up, pressed herself to me, and her arms went round my back and unhooked my bra. Still hugging me, she slid her hands down to my bum, slipped them under my knickers, and pushed them down my thighs.

    “Marcilla…” I couldn’t say anything more because she mashed her lips on mine. It gave me a desperate burst of, I don’t know, energy or confidence or summat like. I stepped away far enough to let the bra fall to the floor and my kickers to scrumple down around my ankles. I stepped out of them and was as naked as could be.

    Of course I was still bricked and I’d no idea what to do so I just let Marcilla take control. Her tongue licked my lips, sending, despite myself, a thrill to my nips, to my fanny, and down to my toes, and then down the line of my jaw and to my neck. I heard myself groan.

    “That’s right,” Magrat said. Marcilla began kissing my throat down towards my tits. Out of the corner of my eye I saw Magrat reach into his shorts. I didn’t want to see that so squeezed my eyes shut. I couldn’t have kept them open any longer anyway when Marcilla’s tongue began flicking at my nips.

    Although getting frisky was the last thing on my mind in front of the thug, my Judas body was moaning and shivering outside my control, and my fanny trickling wetness down my inner thigh. This always happened when I was in Marcilla’s arms, and I couldn’t help it any more than at any other time. I clutched her shoulders and pulled her face against my tits. Somehow I remembered to keep my mouth closed enough to hide my fangs, which were pushing out again the more I lost control.

    Marcilla pushed me down on my back and I felt Magrat’s mattress all but suck me in. She held my legs apart and began thrusting against me like a bloke, our clitties bumping together at every thrust. I began to feel myself tightening inside and knew I was about to come. My wet and Marcilla’s mixed together, our flaps bumping as though they were snogging. I had a mind’s eye of what our fannies must look like together, and that was it, I came so hard that my eyes flew open.

    The first thing I saw was Magrat with his prong in his hand, frigging himself. His knob was purple.

    And, heaven help me, all I wanted to do was laugh and laugh and laugh.

    ______________________________________________

    LOTHAR:

    Marcel’s already let me know that the girls are here, so I’m ready and waiting as he precedes them down the corridor from the lift to my suite. “See that I’m not disturbed tonight,” I tell him as he ushers them in. “The driver can go home too.” I’m not going to have Helmut or whatever he’s called drive me to the meeting with Boris, naturally. I’ll drive myself.

    “What if there’s a problem?” Marcel asks.

    “Then you and Marta handle it or postpone it till tomorrow night.” I sometimes wonder why I am paying Marcel his considerable salary if he can’t even understand things like this on his own account. “Did you make sure the special drinks are inside?” I make sure to keep my voice unchanged and don’t look at the girls when I ask this.

    “Of course, Herr Magrat.” He bows slightly and withdraws.

    I switch my language, and my thinking, to English, and turn to the women with a smile. Marcilla smiles back and something sends a chill down my spine. I hadn’t noticed before how oddly red her eyes are, and there’s again that something almost feral in her smile. I have a very brief thought that I may be making the biggest mistake of my life, but that’s clearly absurd. I’m Lothar Magrat, and they’re just eighteen year old girls. If I’d changed my mind based on hunches and shivers I’d never have got where I am now.

    I serve them the spiked drinks – there’s just enough drugs in them to reduce inhibitions, I don’t want to start in on the hard stuff just yet – and make conversation. Once again it’s Marcilla who does all the talking. I keep glancing at Enid but she never says a word. If the level of drink in her glass hadn’t been reducing each time I look at her I wouldn’t believe she ever opened her mouth at all.

    I’ll have to do something about this later. I want Enid to talk, I want her to beg, I want her to squeal.

    After a while the drugs seem to finally be taking effect. Marcilla readily agrees that they need to have fun, and she and Enid follow me to the bedroom, where Marcilla strips easily. Enid is really too shy, and I’m about to go take her underwear off for her but Marcilla gets there first. I feel a brief fit of irritation but what the girls get up to next washes that away.

    I must admit Marcilla is good. She still gives me a little frisson of uneasiness whenever she looks at me, but she’s tender with her girl and very, very good. As she thrusts at Enid, making her moan, I can’t contain myself any longer and begin stroking myself.

    My plans are clear; I’ll let them pleasure each other and me until it’s time for me to leave for Boris’ meeting. Then I’ll suggest they have some more drinks, the drinks loaded with the harder stuff, so that they’ll sleep until I get back. Then the real fun can begin.

    I might even keep them here for a while. They’re peripatetic foreign tourists, wandering the continent on their bicycles; who’s going to miss them for three or four days? And when I’m done with them, assuming that they want to complain, well, the threat of sending Mummy and Daddy the videos and photos that I’ll take will nip that right in the bud. It’s worked every time so far.

    Enid has just climaxed, moaning and writhing. Marcilla looks up from her, and, without ceasing her thrusting of her hips against the other girl’s, reaches out her hand towards me.

    “Stop diddling yourself,” she says. “Take off your clothes and get over here.”

    And, once more fighting down that strange feeling that there’s something menacing about this situation, that’s what I do.

    ______________________________________________

    ENID:

    As I fought down the laugh trying to burst out of me, Marcilla gave her fanny a final bump against mine and turned to Magrat as he pulled off his tee and lumbered towards us. He was staring right at me where I was lying spread out and starkers, and I wanted to cover myself, but Marcilla had told me earlier to let him look at me if he wanted, so I didn’t. I pushed me up on my elbows and crawled back up on the bed as far as I could go, because I didn’t want him too close. But my legs were still spread wide and my wet was still dripping from my fanny. I must have looked a sight.

    “Lothar,” Marcilla murmured. She slipped behind him as he reached the bed. “Why don’t you show our Enid what a real man feels like, hmm?”

    I stared at her gobsmacked, but before I could decide what to say Magrat had crawled on to the bed and was knee-walking towards me, his purple knob pointing at my tits. And then Marcilla was behind him on the bed, put one arm around his chest, and pulled him back against her boobs while her mouth tracked down the side of his jaw. I think he thought it was some kind of game because a stupid grin came on his mug, and his half turned towards her.

    It didn’t last long because her arm suddenly went tight, holding him in place, and her fangs flashed once in the blue light before she sank them into the side of his fat throat.

    On that soft mattress it took me a moment or two to get myself turned around and up on my hands and knees, by which time Magrat was on his back, his peepers rolled up in their sockets, and groaning something awful. Marcilla glanced up at me, Magrat’s blood black on her lips and fangs in the blue light, and indicated his arm.

    I found a likely spot and slid my fangs in.

    Afterwards we quickly dressed in the lounge room. Marcilla thought a moment, then took a bottle from the table and filled up the glasses we’d been pretending to drink from. “Help me,” she said.

    I trailed her back to the bedroom where Magrat was still out of it, moaning a little. “Hold up his head a bit,” Marcilla told me. “I don’t want him to choke.”

    I did, and she trickled the drink from first one glass and then the other into his gob. I held his head until it’d all gone down his throat. “That should keep him for a while,” she said. “Long enough for us to get out of here, anyway. But, first, let’s check this place for hidden cameras. I’ll be surprised if we don’t find any, especially in the bedroom.”

    While scouring around the bedroom I pulled aside a curtain, expecting a window, but what I found instead was a huge round safe door set in the wall. There was no way I could open it, so I didn’t even try. But below it, also set in the wall, was a small cabinet. I pulled open the door, blinked at what was inside, and called Marcilla. “Take a gander at this!”

    The cabinet was loaded with whips, hoods, ball gags and handcuffs; not the kind of BDSM rubbish velvet lined handcuffs Trace once showed me, both of us giggling and rolling our eyes, on her phone; but the real stuff, the heavy duty plastic ones you see on the telly on the copper shows. “What d’you make of these?” I asked.

    Marcilla bit her lip. “That he probably intended to employ them on us,” she said. “And probably not for the first time either. These have been used.”

    “I don’t understand.”

    She picked up one of the ball gags. “Look.” Even I could clock the bite marks. “See?”

    I saw, all too well. “So what should we do about this?”

    Marcilla shrugged. “Not much we can do, except…” a cheeky glint came in her eye. She picked up one of the handcuffs, walked over to Magrat, snapped one end over his wrist and the other to the bedside table. “That should take him some time to get out of,” she said.

    “Not it one of his people comes here first,” I said.

    “They won’t. He told his manager Marcel not to disturb him tonight for any reason. Now let’s look for those cameras.”

    In the end we found two, both tiny and fancy digital jobs. One was hidden in a pot plant, pointing at the foot of the bed, and the other in a painting on the wall. Marcilla ripped them both out and put them inside her handbag. “We’ll destroy them later. No point leaving footage of us naked or feeding. That’s the kind of thing that draws…” she mimicked the git who kept appearing to us, the one she called the Visitor…”unwanted attention.”

    I giggled. “You tart, you gave me a turn when I thought you were actually offering me up to him!”

    She stared at me. “Enid, I promised you that you wouldn’t have to have sex with him, didn’t I?” I blushed and she shook her head. “Never mind.” She took a dekko at the clock on the wall. “It’s almost eleven. Our work’s done. We should leave.”

    “How are we going to get out of here?” I asked. “I mean, his whole staff is down there, and…”

    “We’ll just walk out, as though we’ve every right to, and nobody will even think of challenging us. You’ll see.”

    And, again, she was right. We did, and nobody did.

    ______________________________________________

    LOTHAR:

    I wake with a head feeling like a chunk of wood someone has cleft with an axe in two. For a long moment I’m not sure where I am, then the realisation hits; I’m in bed and I have to get to Boris’ meeting! Now! Right now! It’s due at eleven and I have no time to lose!

    I try to scramble to my feet, but something’s holding me back. It’s one of my own handcuffs, shackling me to the bedside table. I stare at it in bafflement, wondering how it got there, and then suddenly I remember; there were two girls here.

    Where the hell are they?

    I try to think, but my memories are jumbled and confused. I have a vague recollection of them naked, having sex with each other here on the bed, and then Enid splayed out invitingly while Marcilla urged me to do her. But after that my brain can only serve up half-comprehensible images and sensations; Marcilla’s lips on my neck, a faint burning sensation in my body, Enid crawling towards me with…were those sharp teeth poking out from under her upper lip? I shake my head; this is all rubbish. I have to get free first.

    It takes me a several minutes of violent wrenching before I can break the table strut enough to free my wrist. It shouldn’t have taken so long; it’s a thin piece of wood and I’m strong. But when I get to my feet I stagger; I’m dizzy and weak, far weaker than I’ve any right to be. What did they do to me?

    My first thought, of course, is for my safe; did those two bitches drug and handcuff me to rob me? But when I stagger to it and open it, the money’s all still there, just as I’d left it. So what did they want to do this to me for?

    First things first, my mind screams at me. The money…it’s for Boris, for the meeting. The meeting is at eleven. I have to get to the meeting.

    Then my eyes go to the clock on the wall and my heart seems to freeze. It’s almost five in the morning.

    What the fuck!

    I scramble to get to my other phone, the special non-smart one, looking for calls or messages from Boris, but there’s nothing. I punch out his number from memory, and listen to the ringing, but there’s no answer.

    I have to take some time to think, to find some way to sort all this out. I can’t do that here, not with confusion and panic battling with my splitting headache and weakness.

    Home, I think. My wife’s gone off to Greece, so I can go home and not have to subject myself to her presence. I stagger over to the walk in wardrobe and pull out the first suit my hands reach and I struggle into it, not bothering with the tie.

    When I come out of the lift on the main floor I find Marta and Marcel talking. They stare at me curiously; I wonder what I look like. Unshaven, certainly; maybe red-eyed and hungover-looking? It doesn’t matter, they can think what they like as long as they do what I tell them to do. I beckon to Marta.

    “Yes, sir?”

    “You’re still here? Good. I want you to track down those two whores…Marcilla Karnstein and Enid Jones. Send someone to their hotel. Keep them under observation, every minute, until I decide what to do with them. You understand me?”

    She nods. “Right away.”

    Marcel begins to come over as Marta leaves but I wave him off. I don’t want to hear anything about the nightclub’s business right now. I want to get home and try and find a way to contact Boris and sort this out.

    Then I’ll get my hands on those two bints and make them pay for whatever they did to me. Nobody humiliates Lothar Magrat and gets away with it.

    I go outside to my car, striving hard to walk normally so nobody thinks I’m drunk. I’m not used to being out this early in the morning, with the dawn streets empty, and the temptation to put the accelerator down to the floor is great. I resist it somehow; I have problems enough without police stopping me for a traffic violation. Instead, I take it slow, letting the breeze through the open window flow across my face and try and cool my mind.

    I’ve just reached home, parked, and got out of my car when my phone, the main one, buzzes. It’s Marta.

    “Sir…they checked out of the hotel last night, just before midnight. They didn’t leave any forwarding address.”

    Of course, I think bitterly. Of bloody course they checked out.

    Marta is still talking. “Sir, about the redecoration of the back rooms, we…”

    I cut her off. “Tell me later. I don’t have time for it now.” I push the phone into my pocket and reach for my door key, intent on getting inside.

    Probably it’s because I’m still distracted and headachy that I don’t notice the movement behind me until it’s too late. Hands like iron grip my arms, there’s a sharp sting on the inside of my wrist, and everything fades to black.

    There’s someone slapping my face, with sharp short slaps. My arms are drawn painfully behind me, my wrists are chafed with ropes, and I feel the back of a hard chair against my shoulders, its seat digging into the back of my knees. I moan and open my eyes.

    A face swims into focus. A head like a block of stone, with a short goatee under deep-set grey eyes, thin lips pressed together.

    Boris.

    “Magrat. It’s so nice to see that you’re back with us.” He’s dropped the exaggerated Slavic accent that he normally affects, he’s speaking crisply now, not bothering to omit articles. “After all, you weren’t with us last night, so thank you for gracing us with your company now.”

    I try to talk, but my mouth is dry as the Sahara and my tongue refuses to move. My eyes swivel, trying to see where I am. It’s probably a warehouse, all bare concrete walls and gloomy interiors. Boris takes a step forwards and bends to stare me in the face.

    “So, you see, when we came here, last night, on the dot of eleven, we were expecting you, but you weren’t there, were you?” He pauses, as though expecting me to say something, but all I can manage is another moan. “Now, I understand, sometimes one can be late, held up in traffic, or got a flat tyre. I make allowances for that.” He steps back again and folds his arms across his chest. “But do you know what I don’t make allowances for, Magrat? When instead of you coming, we get attacked by the Albanians. My men and I had to abandon the entire consignment. We were lucky to escape with our lives. The Albanian mob has the consignment and I’ll have to fight a war, or else pay whatever they want, to get it back.” He leans in again, his grey eyes slitted. “Now can you tell me, Magrat, how the hell the Albanians knew we were there and had that stuff with us? Wasn’t this a secret deal, just between you and me? Well?”

    My mind blanks out. I can’t process everything that’s happening all at the same time.

    Boris nods, as though he got a reply anyway. “All right, Taras,” he says, softly.

    Taras-the-Blade appears in the corner of my field of vision, and as he moves in, one totally irrelevant thought floats up in my head.

    I should have invested in that bodyguard after all.

    ______________________________________________

    MARCILLA:

    We were out of town and the sky was pale with dawn when I pedalled to a stop. “Let’s take a break,” I said. “We can sit under the trees out of sight of the road and catch our breaths.”

    Enid winced and rubbed her thighs. “I can’t believe you made me pedal that fast. I felt like I was on one of those bike races on the telly.”

    “That’s better than having Magrat send his minions after us,” I told her. “You can be certain that he’s out for revenge.” I picked up both bicycles, one under each arm, and climbed off the road until we were far under the cover of the trees. “This looks like a likely spot.”

    “I’m chuffed that we’re done with that lot,” Enid said, slumping down with her back to the same tree as mine and spreading her legs out. “I felt, you know…dirty.”

    “You did extremely well,” I said, and kissed her. The nubs of her fangs nipped my lip. “Ouch! What’s that for?”

    “For making me love you so much.” She put her head on my shoulder. “I wonder what the hotel will do with those dresses and shoes we left.”

    “I hope the cleaning staff takes them,” I said. “Someone might as well get some use out of them.”

    “I hated dressing up like that.” Enid pulled off her boots and socks and wriggled her toes in the grass. “Where should we go next?”

    I shrugged. “I haven’t decided. We’ll see. There are still so many things to show you…and so much to teach you.”

    I felt her stiffen against my arm. “Oh no, not again.”

    “Yes, again,” I said, and bent my head to kiss her hair. “So, tell me, what are the different kinds of wards?”

    She groaned. “You’re evil.”

    “I know,” I laughed. “Believe me, I know.”

    ______________________________________________

    [Author’s Note:

    I know nothing about the inner workings of nightclubs, and it’s not often that I write from the point of view of a male character. So please excuse me for any inaccuracies and errors. Thanks!

    – Anna R.]


  • The Love of Money I – Chapter 38: Be Fucking Bold

    Font size : +


    After saying goodbye to Danni, Marcus returns to the party.

    After finishing and getting dressed again, Danni and I continued the rest of the way to the garage. We didn’t talk very much in the aftermath of the elevator sex we’d just had; Danni simply gave me Bambi eyes and slipped one hand into mine, our fingers interlacing. I met her gaze, and she looked away, suddenly a shy high schooler compared to the nymphomaniac I’d seen so many times. Honestly, I loved the way she did that – able to turn off the slut routine at the drop of a dime and pick up the innocent neophyte persona. Danielle Holland epitomized the saying – ‘lady in the streets, freak in the sheets.’

    I walked her to her car and pressed her against her driver’s door as we made out once more, me sliding my hands under her skirt to cup and squeeze her warm ass as she ran her hands over my chest and whimpered in my mouth. After a solid minute, I let her go and watched as she pulled out of her spot, gave me a final wave and a sweet smile, and drove toward the exit. With Danielle gone, I headed back up to my apartment, passing a couple of people on their way out and thanking them for coming to my event.

    Back on the roof, it looked like the party was starting to wind down. The music was set at a lower volume and seemed on autopilot since the DJ wasn’t in the booth. My parents were gone, Kwan had managed to find another girl to talk to who wasn’t married this time, and Richie was lying on one of the couches with his head in his girlfriend’s lap. Megan was stroking his hair as I passed and looked up, giving me a small wave and a tired smile. Richie looked over and did the same. The pair of them looked like they were going to pass out soon.

    I let them be as I looked around for Jonah and Dillon but couldn’t find them anywhere. Interestingly enough, a few other key players were also missing: Erin, Rose, and Jessica. I couldn’t find them around the pool, so I decided to check the gardens, recalling Rose had asked about hot tubs.

    Sure enough, I found most of the people I’d been missing sitting in a hot, bubbly tub of water nestled in one of the garden alcoves. It was surrounded by trees and shrubs in full bloom. A couple of tables lined the walkway around the tub, and one of the walkways jutted out over the edge of the building, surrounded by a clear balcony. The rest of the wall lining one side of the tub was covered with climbing foliage, creating a pleasing blend of human architecture and natural beauty. It was complemented by a fantastic view of the city skyline late at night.

    Seven people were sitting in the hot tub laughing as I passed through the opening in the foliage wall – Jonah sat on the far end of the hot tub on the side with the balcony. Honey sat beside him, leaning against his side as an outstretched arm rested on the side of the hot tub behind her. Her blonde hair was several shades darker thanks to being soaking wet, and her massive breasts were threatening to spill out of a tight-fitting satin bra.

    Erin sat on the other side of Jonah but wasn’t laying against him the way Honey was. She was in a lounge in the corner of the tub, her head laying back, wet silver hair splayed around her; a flash of pink in the water suggested she had stripped down to her bra and matching panties. Considering this hot tub party was impromptu, it looked like everyone had improvised, using their underwear as swimwear.

    Dillon sat near Erin on the left side tub, animatedly telling a story about someone he’d recently served at his job. Sitting opposite Dillon, about a foot from him, was a woman with a dark complexion, raven hair, and the absolute definition of ‘dick-sucking lips.’ She was definitely Indian or Pakistani, but as she responded to something Dillon said, her accent was West Coast American. Even sitting down in the water, she looked tall; standing up, I wouldn’t have been surprised if she was Emily’s height or even taller. Her long, glossy black hair hung straight down her back, and she had bangs cut in a straight line above her eyes, hiding her forehead. She was the first to catch sight of me, her dark eyes meeting mine as she gave me a beautiful smile.

    “Oh hey! There’s the man of the hour!”

    Rose was next to her, sitting in the middle of the tub’s edge nearest me. Her long hair had been pulled into a makeshift bun on the top of her head, exposing her delicate, swan-like ebony neck. The white straps of her bra contrasted beautifully with her very dark skin, and I unconsciously licked my lips as she looked over her shoulder, spotted me with her deep brown eyes, and gave me a warm smile.

    The last person in the water was Jessica, who sat on the right side of the hot tub with Honey caddy corner on her right. She was wearing a lace black bra that also threatened to break as her breasts were barely held in by the flimsy garment. Like with Rose, the fabric contrasted wonderfully with her skin – dark material on pale flesh. Also like Rose, her dyed-red hair had been gathered in a makeshift bun on the top of her head, showing off miles of ivory neck that just begged to be kissed. She watched as I approached the tub, giving me a small smile that reeked of insecurity.

    There was a glaring hole in the hot tub’s seating arrangement – the corner nearest me between Rose and Jess. I approached it, leaning against the wall. “Looks like you guys decided to start a party inside a party.”

    “Hell yeah, we did,” Erin said, sitting up in her lounger.

    “Mind if I join you?” I asked.

    We were kind of counting on it,” Rose said as she patted the tub’s empty corner.

    I undressed down to my boxers and climbed in.

    “Hi!” the Indian girl on the other side of Rose said, giving me a dazzling smile. “I’m Kelly.”

    “Hey, Kelly. It’s good to meet you. I’m–”

    “Marcus Upton. Everyone here knows who you are.”

    It felt strange that everyone at my party seemed to know who I was, but I didn’t know who they were. In my experience, whenever I had an event like this, only my friends attended, so having to be introduced to people at my own house after attending the same party for hours was something that needed getting used to.

    “So,” Rose said before I had a chance to respond, “Now that everyone is here, and we all know each other–”

    “We do?” Dillon asked.

    “Do you know everyone’s name?” Rose asked.

    “Well, yeah, but I know Scarlett Johansen’s name too. Doesn’t mean we know–”

    “Dude,” I said. That was all it took to shut him up.

    “Thank you, Marcus,” Rose said. “As I was saying, since we’re all here, I thought it’d be fun to play a little game of Truth or Dare.”

    “What?” I said, not sounding impressed at all. It might have been a little more fun were it not for the fact that my ex was sitting in the hot tub with us.

    Rose glanced at me out of the corner of her eye and smirked. “Oh, what’s the matter, Marcus? Partied out?”

    “Isn’t that a little high school for us?”

    “No!” Dillon answered. “It sounds very adult, and I’m interested.”

    “Now that you got your retirement money, you growing old on us?”

    I knew what this would likely devolve into, given the amount of collective alcohol that had been consumed and the fact that I’d had sex with all but one of the women in this tub. Still, Jessica being here was bad enough, but I didn’t particularly want to see Jonah or Dillon getting it on with any of these ladies. It wasn’t that I wasn’t against them fucking them. I noticed how much time Jonah and Honey had spent around each other, and I certainly didn’t have a claim on Rose. I didn’t know Kelly at all. Jessica doing anything with either of them would just be too weird. And Erin… I wasn’t sure I liked the potential possibility of Erin doing anything with them. I’d said as much on our first meeting. However, we weren’t necessarily in a relationship, and we discussed the possibility of revisiting our arrangement if she was ever interested in a relationship. All that aside… I had just never thought about the idea of seeing my friends having sex.

    I looked around the tub. “You’re all good with this?”

    Dillon had already made his opinion known.

    “It’s just a game, Marcus. If anyone gets uncomfortable, we can stop whenever,” Jonah said. Honey grinned and nodded. Kelly simply whooped in acknowledgment.

    I eyed Erin, and she met my gaze through half-lidded eyes as she reclined in the hot tub lounger, wearing a slight smirk. I quickly cut my eyes over to Jessica and back to my assistant, a non-verbal way of asking if she’d been responsible for this. I wasn’t sure if Erin understood the question; her smirk deepened, and I detected a subtle nod.

    “You good with this?” I asked, looking at Jess.

    “If you are,” Jessica said, doing a lousy job of feigning casual coolness when I could tell she was a little on edge.

    “Alright,” I said resignedly as I looked back at Rose. “Any rules?”

    “Yep,” she said. “The challenger can’t ask the person challenged a direct question about themselves if they pick Truth, and if it’s a dare, they can’t dare them to do something directly to themselves. Like, if you picked dare, I couldn’t dare you to kiss me.”

    “That’s a good rule,” Kelly said.

    “Aw, really?” Dillon said.

    “Yeah, okay.” I nodded.

    “Second,” Rose said, “If you refuse to answer a question or do a dare, you have to leave the hot tub. Everyone gets one pass, though. You can use it to either refuse to answer or complete a dare. You also have the option to reflect it back to the challenger. If it’s bounced a second time, it can’t return to the original challenger. It has to be someone else.”

    “So,” Jonah said, “if someone dares something and you use your pass to make them do the same dare, they can use their pass to make someone else do it, but it can’t go back to the person who just deflected?”

    “Yes,” Rose said.

    “Interesting!” Erin said, her eyes suddenly opening all the way. “I like that!”

    She would.

    “Yeah,” Rose said. “It makes the game fun. If you don’t have a pass, though, you have to do the thing or leave. Third, no question or dare can be used twice.”

    Jonah said, “Okay, that’s weird, but yeah… I can see where it’d keep things creative.”

    “Right,” Rose said. “And last, if a person has been challenged, they can’t be challenged again until two more people have gone. That’s it! Everyone good?”

    There were murmurs and nods around the tub, but no one seemed to have a problem with the rules. I noticed someone with some foresight had placed several drinks on a table along one edge of the hot tub near me, and I grabbed a beer, passing a few around to people who asked. I needed a little more social lubrication if I was going to do this.

    “Alright,” Rose said after sipping her fresh beer. “Since girls outnumber the boys, girls get to ask first.”

    “What? Why? Since there’s fewer boys shouldn’t they get to ask first?” Dillon asked.

    “Nope,” Rose said, looking slightly annoyed at Dillon. “Kelli, since you know Marcus the least, how about you start.”

    “Hm,” Kelli said, looking around at the group. “I guess I’ll start with the cute boy on my left. Truth or Dare, cute boy?”

    “Truth,” Dillon said.

    “Boo!” Honey bellowed and giggled as she leaned back against Jonah.

    “No way!” Dillon said. “I’m not breaking the seal!”

    “Okay,” Kelli said. “If you could have sex with anyone in the hot tub, who would it be?”

    Dillon had just taken a sip of beer and almost spat it out. Alcohol dribbled off his chin, and he swiped it aside. “You’re gonna start off with that?”

    “What?” Kelly grinned innocently. “It’s a harmless question.”

    “No it’s not! It’ll be weird for whoever I name, and everyone else will be offended!” Dillon said.

    “I won’t,” Rose said.

    “I would,” Honey quipped.

    Dillon sighed. “Fine. I’d sleep with any of you.”

    “Boo!” Honey said again.

    “You have to name someone!” Kelly said.

    “Nope. Your question was, ‘If I could have sex with anyone in the hot tub, who would it be,’ and I gave you an answer.

    “Boo!” Honey said again, giggling once more. It was clear the alcohol was getting to her. She’d always come across as a bit cold or reserved, but I enjoyed seeing her new side. Maybe she was just shy.

    “In the spirit of the game, I’ll let you win this round,” Kelly said, “but you’re on my shit list, and you’re no longer ‘cute boy.’”

    “I’ll be ‘cute boy’ again before we’re done,” Dillon said smugly. “It’s my turn now?”

    “Yep,” Rose said.

    “Alright. Honey, you’ve been booing me a lot, so I’m coming after you. Truth or Dare?”

    “Yay!” Honey said. “Truth!”

    “Chicken,” Dillon said. “Okay. What’s your real name?”

    “Ah fuck,” Honey said and then sighed. “Fine. Stacy.”

    “Stacy?” Dillon asked.

    “You ever call me that at work, though, and I’ll throat punch you,” Honey said, jabbing a finger at Dillon. “Anyway, my turn! Erin! Truth or Dare?”

    Erin sat up in her seat and bit her lip as she thought about it. I took that moment to glance at Jessica and saw her chewing on the inside of her cheek worriedly. It was so easy to tell that she was anxious about this game, but when she caught me looking at her, she gave me a small smile and a resolute look in her hazel eyes told me she was all in.

    “Truth,” Erin said, and I was genuinely surprised. As the resident shit starter, I’d expected her to pick dare. By the look on Rose and Honey’s faces, it was clear that they thought the same thing.

    “Okay,” Honey said, and it looked like she needed a second to think of a question. I would have bet dollars to pocket lint that she had a dare lined up and ready to go. “Body count! Let’s have it!”

    “Fuck…” Erin said, her tone thoughtful, and I found myself leaning forward a little in my seat in anticipation of the answer. Erin knew about my past sex life, but I hadn’t even thought to ask about hers. As I waited for the number, I felt a slight twisting in my stomach and wasn’t sure I wanted to know the answer.

    “Does non-penetration count?”

    “Yeah,” Honey said. “Okay then. Well… that brings my count up to… eighteen.”

    “Jeez,” Dillon said, clearly taken aback by the number. Honestly, I would have guessed higher, considering how sex-crazed Erin could be.

    “Respectable,” Honey said. “How many girls versus boys?”

    “Nope!” Erin said, seemingly unphased by Dillon’s apparent disapproval. “That’s a different question, and since it’s answered, that makes it my turn.”

    Without even considering her options, Erin looked directly at my ex-girlfriend.

    “Truth or Dare?” Erin asked.

    Jessica looked around the tub at everyone else there, her eyes settling on me a moment longer. Then she said, “Dare.”

    Erin smirked and said, “Wow… our first dare. Exciting…”

    My assistant looked at me, and I could tell her dark eyes were full of questions, wondering what I was comfortable with and what I wasn’t. This was my ex, after all. For many, this was hallowed ground.

    I nodded, hoping she would understand with such a simple gesture. We’d come to know each other pretty well over the last two weeks, but I wasn’t sure if we understood each other that well. Not yet.

    The corner of Erin’s mouth quirked in a small smile, and I sensed a subtle shift in her eyes. Sadness… or pity, maybe? I wasn’t sure, but Erin gave the barest hint of a nod before I could think much more about it.

    “Alright,” she said, looking back at Jess. “I dare you make out with Jonah.”

    God… trust Erin to kick things from level two to level seven.

    “Uh…” Jonah said. “What?”

    You could cut the tension in the air with a knife, and I considered calling it right there. The last thing I needed was strife and awkwardness between me and one of my best friends.

    “It only has to be for one minute. You’ve got a pass if you want to use it,” Erin said with a shrug.

    “You realize that’s Marcus’ ex, right?” Jonah asked.

    “You realize that the etymology of the word ‘dare’ comes from old English vernacular meaning ‘to challenge,’ which comes from even older Indo-European roots with an implication to be bold, right?” Erin said without looking away from Jessica.

    “What?” Dillon and Kelly said at the same time.

    “In the spirit of the word,” Erin continued, “I’m telling her to be fucking bold.”

    I watched Erin closely, trying to read her body language and gauge precisely what she was doing. I was almost certain she was responsible for getting Jess in the hot tub with us. What was she trying to do? Make Jess look like a fool? Was Erin jealous of Jessica? Why?

    And why had Jessica chosen dare before anyone else? Was she trying to overcompensate because the game was stressing her out?

    Jessica looked at me, and it was obvious that she was trying to gauge my reaction to Erin’s dare. I couldn’t give her an answer when I didn’t know myself. I had been in an exclusive, monogamous relationship with this girl for months. Then, I’d been angry and hurt by her over the last few weeks. Seeing her with someone else… I honestly didn’t know how that would make me feel.

    “You know the rules,” I said, trying to come off as cool as possible. “If you want to pass, use your pass. Jonah, if you don’t want to, you don’t have to. Erin can choose a different dare, but I’m fine with it if you’re game. Honestly. We’re cool.”

    When I looked at Jessica, her eyes held a little sadness, and I gave her a small, pitying smile in return, hoping it got the message across: You aren’t getting help from me.

    “I mean, I’m okay with it if you are,” Jonah said.

    Jessica visibly swallowed, looked back at Jonah, and said, “Okay.” She slowly stood from her seat and waded over to where Jonah sat with Honey still leaning against him. The dancer watched my ex as she approached, seemingly amused at the awkwardness of the situation. Jonah – eyes wide and visibly shaken by the situation he found himself in – sat still as she approached.

    When Jess reached him, she wasted no time lowering her lips to Jonah’s; she had to go the entire way, getting no help from him as she closed in on him. Blocked by her body, I slid down the tub to sit in Jessica’s spot just in time to see her cherry-red lips touch his in a gentle kiss. Jonah glanced at me as their mouths touched, and I gave him a small smile of encouragement as I watched, enraptured by the sight.

    Their lips remained closed until Honey reminded them that the dare had been a makeout session. Slowly, Jessica’s lips parted, and I could barely see the tip of her small tongue lap at Jonah’s lips. His parted, and we saw their tongues touch.

    My ex lifted one hand as if to place her perfectly manicured fingers on the side of his face but opted to land them on his shoulder as the kiss deepened. Tentative caresses of their lips turned into a more heated makeout session as the pair of them quickly became comfortable with the situation. By the half-minute mark, they had fallen perfectly in sync, tongues moving back and forth between each others’ mouths as lips smacked against each other.

    “Fuck,” Honey said. “Can I be next?”

    “With which one?” Kelly asked. “They both look like they know what they’re doing.”

    “Either?” Honey said.

    “That’s about a minute,” Erin finally said.

    The kiss lingered for another two seconds, and then Jessica slowly pulled back, opening her eyes to look down at Jonah. I quickly slid back down to my spot as she turned and made her way back to her seat, watching her closely. She kept her eyes downcast as she sat back down, and judging by her body language, she looked embarrassed. She would have been blushing had she not already been exposed to so much heat from the tub.

    “Well,” Jonah said. “That was good. Damn, Jessica. You can kiss.”

    “Thanks,” Jessica muttered as she brushed a stray lock of red hair behind her ear. She used the opportunity to glance over at me, and our eyes met; hers were full of questions.

    Honestly, mine probably were, too. I’d expected more of a jealous response, but as I watched them kiss, I felt… nothing. Oh, there was a slight twinge of something for a moment – a remembrance of good times gone, maybe. However, I didn’t feel a single shred of jealousy. I didn’t feel the burning desire to shove Jonah’s head underwater until the bubbles stopped or a need to banish Jessica from New York like I’d done with Gina. If anything, it had turned me on a little.

    It was hard to put my finger on – I wasn’t stimulated by the thought of sharing my woman with another man. It felt more like I was getting horny over the idea of a friend of mine getting what was once mine, but I didn’t want anymore… like he was getting my leftovers.

    That was it. The idea of my friend getting what I no longer had a desire for as if he were a dog waiting for table scraps, was fucking insanely hot, and I found my member growing to full hardness just thinking about it.

    God, what a dark thought.

    “We good?” Jonah asked, looking at me?

    “Yeah, man,” I said. “We’re great.” I kept my gaze far away from Jessica.

    Instead, I looked at Erin and found her reclining back in the tub’s lounge chair again, watching me closely. There was a mix of understanding in her eyes and… something else I couldn’t quite pick up on. It was strange. I could usually read her like a book, but tonight, she was as mysterious as Helen often felt.

    “I guess it’s my turn?” Jessica said.

    “You earned it,” Rose said.

    “Okay,” my ex said. “You.”

    “Ooh!” Rose said. “Okay! Well, since Jessie here has unlocked the door, I’m gonna choose dare.”

    “Okay,” Jessica said with a tentative smile. She looked around as if trying to draw inspiration for Rose’s challenge from the pool’s surroundings. “I dare you to strip everything off in front of everyone.”

    Rose and Honey both laughed. “Girl,” Rose said as she stood up, “You don’t know what you just asked.”

    No longer sitting down, the water came up to her hips, and I got a good look at most of Rose’s body, which I hadn’t seen in about two weeks. She was a dark-skinned woman with a body almost as slender as Erin’s. Years of incredible feats of physical exertion had sculpted her body to near perfection; her wet mahogany skin glistened in the light of nearby pillar lights that illuminated the area. Lean muscle rippled across her back and shoulders. Her arms were slim but corded, and her ass was so firm it looked like it could stop an eighteen-wheeler hitting it at full speed. Her abdominals rippled along her taut belly. Michelangelo would have salivated to capture such physical beauty in stone. While at it, he probably would have been salivating to do other things, too.

    “So, just take them off?” Rose asked Jessica.

    “Um… yeah?” Jess responded, unsure of what she meant by the question.

    “Okay,” Rose said as she crossed her arms and hooked her fingers under the edge of her bra, “but it could have been a lot more interesting.”

    With one fluid motion, she pulled her silk bra over her head and threw it over the side of the tub. Then she followed suit with her underwear, holding it up so that it dangled off one delicate finger, grinning amid the ‘whoos!’ from Honey, Kelly, Erin, and Dillon. Jonah was grinning in quiet admiration, and even Jessica couldn’t help but smile at the stripper’s enthusiasm.

    For anyone who liked big tits, Rose’s weren’t anything to write home about. In fact, they might have been the smallest tits at the party tonight. In truth, she didn’t need a bra to support her tiny a-cup breasts. Even her areola and nipples were small. Her ass was on the smaller side compared to Honey or Jess. Not that it mattered… Rose was mouth-wateringly gorgeous, and any man would have been lucky to be worn out by a svelte goddess like her.

    “Alright,” she said as she sat back down. “I guess it’s my turn. Jonah! Truth or Dare, big man?”

    Jonah sat up straight, and Honey adjusted her seat so she was no longer leaning against him. “Truth.”

    “Aw,” Rose said with a pout. “Why?”

    “To be honest,” he said, “I kind of feel like I’ve already participated in one dare.”

    “Aw. That’s fair, but it was good, though, right?” Rose said.

    Jonah glanced at Jess and said, “Well, yeah, but that’s not really the point. I’m a little scared of what you’ll dare. Especially seeing as you started this whole thing.”

    “Okay then,” Rose said. “Ever had sex with more than one person at once?”

    “No,” Jonah said, shaking his head.

    “Ooh!” Rose said. “We’ve got a cherry that needs popping!”

    Jonah glanced at Honey and said, “Well, I’m open to the idea.”

    “We’ll make sure it happens, right, Honey?” Rose asked her fellow dancer.

    Honey leaned into Jonah again, stuck out her tongue, and licked at the tip of his nose. “I think we can work something out.”

    “Like… a threesome?” Jessica asked. “Between you three?”

    “Maybe,” Honey said, looking at Jessica with a shrug. “If Rose is up for it. If not, I’m sure one of our other friends would be up for it.” Then she nudged Jonah. “You’re up.”

    “Okay. Marcus. Truth or Dare?”

    “Well, I’m not gonna take the pussy’s way out,” I said. “Dare.”

    “Alright,” Jonah said. “Since you’ve been super cool tonight, I’m gonna give you something you like. Pick anyone you want in the tub. They have to sit in your lap until either of you gets called on.”

    Murmurs of appreciation went around as I contemplated my choices and concluded that the naked girl sitting next to me was my best option. Rose looked amazing, and as a bonus, she was already completely naked. The thought of her naked back pressed against my chest, and her pussy lips just within reach made my dick throb. “Rose.”

    “Fucking lucky asshole,” Dillon muttered as he grinned at me.

    Rose beamed at me, spun, and straddled my lap, facing me. She draped her arms over my shoulders and wrapped them around my neck, scrunching her Nubian nose as she pressed it to mine and gave me an Eskimo kiss. “Aww… he likes me!”

    “Hey!” Kelly said. “No shenanigans before they’re dared!’

    “Says who?” Erin laughed.

    Rose looked at Kelly, pressing her small chest into mine as she said, “Yeah… says who?”

    “What’s the point of the game if everyone just decides to let it devolve into hot, sweaty sex?” Kelly said. “Show at least a little restraint!”

    “Fine,” Rose said. She looked at me again and whispered, “Like I said earlier, I’m getting that dick back in me tonight.” Then she pecked me on the lips and spun in my lap with all the grace of an exotic dancer and – still straddling me – leaned back against my chest. She raised both her arms and reached around so that her fingers could lazily play with the hair on the back of my head as she gave me a fantastic view of her small breasts and abdomen. Her tight ass ground against my crotch, and I groaned.

    I glanced at Jess and could easily read the disappointment and jealousy in her eyes just before she looked away. Then I glanced at Erin and saw her watching my ex, her dark eyes shining as a small smile played about her lips. I wondered once more what was going through my assistant’s head.

    “You’re up, Marcus!” Honey said.

    “Oh! Fuck!” I said, distracted by Rose’s cheek pressed against mine. She gave her ass another grind against my crotch, and I reacted by wrapping my arms around her midsection and pulling her back against me. “Um… I don’t think Kelly’s gone yet, has she?”

    “No, she hasn’t,” Kelly said.

    “Truth or Dare?”

    “Normally, I’d go with dare, but let’s see if you can come up with a creative Truth for me?” she said, leaning forward and resting her chin in one palm.

    “Truth, huh?” I said.

    Rose was still distracting me with her dancer’s wiles. I could feel one hand sliding up and down my leg as she still simulated riding me. Her smooth back was pressed firmly against my chest, and she tilted her head to the side so that the corner of her mouth brushed against mine as she nuzzled her cheek against mine. It was all I could do to not turn my head to the side and bury my face in her skin. Instead, I decided to play her game; I let one of my arms fall lower, resting my hand on her upper thigh so my fingers lay just a couple of inches shy of her dark pussy lips. A small hum of pleasure vibrated from her as my fingertips made small circles just inside her inner thigh.

    “Rank the people you’re most likely to sleep with from greatest to least.”

    “Broooo!” Dillon said. Jonah, Honey, and Erin laughed and sat straighter in their seats.

    “Oh fuck,” Rose said. “That’s a good one.”

    Even Jessica let out a low curse of surprise.

    Kelly looked shocked but in an amused way. “Why would you ask me something like that? It’s so mean!”

    “What did a wise woman once say?” I asked. “Be fucking bold.”

    “Eeeey!” Erin said and held up some sort of fruity cocktail in a toast before she took a sip. I grabbed my beer and mirrored her as we exchanged grins.

    “Okay,” Kelly said, gazing at us with her dark eyes. I could tell she was really into this, taking several long moments to consider it. Rose made a show of undulating her hips against me; her entire torso rolled almost like she was part snake. The Indian woman eyed her for a moment, chewing on her bottom lip as her eyes obviously traveled up and down Rose’s mocha skin. Even Jess was leaning forward, showing off generous cleavage as her pillow breasts threatened to spill out of her flimsy bra.

    “From most likely to least likely,” she said, pointing at each of us as she ticked off each name, “Rose–”

    “Fuck, yes!” Rose said under her breath.

    “Dillon, Marcus, Erin, Honey, Jessica, and Jonah.”

    Oohs and ahs broke out all around, and Jonah put on an expression of exaggerated disappointment.

    “Girrrrrrrl,” Honey said, “Dillon comes in second and Jonah’s last? You need to get your head checked.”

    “Hey!” Dillon said, shooting Honey a dirty look, “You should be so lucky! I’m great in bed!”

    “I can’t help it,” Kelly said, reaching out and playfully running her fingers through Dillon’s shaggy hair. “It was a close call between Marcus and Dillon. Marcus is pretty and loaded, but I like my men a little goofy… and Dillon’s a good-looking guy! Like, don’t get me wrong. I wouldn’t kick any of you out of bed, but if I had to choose, that’s the list.”

    “I’m just glad I wasn’t last,” Jessica said with a titter.

    “Oh baby,” Kelly said. Don’t sell yourself short. With that skin and that rack, you’re fucking gorgeous, and don’t let anyone make you think differently!”

    Jessica leaned against the back of the tub, wearing a face-splitting grin.

    “God! And dimples like that? I could just eat them up,” Kelly said.

    Jessica looked embarrassed at the barrage of compliments, but I’d also been with her long enough to identify the unmistakable signs of arousal as she looked away from Kelly. She had this habit of running her fingers up her neck from hollow to chin and back down whenever she was getting turned on, and she was doing that now. I absentmindedly let my fingers wander higher, up Rose’s leg, until I felt the tips brush her mons. The dancer tensed in my arms and pressed her cheek even harder against mine, turning her head a little more so that her mouth was half on mine as she let out a faint whimper. Truth or Dare was often used to initiate sexual situations, and it was clear that Rose was interested in getting rid of the pretext of playing a game as quickly as possible.

    “Erin!” Kelli said. “Truth or Dare!?”

    “Oh, you know what I’m gonna say,” Erin said. “Dare!”

    “Oh good!” Kelly said, clapping her hands. “I dare you to give this cutie,” she tapped Dillon on the top of the head, “a nude lap dance.”

    Erin cocked a brow at Kelly. “Aren’t you basically asking for two dares in one? I can’t necessarily give him a nude lap dance if I’m wearing clothes.”

    “I don’t think so,” Kelly said. “A nude lap dance is a single action. It’s not, like, my fault if you have to do some extra work to get there.”

    “I don’t see the issue,” Dillon said.

    “You wouldn’t,” Jonah shot back dryly.

    Erin took a long sip of her drink, and as she did so, she gave me a long look over the rim of her glass; her dark eyes held a single question: Are you okay with this?

    My initial instinct was to shake my head no. I’d made it clear that I wasn’t interested in sharing her with anyone else, but something stopped me. Would Erin go through with it if I gave her the impression I was okay with it? Was she actually interested in fooling around with another man? When I made the stipulation, she said it was disappointing. Just how much was I restricting her? I could sleep around all I fucking wanted, evidenced by the slender black woman grinding her firm ass in my lap. Erin was limited to me and women, and she was the only one I’d made that formal deal with. Did she ever regret it?

    I didn’t respond to the question, and Erin’s sip went on for a moment longer before she finally put the drink down, licked her lips, and said, “Who am I to punish a little creativity in Truth or Dare? I’ll do it.”

    “Great! I’ll get the song ready,” Kelly said, bending over the hot tub’s edge to retrieve her phone. Erin cast me one more glance and then moved in front of Dillon and watched as Kelly queued up a song.

    The song had a slow, melodious beat to which Erin immediately began swaying her trim hips. Her back was to me, so I couldn’t see her face, but Dillon sat there in front of her with an enraptured expression. Having been on the receiving end of Erin’s teasing, I couldn’t really blame him.

    The music reminded me of that evening a handful of weeks ago, when Erin followed me back to my hotel room and gave me a lapdance. It had the same sort of beat—slow and seductive… perfect for a lap dance, but this one had a man instead of a woman singing.

    Erin raised a slender leg out of the water as her hands traveled up her body; she placed it on the edge of the submerged seat Dillon sat on, water streaming down the gentle contours of her lean thigh. Her hips swung wildly in time with a particularly harsh beat, and then repeated the motion – her arms were now over her head, hands weaving across each other in a mesmerizing, serpentine fashion. Her bronze skin clashed wonderfully with the pale pink bra and panty set she wore, and I had to wonder why the ladies even bothered wearing underwear in the tub when it was so transparent.

    Suddenly, her petite frame lept out of the water as she jumped and placed the foot of her other leg on the ledge. Water splashed everywhere, reflecting the light from the lanterns and creating a lovely little illuminatory effect as droplets sprayed in all directions. Out of reflex, Dillon placed his hands on her calves as he peered between her thighs at the rest of us.

    Swaying to the music, Erin lowered herself, bending her knees slowly until she finally rested on them, straddling my friend’s lap. Her willowy arms followed a moment later, dropping to her chest as she mirrored Rose’s move from earlier, grabbing the bar at the bottom and drawing it over her chest and head. She only did it much slower than Rose and with purposeful grace. Erin wasn’t on the same level as Rose, Natashya, and Honey, but she was still insanely good for an amateur.

    Dillon’s eyes grew wide at what I could only imagine was the magnificent sight of Erin’s firm, gravity-defying tits, and he licked his lips as his eyes fixed on them. He didn’t get a chance to stare for long, though. With bra still in hand, Erin snapped it out like a whip, and the free end of it wrapped around Dillon’s neck once before she caught that end in her free hand. Using the lingerie as an anchor, Erin leaned backward and away from Dillon.

    “Oh shit,” Dillon muttered as he quickly reached behind him to hold onto the edge of the tub, bracing himself as he was used as a makeshift anchor for my assistant’s antics.

    The ends of Erin’s damp silver hair dipped into the tub’s water as she arched her back as far as possible until she was almost parallel with the warm, bubbly surface. The muscles in her arms and shoulders were tense. Her breasts stood high in the air, and her dusky nipples were stiff.

    She looked directly at me. Our eyes met, and we held gazes for a long moment. What I saw in her eyes chilled my blood – lust. Unmistakable arousal was written all over her face, and the only question on my mind was what was causing it. Was she as attracted to Dillon as Kelly had been? Was I keeping Erin on too tight a leash by not allowing her a little more freedom to explore with other men? The idea of doing that, though… for the first time, I questioned whether or not I’d miscalculated with my assistant.

    Everyone else in the tub was utterly enraptured by the performance. Rose’s teasing movements had ceased, Honey had leaned into Jonah, and both were watching Erin intently. Kelly looked like she wanted to eat both of them for dinner. Even Jessica was enraptured by the sight of Erin. My Erin. My sexy, petite troublemaker.

    Then Erin lifted herself back upright, holding my gaze for a moment longer before looking away as she brought her head back up and stared back down at her current ‘customer.’ I couldn’t see Erin’s face anymore, but I could still see enough. She placed a hand on either side of Dillon’s face and moved down, looking like she was going to kiss him. Her slender fingers slid down Dillon’s face, then his neck, and to his chest, rubbing his chest as she began to writhe back and forth across his lap, her chest following in its wake to brush her tits across his chest and bring her face enticingly close to his.

    Rose, cheek still pressed against mine, audibly gasped, and I suddenly realized that as I watched Erin, my fingers, resting on her mons, had attempted to clench together. It had resulted in two of my curled fingers having buried themselves inside the dancer’s pussy. I started to pull them free, but her thighs clamped down on my hand.

    She brought her plush lips to my ear and breathed, “Don’t you dare stop.”

    I complied, and she opened her legs for me, allowing me to slide my fingers back into her pussy. She hummed and pressed her ass back against me as I worked my middle and index finger in and out of her.

    My mind was barely on the woman in my lap; I was too focused on my assistant as she writhed in Dillon’s lap. She stretched one leg out to the side and swung it up, rolling over so that she now sat on his legs but faced the rest of the tub occupants. Her eyes immediately tracked to mine, that mysterious expression written all over her face as she leaned back against Dillon. He was too busy looking down at her chest to notice anyone else – Erin’s breasts were high and proud as she thrust her torso out, rolling it back and forth almost as if influenced by one of the tub’s jets.

    Erin lifted one arm and wrapped it around Dillon’s head as she leaned her own back, similar to how Rose was lying on me. Her cheek pressed to Dillon’s as she slid the hand across the back of his head and down his jaw. The other hand was beneath the water as she moved to the music, and as her fingertips brushed Dillon’s cheek, her other hand emerged from the water, clutching her underwear.

    My fingers began moving faster in and out of Rose’s cunt, and my hips ground back against Rose as we basically dry-humped each other. I knew it was hypocritical of me to have a problem with Erin being in Dillon’s lap when I had a smoking hot stripper sitting in mine while I fingered her. That didn’t change the fact that I had a problem with it, though. I had grown accustomed to having Erin at my beck and call… to be there for me when I needed anything. She had been mine, and now she was sitting on the lap of another man, her cheek pressed to his… her naked ass grinding against him. I didn’t want her there anymore – especially when she turned her head to the side so that her lips brushed his cheek before going to his ear.

    What was she saying to him? What was she telling him? Or… what was she doing to him? My imagination ran wild – Erin’s lips softly pressed to Dillon’s ear, suckling gently on the cartilage. Dillon could probably hear her ragged breathing making him harder than he probably already was. How could he not? Erin was a goddess.

    “You like her, don’t you?” Rose whispered, her breath coming in quick, shallow bursts as she gyrated against my hand.

    “What?” I growled.

    “I can literally feel how frustrated you are by how hard you’re fingerbanging me. If I didn’t like it rough, your fingers wouldn’t still be in me.”

    “Sorry,” I said, backing off a little on the fingering.

    “It’s okay, baby,” Rose said. She pressed her lips to my ear in a soft kiss. “I said I liked it.” At the same time, I felt a hand on my abdomen as she arched her back a little to make room for it. She slid it down past the waistline of my boxers, and I shivered as I felt her delicate fingers come in contact with the tip of my cock. She ran a single digit across the surface of the mushroom head; I felt it easily glide across my sensitive skin – evidence of precum despite being submerged in water.

    “Fuck. You’re hard,” she whispered and nuzzled into the side of my neck, sending another round of shivers up my spine. “Jealousy will do that.”

    “I’m not jealous,” I said quietly.

    “Really?” Rose asked. “You like watching Dillon pawing at your woman?”

    “No.” My quick reply was immediate and reactionary.

    “You’re jealous. It’s okay, baby. Everyone can see it. Look to your right.”

    I did as I was told and caught Jessica looking at me. She immediately diverted her gaze back to the dancing woman, but the slight frown made it perfectly clear that she didn’t like what she’d seen on my face. It was probably just the fact that Rose and I were simulating sex mere feet from her.

    She wasn’t the only one watching me, though. So was Honey, and unlike Jessica, when I caught her looking, she didn’t look away. She gave me a small smile that almost looked pitying, and when I furrowed my brow at her, she glanced at Erin and then back to me.

    “Anyone with half a brain can see it, Marcus,” Rose said, kissing the side of my neck. She fished my cock out of my boxers and wrapped her fingers around its girth, simply holding it in her hand as she humped herself against my fingers.

    I looked back at Erin and found her watching me again as she lay her head back on Dillon’s shoulder. The tip of her tongue rested between her lips, her chest rose and fell in quick, shallow breaths, and she stared at me with burning eyes consumed by lust. One hand had slipped between her legs, and she was drawing the tips of her fingers through her shaven petals as they glistened in the lamplight.

    Ten seconds later, the song was over, and Erin stood up, turned to face Dillon in all her naked glory, and bowed. Everyone around the tub clapped. Except for Rose and me – our hands were somewhat preoccupied.

    “Dillon,” Erin said. “Truth or Dare?”

    “Fuck,” Dillon said, looking up at Erin like he was in love. It took him a moment to respond. Finally, he said, “I’m too afraid to pick dare right now. I’m gonna go with Truth.”

    “That’s fine,” Erin said, grinning her Cheshire grin. “Did you cum in your boxers just now?”

    “Uh…” Dillon said.

    “Sounds like a yes to me,” Jonah said with a chuckle.

    “Oh! Ew!” Honey said. “Not in the hot tub!”

    A few chuckles went up around the tub as people lightly razzed Dillon for nutting while getting a lap dance. Dillon took it all good-naturedly, but I could tell he was a little embarrassed. I might have felt sorry for him if it hadn’t been for the fact that he’d had his hands on Erin just a few minutes ago. I loved the guy, but Rose was right… I felt territorial over Erin, even if it was just a lap dance.

    “Think that’s gross?” Dillon asked. “Stacy! Truth or Dare?”

    Honey smirked at Dillon, gave him the middle finger, and said, “Think I’m gonna pick Truth? Dare, motherfucker! Do your worst!”

    “Well, since you like cum in the tub so much, jack off Jonah till he nuts in the water,” Dillon said, smiling at Honey as if he just got one up on her.

    “Aw,” Honey said, her voice sounding sickly sweet as her face softened. “That sounds like a nice one!” Then she sneered. “Think I’ll bounce that dare right back to you, though.”

    A surprised silence fell over the hot tub until all that could be heard was the bubbles as everyone glanced around at each other. By this time, Rose had worked her hips up just enough to tuck my exposed cock between her legs so she could massage the length of my cock back and forth between her dark pussy lips. She had leaned forward and arched her back as her hips rolled lazily back and forth over my member while my fingertips lazily explored the muscled contours of her back.

    Dillon’s face fell. “What? Why? I thought you liked Jonah!”

    “I do!” Honey said. “I’ll give him a handjob later. Right now, I wanna see you give him a hand job.”

    “Fuck no! I’m using my pass! You do it!”

    “Can’t bounce it back to someone who bounced it to you,” Jessica said and laughed. She’d always been a rules lawyer.

    “Fine,” Dillon said. “You can do it.”

    “What?” Jessica said, her laughter dying. “Oh…”

    “Oh shit!” Kelly giggled.

    “What’s it gonna be?” Rose asked Jess.

    Jessica looked at me, but I did my best to still my face, trying hard to give her no sign of whether I was okay with it as I said, “You’re choice, Jess.”

    “I think I’ll pass,” Jessica said.

    “What the fuck is this?” Jonah asked, feigning hurt. “My dick doesn’t bite or anything!”

    “Aw… poor baby. Want me to kiss it and make it all better?” Honey asked, giving him a smile that showed off her world-class dimples.

    “Nah! Fuck that. You passed on the chance,” Jonah said, splashing her with a bit of water.

    Honey blocked the spray and giggled, “It’s a handjob, stupid. I’m offering you something better.”

    “Rose,” Jess said.

    Rose smiled and stood up and said, “Fine by me. I haven’t given a handy since high school, so I might be a little rusty, but I think I can manage.” My cock suddenly felt much more lonely now that it had left the trench of her cunt, but she made up for it by turning around, bending over me, and planting her pillowy lips on mine for a lingering kiss. Jonah wolf-whistled, and Kelly let out a whoop as she leaned forward and slapped Rose on the ass. Rose laughed into my mouth and tumbled into my arms as she playfully bit on my chest – she seemed very under the influence of alcohol.

    Once settled down, she got off my lap and headed toward Jonah. “Honey! Switch with me! I’m gonna please your man!”

    “Give him what he deserves, baby,” Honey said as she stood up. Her massive tits hung precariously within the confines of her transparent bra as she adjusted her underwear. She stopped Rose and pulled her fellow dancer toward her for a brief make-out session before letting her go. Honey took her seat beside me as Rose settled beside Jonah and reached between his legs under the water for what I assumed was his cock.

    Honey grabbed my arm, wrapped it around her shoulder, and leaned against me. “Hey, Jessica. Truth or Dare?”

    Jessica hesitated for a long moment before saying, “Truth.”

    “Hm,” Honey said, clearly disappointed. She raised her head so that her lips were next to my ear, “How mean should I be?”

    “Why? Do you have it in for her?”

    “She broke up with you, didn’t she?” Honey asked.

    I snorted and whispered, “I appreciate it, but you don’t have to do that.”

    She pressed her lips to my cheek in a warm kiss and said, “You’re too sweet.”

    “Okay, Jess,” she said, looking around me at my ex. “Would you ever consider an open relationship?”

    Every eyeball in the tub focused on Jess as she sat there, sinking into the water like a frightened deer.

    “I said you didn’t have to be mean,” I muttered.

    “That wasn’t the mean option,” Honey chuckled.

    “I…” She had sunk into the water up to her chin and looked up at me to gauge my reaction as she spoke. Once again, I wasn’t going to give her anything. “I’ve never done it before. I would consider it.”

    “I recommend it,” Honey said in response, snuggling beside me, laying her head back on my shoulder, and shutting her eyes. “You’re up.”

    Jessica didn’t respond at first. She simply sat in the water, almost entirely submerged, looking up at me with those pretty hazel eyes of hers, and I could practically read the message in them: I would if it meant having you again.

    I swallowed, remembering that Danni had said similar things when we’d first discussed the possibility of a relationship.

    “Erin,” Jessica finally said, gazing at my assistant.

    “Dare,” Erin said, taking another sip of her drink and sitting it down.

    “I dare you to give Dillon a blowjob,” Jessica said.

    “Hm. Pass,” Erin said. “You do it.”

    Jessica balked at Erin. “What?”

    “I pass,” Erin said as a slow smile spread across her lips.

    “I…”

    “You can bail if you want,” Erin said, “but that means you’re out of the tub.”

    Jessica looked at me expectantly, and I almost felt sorry for her. Almost. I had to wonder what the hell she’d been playing at, daring Erin to blow my friend after she’d obviously seen how it bothered me. Did she really think daring Erin to blow Dillon would win her points with me?

    I shrugged in response. “Sorry, Jess. Them’s the rules.”

    “You’re really okay with this?” Jessica said with a pained expression.

    “Doesn’t matter what I think,” I said.

    Kelly was in her corner, watching the whole thing like she wanted a bucket of popcorn. Honey feigned disinterest, but I felt her hand grab hold of my dick and give it a firm squeeze, and I got the sense that it was a sign of approval from her. Her thumb ran over the piss slit. Already painfully erect, a small groan escaped my throat just loud enough for her to hear. One corner of her mouth quirked in a ghost of a smile.

    Jonah and Rose were staring as well, though I could tell by the look on my pal’s face that Rose was still manipulating his cock. I could tell by how Dillon was rocking side-to-side in the water that he was already shucking his underwear.

    Jessica’s concerned expression hardened, and she swallowed whatever betrayal she felt. “Fine,” she said and strode over to Dillon.

    “You’re cool with me sitting up here, right?” Dillon asked.

    “Yeah, dude,” Erin said. “You can’t expect her to blow you in the water. She’s not a mermaid.”

    “Cool,” Dillon said as he hopped up on the side of the tub.

    “Holy shit!” Kelly said, her eyes wide. I followed her gaze to see Dillon sporting a massive erection. I’d never had reason to see his dick before, but it was impressive, and if I had actually felt the desire to get close enough to measure it, it might have beat mine by roughly an inch, give or take. I wasn’t exactly a slouch, but Dillon clearly had me beat. Judging by the look on Jonah’s face, Dillon had him beat as well.

    Jessica slowed down a step, her eyes fixed on the cock. She looked back at me, giving me an ‘Are you sure you’re okay with this’ look. I simply shrugged and gave her an ‘It’s your call’ look. We stared at each other a beat longer, and then she closed the distance between her and Dillon, dropped to her knees, and reached out to wrap her hand around its base.

    Erin glanced at it and appeared unimpressed. Then she turned and made her way toward Honey and me. “Hey, Kelly,” she said. “Truth or Dare.”

    “Uh,” Kelly said, her eyes still glued to Dillon’s third leg. “Dare.”

    “Go help Jessica give Dillon a good time,” Erin said.

    “Oh, hell yes!” Kelly said, getting up from her seat.

    With Jessica and Kelly occupied with Dillon, and Jonah being pleasured by Rose, a naked Erin approached, lifting a slender leg to straddle me as she lowered her naked ass on my equally nude groin. She slipped her arms around my neck and drew herself close enough to me that I could feel her firm breasts crushed against my chest. “Hello, sir,” she said, giving me her patented Erin-like grin. “It would seem almost everyone is occupied.

    I glanced over her shoulder and saw that Rose had encouraged Jonah to sit on the edge of the tub the same way Dillon had, and she was just starting to suck his cock. I was fond of Rose, so when I saw the slender ebony dancer eating my friend’s dick, there was a slight twinge of jealousy. Still… it was nothing like when Erin gave Dillon a lap dance. I could obviously deal with Rose or Honey fucking others, but they were obviously not as close to me as Erin.

    “For a second, I thought you were going to take her up on it,” I said, referring to Jessica’s dare.

    Her gaze dropped to my lips as she caught one side of her own between her teeth. Then she looked back into my eyes and said, “I’m pretty sure she did too.”

    “You looked like you wanted to,” I admitted.

    “How else would I have gotten her to make that dare?”

    And then it all fell into place in my head. She’d put on a hell of a show of being tempted to convince Jess that she’d leap at the first chance to do anything with Dillon to bait my ex into making that dare, so it would backfire.

    “You weren’t into him at all?” I asked.

    “Nah,” Erin said. “He’s cute enough and packing some pretty impressive equipment, but we have an arrangement, and I really enjoy it.”

    We both looked back at Jessica; her head was bobbing up and down on Dillon’s dick while Kelly had her beautiful lips on Dillon’s balls. “How do you feel about seeing her with another guy?”

    I’d felt a shadow of jealousy’s cousin at seeing Jessica with another man, and even that was fading. I wasn’t sure what was in store for me and my ex, but one thing was for sure… it wasn’t what we once had. “I don’t really feel much of anything,” I said.

    Erin looked back at me and said, “Then you have your answer.”

    “Answer?” I asked.

    “On whether to start dating her again.”

    “How did you know I was thinking about it?” I asked.

    Erin lifted her hips, reached down to grab my cock in one of her dainty hands, and guided it to her waiting pussy. It was even tighter than usual, thanks to the water washing away most of the juices that kept Erin’s slit wet most of the time, but she persisted in dropping herself on me, slipping my cock inside of her.

    “Because I know you, Marcus,” she said, her mischievous smile melting into something more genuine. Her eyes shined as she pressed her forehead against mine, bottoming out on my dick. I kept her like that for a beat, just soaking her up as she gave me that sweet smile.

    Then, the moment passed when she said, “Besides, she didn’t run out crying, so I assumed you gave her some hope.”

    I snorted. “You really do know me.”

    “It’s my job,” Erin said as she reached over and grabbed a tuft of Honey’s blonde hair. The dancer had stayed snuggled against me but had practically ignored everything that had happened since asking Jessica about polyamory. She opened her striking blue eyes and blinked at my assistant as Erin pulled her head off my shoulder.

    “Hey,” Erin said, lowering her face close to Honey’s. “You can relax later. I’m horny.”

    While slowly rocking her hips back and forth as she started fucking me, my assistant pressed her lips to the buxom dancer, and I watched as the two of them began making out in earnest, tongues on full display as they sought each other and began to wrestle. I lowered my lips to Erin’s neck and began tracing them over her smooth, damp skin as my hands wandered over the subtle contours of her back.

    And in the early hours of Saturday morning, the cries of men and women rang through the air as women pleasured men and, in turn, were pleasured. It was much better than how I’d spent my last Friday night.

    —————————————————————————————————–

    Thanks again for reading another installment of the story. If you have any feedback, please feel free to email me. Or if you’re interested in reading any further installments, check out my Patreon at patreon.com/mindsketch. Chapters up to 49 are posted there already, and roughly 20 chapters of extra dirty bonus chapters. There’s also a bonus chapter that covers another half of the hot tub event. Thanks for your time and cheers!

    -MindSketch


  • Ramadan

    Font size : +


    A Thousand and One Nights give you a lot of chances to get into trouble.

    “Do not tell a friend anything you would conceal from an enemy.”

    -Arab proverb.

    ***

    “There is, of course, the tale of the man who built a horse of ebony that flew through the air with its rider—”

    “We’ve heard that one already. What about the tale of the three Sufi Qalandars who were each the sons of kings and also each blind in one eye?”

    “That one was as old as a dried date when my father was a boy. If you want to hear a truly wondrous story, listen to me recount the tale of the rich man who bought a mermaid as his concubine only to discover—”

    “No, I’ll tell the tale of the fisherman who caught a jinni in his net!”

    “What about the tale of the Sultan, his Son, his Concubine, and the Seven Wise Viziers?”

    “The tale of the man whose wife tricked him into sifting dirt!”

    “No, the tale of how a drop of honey destroyed two great empires!”

    Arram talked over all the others: “What about a story of Haroun al-Rashid?”

    Everyone looked at him. Arram turned red at the scrutiny. He buried his face in his wine bowl, but the others wouldn’t let him back out now.

    “You know a story about Haroun al-Rashid?” said the man sitting across from him, a merchant with a great black beard and an eye patch.

    “Haroun al-Rashid, ruler of the city of Baghdad, Caliph of the Empire and Defender of the Faithful, May He Live for a Thousand Years, that Haroun al-Rashid?” said their host, a bald man who had once been a mamluk.

    “Is there any other Haroun al-Rashid?” said Arram.

    Everyone laughed, and Arram laughed loudest. He was not used to drinking strong wines, and he was not used to keeping the company of strangers late at night, but this was a special night, a night to celebrate, because after all, tonight he was in Baghdad, the shining jewel of all cities. Weeks ago, on his birthday, he decided that it was time to make his own way in the world, so he hid among the cargo of a slave ship bound for Tartus and there he escaped and joined a caravan traveling to Baghdad, City of Wonders. He’d arrived only hours ago and spent all day wandering the streets, staring at the great mosques with their soaring arches and jeweled minarets, at the crowds of exotic people crowding its spacious streets with their strange clothes and strange accents, and at the mighty waters of the flowing Tigris, once called the Idigna and the Palavi.

    As night came on he fell in with this lot of travelers and traders whom the mamluk invited to his home to share food and wine. It was Ramadan, the holy month, and the Moslems of the city had abstained from repast all day. “It is only fitting,” said the mamluk, “that just as we fast during the day we should enjoy good food and good wine and good company that much more of the night.” So they sat in the belvedere of the mamluk’s home, relaxing on embroidered rugs and drinking spiced wine and telling stories. Arram, giddy from his day of adventures, wanted to tell a story of his own, but he felt shy in the midst of these older, more worldly men. Now that the wine had gone to his head he’d finally spoken up.

    “Well,” he said, “my family line is Assyrian, but really I’m from Sicily, and even in Sicily we hear stories of the great caliph of Baghdad—”

    “Do you hear that?” said the mamluk. “Even in Sicily they tell stories of our beloved caliph! Even in Sicily!”

    The others muttered that yes, they had heard it, and the mamluk grinned as though he’d told them first. Arram continued:

    “They say that on nights just like this the caliph disguises himself as a common man and walks among the people, talking to them and learning about them and finding wrongs to right.”

    “That’s what they say in Sicily?” said the man on Arram’s right, a mercenary of some kind.

    “Hogwash!” said the man on his left, a noted traveling physician. “The caliph would never leave the safety of the palace.”

    “The caliph will do whatever he pleases,” said the merchant with the eye patch. “What would you know about his comings and goings?”

    “I know that if I were the caliph, I would certainly never leave the palace,” said the doctor, and the others muttered their assent. “What if he were run over by a cart, or killed in a street brawl? Where would we be then, with our caliph dead in a gutter and no one even knows it, because which of us would even know the caliph if we saw him? I’ve only ever seen his face on coins or in murals, and that’s nothing to go by.”

    “Well,” said the man with the eye patch, “the boy didn’t say that it was true, he said that it was a story, and I myself have heard such stories many times. For example, one night our beloved caliph, Haroun al-Rashid, Defender of the Faithful, May He Live For a Thousand Years, was traveling in disguise through the market along with his bodyguard, Masrur, and heard the tale of how a misunderstanding over a mere apple caused a man to most unjustly murder his wife…”

    The man told his story and everyone ignored Arram, which was a relief. Then he saw the mamluk give him a signal, and he slipped away from the belvedere while the others were distracted with the merchant’s story. Following the instructions whispered to him by the mamluk when they first arrived, Arram went down the adjoining hall to the room with the silk curtain over the doorway cleared his throat twice. A lovely round arm with a hand dyed in henna parted the curtain and beckoned him in.

    The mamluk didn’t just invite strangers into his home to entertain them with wine and stories during Ramadan; he also did it because he was the owner of the most beautiful slave girl in the entire city of Baghdad, maybe in the entire world (or so he said), and for a price he would sell her company for a night—because of course, being a mamluk he was also a eunuch, so her charms were wasted on him. Arram suspected that what he was paying for the privilege (nearly every dinar he had) was more than the mamluk would normally charge, but he didn’t care. The women of the shining city were as famous as its mosques and its rivers and its wines and its caliph, and Arram was not about to leave Baghdad without seeing for himself.

    The room he came into was small and dark, but furnished with soft cushions and thick rugs, and it smelled of incense and perfumes that made his wine-addled head swim. A woman with great dark eyes behind a transparent gold veil sat him down on the softest cushion in the room. She looked at the floor when she addressed him, the picture of demure virtue, but then she looked into his eyes in a way that made Arram feel like he’d been struck by a thunderbolt. She said she was Dalila, and that for tonight she was his, and would be as loyal and steadfast as the caliph’s own concubine, at least until tomorrow morning. Arram was not sure this really made sense, but he wasn’t going to argue the point.

    He said that, if she was his, then the first order of business was to remove her veil. “As you desire, oh prince of my life,” Dalila said, casting her veil aside and smiling. Arram’s breath left him.

    “I hope my humble features are pleasant enough for you, protector of my heart. But if not, perhaps I can make up for my deficiency in other ways?”

    Arram was about to say that she was the most beautiful woman he’d ever seen, but he stopped himself when he wondered what she meant by making it up to him. Laying him back on the cushions, she anointed his temples with sweet-smelling oils and fed him sharbats of rose and sandalwood and sang with a sweet, mild voice while he admired her body. Somehow, and Arram was really not sure how, it ended up that Dalila was positioned between his legs, with her henna-colored hands splayed on his thighs.

    “Is there anything else I can do for you, my sweet lord?” she said.

    Arram’s tongue seemed to have stopped working. Dalila smiled wider.

    “There’s no need to be embarrassed, beloved sovereign of my affections. You are the defender of my virtues as surely as you are the champion of my heart. I am certain that nothing you could will me to do would be inappropriate. Surely the only inappropriate thing would be for me to leave your just and proper desires unfulfilled? Sit back, oh sultan of my soul, and allow me to satisfy all of your wishes, those spoken both overtly and clandestinely.”

    And with that she kissed him with honeyed lips while at the same time her hands slid up the inside of his thigh and cupped him, grinding her palm against his crotch. He gasped and his eyes widened. Dalila combed her fingers through his hair and painted his lips with sweet kisses, one after another. Arram could only lay back, slightly stunned, and then she began kissing his earlobes and neck. Whenever he gasped she giggled and flushed. Meanwhile, her hands were very, very busy, running up and down his body, her touch as light as feathers. He ended up shirtless without noticing, and the feeling of her warm, hennaed fingertips on his bare skin made him pant.

    “You are a most miraculous man, oh dynast of my destiny,” she said.

    “Um,” said Arram.

    “There’s no need to talk, my incomparable inamorato,” she said. “Our hearts say more than our tongues ever could. Let us abandon these clumsy overtures and speak the true language we were both born to.”

    And then, suddenly, she was half-naked, the flickering candlelight reflecting off of her full, rosy breasts, which she offered to Arram by arching her back and sitting up higher. He reached out, cupping them and squeezing, finding them soft and warm. Dalila gasped and her eyes rolled back.

    “You are so gentle, sweet arbiter of my ardor. Your merest touch inflames in me a desire which I am too modest to speak.”

    “Um,” said Arram, again.

    “Please, oh heavenly lord, if you would not have this poor girl die of longing for you, grant me but the smallest kiss on each of my fair breasts, so that I will know something of paradise while still an inhabitant of this meager earth.”

    And then she threw her arms around his neck and pushed her bosom into his face with such enthusiasm that Arram thought he might smother. His lips opened around one rosy nipple and he touched the tip of his tongue to it. Dalila was mounting him now, pinning him between her thighs. From elsewhere in the house he heard laughter and loud voices, but the heavy, ragged panting of the woman on his lap drowned most of it out.

    Her hand was inside his pants and she grabbed hold of his throbbing, erect organ.

    “Please forgive me for being so forward, overseer of my obeisance.”

    “That’s okay,” said Arram, voice cracking.

    “Perhaps you have heard of one particular delight, known only to a few women of this great city, one which in fact was taught to me by the caliph’s third wife and fourth favorite concubine, and which I would be happy to perform on you now?”

    “What’s that?” said Arram.

    Dalila licked her red lips slowly. “I dare not speak it out loud, but if you will permit me to demonstrate…”

    She slithered down the front of him until her head was in his lap, and she untied his pants and began to pull them down, and her mouth crept closer and closer until finally—

    The man with the eye patch fell through the curtain, crashing to the floor. A second later the mamluk rushed in with a sword in his hand. Dalila jumped up and screamed. The merchant rolled over, tangled in the fallen curtain, helpless. The mamluk raised his sword, face livid, screaming “Infidel! Scum!” Arram, dazed, uncertain whether anything he was seeing was real, realized that if he didn’t do something the mamluk would cut the other man’s head off in less than a second. Without realizing what he was doing, Arram grabbed a censer and threw it; burning ash filled the room and the mamluk screamed, blinded.

    “What are you doing, you ass?” said Dalila.

    Arram was not sure who in the room she was talking to—really it was a good question all the way around. But he had no time to ponder the matter as the mamluk, red with rage, raised his sword again and now leveled it at Arram. The merchant jumped up, pushed the mamluk down, and shouted, “Run!”Arram managed to pull up his pants and grab his shirt before making his getaway. The two of them ran back to the belvedere, where the man with the eye patch went to the railing and said, “Jump!”

    “What?” said Arram.

    “It’s jump or stay here,” the merchant said as the mamluk charged in. The merchant jumped and, after hesitating for only a second, Arram jumped too.

    He tried to land on his feet but, realizing that would only break his legs, he turned on his side instead. The landing pushed the air out of his body, as if he was being pressed by a giant hand. For a moment the world went red and black and the prospect of losing consciousness was not entirely unattractive, but the merchant hauled him up and pulled him along. They ran so fast Arram swore his feet didn’t touch the ground.

    After a while they stopped in an alleyway, and Arram looked himself over. Nothing broken or lost, it seemed. The only other people in the alley were a strange old sheikh leading a white llama on a chain, and another man of similar character leading a white dog. They regarded Arram with suspicion as they passed. The merchant removed his turban and wiped the sweat from his brow.

    “Well,” he said, “that was a close call. If he had jumped too, I don’t think we’d have escaped.”

    “What was that all about?” said Arram.

    “Our host and I had a spat,” said the merchant, grinning. “I told a story about the caliph and he did not believe me that it was true. He called me a liar and I called him a dog, and things went downhill from there.”

    “Is there any story worth getting killed over?” said Arram.

    “Yes,” said the merchant, “a true one. But if not for you I certainly would have died for the truth. You saved my life.”

    “It was nothing,” said Arram, though he actually thought it was quite a bit more than nothing.

    “If I were an ordinary man, perhaps that would be true,” said the merchant. “But you haven’t just saved me, you’ve saved the entire city and all of the faithful.”

    To Arram’s surprise, the merchant removed his eye patch and threw it away, revealing a perfectly healthy eye underneath. His beard, too, was false, and he disposed of it in some rubbish.

    “What do you mean?” said Arram. “Who are you?”

    “Haven’t you guessed?” said the merchant, standing tall and winking. “I am Haroun al-Rashid.”

    Arram’s jaw dropped. “You’re Haroun al-Rashid? Ruler of the city of Baghdad?”

    “Is there any other Haroun al-Rashid?” the man said, and laughed.

    “But that’s impossible!” said Arram.

    “Is it?” said the man (caliph?). “You said yourself that the caliph often disguises as an ordinary man and walks the streets. Even in Sicily they say so, yes?”

    “But where is Masrur, your bodyguard?”

    “This being Ramadan, Masrur is busy at prayer. I thought that I could get into no particular trouble if I went out alone; and let’s just see if I ever do that again.”

    Arram must have looked skeptical, because the alleged caliph now produced a fat purse and overturned it, spilling dinars into the street. “You see?” he said. “If I were not the caliph, would I have dinars in such abundance? Or would I have this ring, which is set with a ruby stolen from the heart of a rukh’s egg I got from a jinni? Or perhaps this brooch, that once belonged to an ancient pharaoh of the Nile and contains a portion of his soul, will convince you? Could any man but the caliph cast such treasures at your feet, and think nothing of it?”

    Arram was scrambling around collecting up the gold and jewels. As he turned over a dinar it occurred to him that there was a certain resemblance between the face engraved on the coin and that of the merchant. Arram looked back and forth between them. The man winked again. And it was very convenient that Arram was already on his knees, as it was a very convenient position for bowing before Haroun al-Rashid.

    “Enough, enough!” said the caliph. “Tonight, I should bow to you; if not for you I’d be a caliph no more. Stand up, stand up.”

    Arram stood, knees shaking. He could be killed for talking to the caliph the way he had, or imprisoned for visiting a prostitute, but Haroun al-Rashid only clapped him on the shoulder and crammed more gold and jewels into hands.

    “Take it all, take as much as you can carry. And now boy, how would you like a real reward?” said the caliph.

    “You mean more than this?” said Arram.

    “The best rewards are more precious than gold and jewels,” said the caliph. “Come, walk with me, see my city, and tell me what brings you here all the way from Sicily.”

    They walked and talked, and the streets were bustling, for although it was the middle of the night Baghdad was known as the Night City, and it being Ramadan the faithful were eager to conduct certain business before the sun rose and the day’s fasting began again. There were so many lights burning that the surface of the Tigris seemed ablaze with sorcerer’s fire, and the stars in the sky were outnumbered by the countless lamps of Baghdad. Everywhere there were crowds of merchants, traders, porters, soldiers, scholars, guards, slaves, mamluks, holy men, faqirs, sheiks, ladies, thieves, Moslems, Jews, Christians, and Indoos.

    And everywhere they went people were telling stories: the Tale of the Adulterous Wife and the Talking Parrot, the Tale of Ali Baba and the Forty Thieves, the Tale of the Thief and the Guardsman of Alexandria, even the Tale of Ali of Cairo, which Arram had once heard from his father on the condition that he never repeat it in the presence of his mother. Arram wanted to stop and listen to every story, but he had to hurry to keep up with the caliph.

    “Tell me boy, do you like my city?” said the caliph.

    “It’s amazing!” said Arram. “It’s everything I dreamed of, just like in all the stories.” He paused, trying to eavesdrop on a dispute between two merchants both laying claim to a single shipment of silk, one alleging that it was the very same silk he had lost when shipwrecked on an island of man-eating giants and another claiming that it was the one stolen from him by the wicked sultan of a decadent city in the east.

    “You like stories of Baghdad, don’t you?” said the caliph. “Why don’t you tell me one?”

    Arram would much rather have asked where they were going, but he wasn’t about to gainsay the caliph. “Well, there is the tale of the hunchback and how seven different people confessed to murdering him, although in truth he wasn’t even dead.”

    “Seven?” said the caliph. “When I heard the story it was only four. Tell me how the story goes in Sicily.”

    So Arram told the story and the caliph listened, and they made their way through the Night City together. Soon they came to a place where there were so many lanterns that the sky was almost as bright as day, and Arram saw a palace with a domed roof all of gold.

    “You have never see the Palace of the Faithful, have you boy?”

    Arram shook his head.

    “Well, you’re about to see much more of it than most men ever do.”

    Haroun al-Rashid led Arram to an entrance far away from the main gates. Two strapping mamluks guarded this portal, but the caliph waved them aside simply by saying, “I am Haroun al-Rashid; let me through.”

    The interior corridor was all of marble set with lapis lazuli tiles, and burning censers lined the walls, emitting sweet-smelling smoke. Arram couldn’t believe he was really in the palace, and his amazement grew when they came to the next room: Here was a chamber that seemed to be made of silks, with curtains and cushions and rugs and couches and beds and divans all in red and gold and purple. Reclining on each of these was a beautiful woman, each so graceful and refined that they made Dalila, who only an hour ago Arram would have called the most beautiful woman in the world, look like a common drudge.

    These women wore translucent veils that shimmered like moonshine, and among them where were dark-eyed Persian girls, Indoo women with lips like coral, women from the Far East with skins of ivory, and beautiful women from the lands beyond the desert whose complexions were as dark as a moonless night. Arram thought for a moment that the mamluk must have killed him after all, because surely this could be no place other than paradise? But if Arram was in paradise then the caliph must be there too, because every woman in the room bowed at his feet, and when he bade them stand they all fawned over him, taking him to the most comfortable cushions and reclining with him, feeding him dates and telling him that they were honored by his visit and asking if there was anything, anything in the world, that he wanted?

    The caliph clapped his hands and commanded that Arram be treated as an honored guest, and now women with henna-dyed hands and captivating smiles sat him next to the caliph and stroked his thighs and bare arms, remarking what a handsome young man their master’s guest was. The caliph called for entertainment, and a eunuch with a harp arrived and sang songs so beautiful they brought tears to Arram’s eyes even while he dallied with the harem women.

    The caliph singled out three women. “Zoreh, Lien, Chione, this is Arram. Tonight I want you to tend to his every need and desire. I trust you understand me?”

    The concubines giggled and led Arram to a small chamber almost completely filled by a great feather bed with soft sheets. They traced their lacquered nails over his arms and pulled at his shirt. Lien ran her fingers through his hair, massaging his scalp, while Zoreh and Chione dappled kisses on his bare chest.

    “The caliph says you’re a hero,” said Zoreh, who was a Persian girl with large, dark eyes.

    “Well, it was nothing really,” said Arram.

    “It can’t be nothing, because no one is ever admitted to the harem for nothing,” said Lien, a girl from the Far East with supple fingers.

    “In fact, no one but the caliph has ever been admitted to the harem at all,” said Chione, who was of the people of the Nile. “I think it may even be a sin.”

    “The caliph is the Defender of the Faithful,” said Zoreh, laying on Arram’s chest and kissing him with honeyed lips. “We’ll let him worry about what is a sin and what isn’t.” She batted her dark eyes at him.

    Zoreh kissed his lips, and Chione ran her hands up his thighs, and Lien kissed his earlobes and murmured things in her own language, which he did not understand but still seemed very sweet. Zoreh’s lips and tongue danced over his bare chest. Chione untied his pants and tossed them aside, and Lien kissed him on the mouth, her tongue darting against his.

    All three women removed their veils and undid their robes, and one at a time they presented their full, sweet breasts to Arram, who kissed them tentatively at first but, at their encouragement, soon with greater enthusiasm. Chione moaned when his teeth nipped the hot, soft flesh of her bare breast.

    “I wonder what new pleasures we can show this brave young man?” Zoreh’s fingertips traced a line on his chest.

    “He’s so young, I’m sure they’re all new pleasures to him,” said Chione, kissing his fingertip and licking it with the tip of her tongue. Arram sat up a little.

    “I may be young,” he said, “but this certainly isn’t the first time I’ve been with a woman.” Which was true. He’d been with Dalila a few hours ago. That counted for something, right?

    “Well then, what can we do to please and delight you?” said Zoreh.

    Arram swallowed. “Um,” he said, “there is of course the one particular delight, known only to women of this city, among them the caliph’s third wife and fourth favorite concubine…”

    Zoreh’s eyebrows arched. “I think I may know the one you’re talking about.” And then she trailed kisses down his body until she was between his thighs. To his amazement, she took his throbbing organ into her mouth, sliding it past her soft lips and wrapping her tongue around the shaft of it.

    His eyes went wide and his whole body tensed up. The other women laughed. Chione and Lien lay on either side of him, cradling their naked figures against his and kissing his ears and neck while all three of them watched Zoreh.

    She slid up and down him, her mouth sucking tight, tongue lolling. Her eyes were closed and her brow was knit in concentration. He felt himself swell more, and she raised up a little to still contain him between her lips, drawing him in and out. She made a little moan and the hum vibrated up and through him.

    Chione leaned over and kissed Lien once, on the lips, then turned her attentions to Arram. She straddled him, removing the last of her garments and revealing the softly folded flesh of her sex. She offered this to him, and, trembling a little, he leaned forward, putting his lips to those and kissing them. He wondered if this was a common practice among Nile people or just something the harem girls enjoyed. He darted his tongue out, licking her once, finding her hot and wet.

    Zoreh increased her pace and, encouraged, Arram did the same, licking inside of Chione’s sex while she moaned and massaged her own breasts, bouncing herself up and down on her heels while crouched over him. Lien, meanwhile, lay at his side, running her fingers up the muscles of his arm, then guiding his hand to her breasts, which he found petite but firm, with sensitive dark nipples that made her cry out when pinched.

    Zoreh now had him all the way at the back of her throat, and the muscles there rippled and massaged him when she swallowed. Arram was buffeted by sensations as soft silk and softer flesh surrounded him and a sea of lithe, caressing limbs pulled him in every direction. Just as Arram thought he wouldn’t be able to hold out much longer, Lien stood and playfully pushed Zoreh aside. There was a small popping noise as she pulled him out of her mouth.

    “Now don’t go taking it all for yourself,” said Lien, swinging her legs over Arram’s body and settling herself down on top. Zoreh gave her a playful push back, and then one to Chione.

    “Well, if I have to move, so does she.”

    Chione’s only response was to moan, roll her eyes, and push herself harder against Arram’s lips, where his tongue continued to lap at her sex. They disputed amongst each other for a minute and finally it ended up that Zoreh opened her thighs to Arram’s mouth while Lien prepared to mount him and Chione, pouting a little, lay on the sidelines, watching them and absently stroking Arram’s body, which was now sweat-covered and panting like a winded horse.

    “Poor thing,” she said, “I hope this isn’t more than he can handle.”

    “He’s young and virile,” said Zoreh, grabbing two handfuls of his hair and pushing his head down against her. “He’ll recuperate.”

    “Besides,” said Lien, “there’s our needs to think about too. It’s been so long since anyone visited us, I thought I would die of loneliness.”

    As she spoke she sat down, and Arram slid inside the tight confines of her body. His moan was smothered by Zoreh. Lien rocked up and down on him and his organ surged inside of her as hers clutched tight. He felt wetness dribble down him, and Zoreh’s fingers massaged his scalp as his tongue flicked up to her hot, tender nub.

    His hips bucked against Lien’s insistent riding, and Chione pulled a handful of his hair hard enough to jerk his head back, then kissed him and, when Zoreh objected, kissed her wet sex too. Arram seized the opportunity to take a breath. Lien was riding with such enthusiasm that she fell forward, propping herself up against Zoreh’s back. Her petite hands slipped around the other woman’s body, cupping her breasts. Zoreh turned back to kiss her, and all the while Lien’s pale white thighs were working up and down, up and down.

    Chione cradled his head, whispering to him, occasionally kissing his mouth. “Do you feel yourself about to burst?” she said.

    “Yes!” said Arram.

    “Ooh,” said Zoreh.

    Lien only moaned.

    “No fair keeping it all for yourself,” said Chione.

    “He’s young,” said Zoreh, “he’ll have enough for everyone.”

    Arram was less sure, as he already felt that his body might break in half under the strain they were putting on him, but it was too late to do anything about it now, as he was already swelling and spurting inside of Lien. The concubine was wracked by convulsions and Zoreh moved out of the way, allowing her to fall across Arram, clawing his bare chest. His mouth was open but no sound would come out, and he was momentarily breathless.

    They afforded him a few minutes to recuperate. Chione straddled him, insisting she was next. Zoreh stroked his hair, and Lien half-dozed beside them. Arram counted the tiles of the ceiling and waited for his head to stop throbbing.

    “Zoreh?” he said.

    “Hm?”

    “What did Lien mean when she said it had been a long time since anyone visited you? Does the caliph not come to the harem often?”

    “We are not his only harem,” said Zoreh. ” Indeed, this is the furthest wing, and His Worship rarely comes here. This is only the second time I have ever seen him with my own eyes.”

    “And my first,” said Chione.

    Arram sat up a little. “Do you mean to say that the caliph has servants who have never seen him?”

    “Oh yes,” said Zoreh.

    Arram remembered the guards at the gate. “But then how do you know—”

    There was a great commotion outside, with shouting and crashing and women screaming. Arram stuck his head through the curtains and a huge slave with a drawn sword grabbed him. The concubines all gasped and covered themselves. Arram looked up and couldn’t believe what he was seeing; armed slaves were dragging the caliph away!

    “How dare you!” cried Haroun al-Rashid. “Don’t you know who I am?”

    A thin man whom Arram did not recognize to be in charge. “Up to your old tricks again, Abu al-Hassan?” said the thin man. “I showed you mercy last time, but now you leave me no choice.”

    Arram struggled in the grip of the slave and said, “Do you have any idea who that is?”

    The stranger looked at him. “Yes; do you?”

    “He is Haroun al-Rashid!”

    “You are mistaken,” said the thin man. “I am Haroun al-Rashid. That man is an imposter.” He narrowed his eyes. “And I don’t know who you are.”

    Icy sweat drenched Arram. Before he could reply the slave put a sack over his head, and he was dragged away.

    His heart sank. He had no idea what was going on, but he was sure he knew what was going to happen next. He consoled himself that at least he wouldn’t have to live for very long after they cut his manhood off, as they would almost certainly chop his head off too.

    The slave pushed him and they walked, Arram sometimes stumbling because he couldn’t see his own feet. After a while the bag was removed , and he blinked and looked around. He expected to see a dungeon or a torture chamber, but instead he was in a lavish banquet hall. The table in front of him overflowed with savory foods, and the true caliph sat eating a stuffed hen. He pointed to an empty chair.

    “Have a seat, boy. Eat something.”

    Arram paused, unsure what to do, then sat down and began grabbing everything he could reach. After all, he reasoned, there’d be no good eating where he was going next. The caliph watched, seemingly amused, as Arram stuffed his mouth full of candied plums and then tried to eat an entire lamb kebab in two bites.

    “When you’re finished trying to swallow the mpire, perhaps you would do your caliph the honor of telling him who you are, and how you came to be in his private harem, in the middle of the night, during the holy month of Ramadan?”

    Arram swallowed. The caliph seemed to look through him, and he squirmed. Wiping his mouth and fingers on a cloth, Arram began to tell the story, haltingly at first, of everything that had happened since leaving home. Haroun al-Rashid watched him, saying nothing, now and then nibbling a bite of something. When he was finished the caliph did not say anything for some time. All he did was glare, and Arram wished that they would get on with his execution, because he hated all this waiting.

    Then he saw the caliph’s face twitch. His mouth drew up in a small smile. His shoulders began to shake, and then he was roaring with laughter. Arram sat back, stunned.

    “Marvelous!” said the caliph. “Simply marvelous. I would never believe it had I not seen the issue of your misadventures with my own eyes.”

    And he laughed and laughed, and soon Arram was laughing too, mostly from relief. The caliph called for a scribe and had Arram repeat his story so that it could be recorded, and he and Arram talked and ate and drank and told stories the rest of the night through.

    As dawn approached the caliph looked out the window at the city. He rubbed the rings on his fingers, as though unused to the feeling of them. “Well Arram, the morning is almost here. In truth, I should have you put to death; the law says that I should. But it is Ramadan, and a higher law commands that I be merciful. So as payment for your wonderful story, I will set you free at dawn.”

    Arram’s heart soared.

    “And since it is the holy month I will even give you a gift. What do you want more than anything in the world, Arram of Sicily? Tell me, and it’s yours.”

    Arram cleared his throat. “Begging your pardon, your worship…”

    “Yes?” The caliph looked at him, unblinking.

    “In truth, all I really want is to hear another story. I would like to know, who was that man who impersonated you, and how is it that he can enter your sacred palace with such ease?”

    The caliph looked pained and Arram feared that his fortunes were about to change yet again, but then the caliph sat, and sighed, and began to speak:

    “Know this, young Arram; that though I am renowned throughout the world for my wisdom, even I, Haroun-al Rashid, can be quite foolish. Three years ago, during the holy month, I was out walking the night in disguise, and I met a simple weaver named Abu al-Hassan. I talked with this man and heard him exclaim that if he could live for but three days as the caliph lives that he could enter paradise without regrets, knowing that he had tasted the best of this life.

    “It being Ramadan, I thought that to grant his wish would be a great gift, so I had my bodyguard, Masrur, follow him to his home, and in the night, as he slept, I had him carried to my palace, very gently, so as not to wake him. He was dressed in my best clothes and put into my bed, and assigned a cadre of slaves and servants and new concubines to attend him.

    “When he awoke he was amazed and thought that some jinni must have put him under a spell, for wherever he went in the palace people bowed to him and called him the caliph, as I’d told them to, and all the pleasures and luxuries of the world were at his fingertips.”

    “What did he do?” said Arram.

    “At first he refused to believe that anything around him was real, but I had anticipated this. I had the servants tell him that he was the victim of a strange sickness that caused him to forget that he was the caliph and to be tormented by false memories of a life that was not his. They told him that if he but went about his business he would soon regain his wits and remember who he really was.

    “Well, Abu al-Hassan took a little convincing, but soon he was living a true life of luxury here in my palace, and it gratified me very much to see this simple man made so happy by the things that I sometimes took for granted.”

    “But where were you during all of this?”

    “I? Why, I disguised myself as a trusted vizier, and helped Abu al-Hassan minister to all matters of state during those three days, to make sure he didn’t get in over his head. And at the end of three days I donned my sovereign attire again and went to Abu al-Hassan and explained to him what I’d done and why, and I was prepared to give him money enough to last many years and bestow on him robes of honor and call him my brother.

    “But of course, it turned out there was one problem.”

    “He believed he really was the caliph!” cried Arram.

    Haroun al-Rashid nodded. “We did our job of convincing him too well. Even today he believes that he is the true caliph and that I am a usurper, and anytime he gets a little money he buys new clothes and some cheap jewels and goes around proclaiming himself to be Haroun a-Rashid. And of course, many believe him, even here in the palace, because so few have ever seen me with their own eyes.”

    The caliph stretched a little. The morning sun tinged the windows rosy pink.

    “And now you know two marvelous stories, Arram of Sicily, mine and yours. But you cannot recount these stories to anyone, for it is not fit for people to know so much about their supreme ruler. But you are young, and I will soon be old, and someday death, the destroyer of happiness, whom no man, however rich, can bargain away, will come for me, and on that day you will be permitted to tell your story and mine, together, and your story will travel the world and everyone in the empire and beyond will know you. That is my gift to you.”

    Then the caliph gave him a sack of dinars, more than Arram had ever seen in one place, and bid him come back that night so that they could feast again, and tell more marvelous stories. But Arram was troubled.

    “Begging your pardon, but one thing still bothers me?”

    The caliph raised an eyebrow. “Yes?”

    “Well, it seems to me that the only reason that Abu al-Hassan can impersonate you so easily is that so few people have ever really met you, and when they do you’re usually in disguise.”

    The caliph said nothing.

    “And your palace is so great and you have so many servants and slaves that some of them go years without seeing you, even your wives and concubines.”

    The caliph played with his ill-fitting rings.

    “I guess all that I’m wondering is, how do I know that you’re the real caliph at all? What if you’re Abu al-Hassan, or some other impostor? How could I tell?”

    The caliph said nothing, but his brow darkened and Arram thought, one more time, that perhaps he’d talked his way into a trip to the chopping block. But then the caliph smiled, showing all his teeth, and called for a guard.

    “Take this boy to the gates of the city,” instructed the caliph, “and expel him. But let him keep this money, and give him a good horse to ride. And tell him that wherever he goes that he should say that he met the caliph of Baghdad.”

    He leaned in. “The one, true, caliph of Baghdad.”

    And so it was. And with the money that he received that day Arram made his start as a merchant, and soon became quite wealthy. One year, during the holy month, he returned to Baghdad, shining jewel of cities, and there he met Haroun al-Rashid again, but this time the caliph was neither of the men he’d met as a boy, but a third person entirely, and Arram had no idea whether to believe he was the true caliph at all. Perhaps Arram eventually solved the riddle of the caliph’s true identity. But then, perhaps not. That story, and that secret, are not known to us.

    And only Allah knows all.


  • The Girl – Book 2 – Chapter 11

    Font size : +


    Go to forum.xnxx.com/threads/stories-of-boardpin123.661967 for a table of contents and other stories.

    The girls abused her a lot, to the late evening, and then fell asleep. When Lilly went down stairs to the kitchen, she heard Spike come into the kitchen through the back door. He came to her and sniffed her crotch.

    — “Stop it, Spike.” — said Lilly, but she didn’t push him off — “The girls are sleeping upstairs.”

    But Spike didn’t stop. He licked her pussy, and then placed his paw on her ass. Lilly knew what it meant. He wanted her to get on all fours for him. She hesitated. Spike looked at her, bared his teeth and growled.

    — “OK. But let’s be quiet.” — she said and went on all fours, taking her dress off.

    Spike licked her pussy, making her moan. All her hesitation disappeared, and he even felt bad for not complying with her orders immediately. She wiggled her ass invitingly. But Spike didn’t mount her yet.

    — “Please Spike. You want me to beg you?”

    That was kind of a obvious questions. Men, human or animal, liked to be begged.

    — “Please, Spike. Fuck me. Fuck my pussy. Fuck my ass. Do whatever you want with me. I’m yours to use.” — she said pushing her ass into his nose.

    After some pretended hesitation, Spike finally mounted her, and she directed his dick into her eager pussy. As he started to fuck her, she backed up her body on his dick, groaning.

    Finally when they knotted, Lilly panted supported on her elbows, with a big knot stuck in her pussy. While she was staring at the floor, suddenly she saw two bare feet in slippers in front of her.

    Terror struck her and she lifted her head. It was Amy.

    — “I see you’re enjoying yourself.”

    — “I …”

    — “Went out for a midnight snack?”

    — “Yes, I …”

    — “Or a midnight fuck.”

    — “Amy, I …”

    — “Didn’t you have enough of sex for one day?”

    — “Yes, but Spike …”

    — “Don’t tell me he wanted some pussy, and you just had to obey.”

    — “I …” — stuttered Lilly — “I …” — she hung her head in shame.

    Amy knelt in front of her and patted her head.

    — “Don’t worry, little one.” — she said in a soft voice — “It’s not like a don’t know you are a total slut.”

    — “Yes, but this …”

    — “This is bestiality. It’s kind of sick.”

    — “Amy …”

    — “But it was a nice show.”

    — “You mean …”

    — “Yes. I saw it all. From the moment he came here.” — she said smiling — “And apparently he just ordered you to give him some pussy.”

    — “Yes.” — said Lilly turning even more red — “Remember my orders? I cannot reject any man. And it includes dogs. And he knows it.”

    — “I remember your tattoo, but I thought it’s just a figure of speech.”

    — “Nice figure of speech. Your English teacher would be proud.”

    They both laughed. Suddenly Spike pulled and his dick popped out of Lilly’s pussy with a loud plop. A stream of cum burst from her hole onto the ground.

    — “You would probably not want me to call the girls down to see you?” — said Amy, with an evil grid.

    — “You wouldn’t.” — said Lilly, genuinely terrified.

    — “No. But I can surely threaten you.” — said Amy.

    — “Please. Please, my queen. Please don’t call your friends down.” — said Lilly on her knees. — “What can I do for you, miss? I’ll do anything.”

    — “I don’t think you would do anything.” — said Amy standing up and looking down at her — “I think I’ll better call them to see this for themselves.”

    — “Please, no.” — said Lilly kissing her feet — “I’ll do anything.”

    — “OK.” — said Amy. — “Prove it.” — she smiled — “Lick all the cum from the floor.”

    — “Please Amy, don’t make me. It’s disgusting.” — said Amy playing into her role.

    — “Lick it all. Or I’ll call them now.” — said Amy with a stern voice — “I guess Spike would gladly have another go with an audience.”

    Lilly hanged her head in defeat. She turned around, and started to lick the dog’s cum from the floor, sticking her ass out, and wiggling it.

    — “You are a total slut.”

    — “Thank you, miss.” — said Lilly.

    In the morning

    In the morning, Lilly prepared a delicious breakfast for the girls and after serving them, spent the whole time as they ate, under the table licking their pussies, and getting small scraps off of their plates. Finally after they finished, the girls gathered their things and made for the exit.

    — “Go without me, I have one thing I would want to talk with Lilly about.” — said Amy.

    — “Yeah, ‘talk’, right.” — joked Grace.

    — “No problem.” — said Tracy smiling — “See you at school.”

    As the girls were leaving and Lilly was preparing to close the door behind them, Grace turned around to her, looked in her eyes, and smiled warmly.

    — “Thank you.” — she said — “It was a great sleepover.”

    — “I’m happy you likes it, Ma’am.” — said Lilly blushing — “It was an honour to serve you.”

    — “You’re one weird girl.”

    — “Yes, Ma’am.” — said Lilly dropping her head — “Thank you, Ma’am.”

    After closing the door, she rushed back to Amy, who was sitting in the couch. Taking a small box out of a paper bag, she went to her and knelt on the floor.

    — “Here you are.” — she said giving Amy the box.

    Amy was deep in her thoughts as she looked at the box.

    — “Again with the presents, Lilly.” — she said in a melancholic, nearly sad voice — “I told you …”

    — “I like giving you presents.” — said Lilly kneeling by her legs like a eager dog.

    Amy looked at her, with a worry in her eyes.

    — “Lilly.” — she said — “I’m sorry. It was a bad idea.”

    — “What? Why? I think you had a good time.” — said Lilly with a smile — “And the girls also.”

    — “Yeah. But I should have not done that without asking. I mean inviting them.” — she said with a sad tone — “And yesterday night … I should have not spied on you. And order you to …”

    — “You worry too much.” — said Lilly, taking Amy’s hands — “You said it to me once, and you were right.” — she smiled — “When you caught me with Spike? It was perfect. I loved it. And I hope it was fun for you too.”

    — “It kind of was …”

    — “See?”

    — “But …”

    — “I can see that you have doubts.”

    — “I mean …” — Amy started to say — “Can I really make you do anything?”

    — “Yes.” — said Lilly — “I’m ordered to obey you. I will do anything for you.”

    — “I …”

    — “I *want* to do anything for you.” — Lilly stressed.

    — “I mean …”

    — “Do you have anything specific in mind?” — said Lilly smiling.

    But Amy could not manage to say anything. Lilly looked at her, and thought for a second.

    — “I think our friendship is stopping you from expressing what you’d want.” — she said — “Let me assure you, there is nothing more important for me than our friendship. And nothing you’ll say or order me to do, will change that. Nothing.”

    — “But …” — said Amy — “I don’t want to make you anything you don’t want to do.”

    — “Amy.” — said Lilly looking in her eyes — “If you open the box, you’ll know how silly it is what you said.”

    Amy looked at her, blinking her eyes, as if she did not believe she was seeing her, and then looked at the box. She undid the ribbon and opened it revealing a shiny metal dog tag. Amy looked again at Lilly puzzled.

    Lilly smiled and went on all fours to her backpack. She pulled out her collar and took it between her teeth. She then brought it back, and dropped it in Amy’s lap. As she lifted her hair, Amy took the collar and placed it around Lilly’s neck.

    She inspected the dog tags hanging by it. And then looked at the dog tag in her box. Lilly strained her head suggestively to show she wants Amy to attach the new tag.

    — “DOG SLUT, huh?” — read Amy — “Property of RHM”

    Lilly went back on her knees, lifting her hands in a begging gesture, she opened her mouth sticking out her tongue and started to pant like an excited dog.

    — “Bark.”

    Amy smiled. She lifted the dog tag from the box.

    — “And you want to be my doggy?” — she asked.

    Lilly jumped from excitement, and barked again. Amy lifted the tag above Lilly’s face and played a bit around with it, making Lilly beg more. Finally she attached it to Lilly’s collar. It said “Amy’s obedient dog”.

    — “You’ll do whatever I tell you?”

    — “Of course. But on one condition.”

    — “Condition, huh?” — said Amy, much more sure of herself now — “And that condition is?”

    — “That you will never be afraid to ask me anything. Order me anything.”

    — “Really?”

    — “Yes. I want to know what you really want. Deep down.” — said Lilly — “Even if it’s disgusting, or painful, or you think I’ll hate it.”

    Amy smiled she got up, took Spike’s leash, which was hanging on a peg, and attached it to Lilly’s collar.

    — “What would you want me to do, …” — said Lilly — “… Ma’am?”

    Amy looked at her for a minute.

    — “I …” — she said — “I would want to see you …” — she struggled — “I would want to see you suck off the dog. Spike I mean.”

    Lilly smiled.

    — “Of course, miss.” — said Lilly, going on all fours, and letting Amy lead her

    When they went into the garden, Spike lifted his head from the ground, where he was laying.

    — “Miss …” — Lilly started to say.

    — “I wont force you, if you don’t want to.” — said Amy, still defensive about her idea.

    — “No, miss. It’s only …” — she said — “Normally, I don’t suck Spike off, but rather he fucks my mouth.”

    — “Oh.” — said Amy — “I see.”

    — “If you want, miss, I’ll suck him. I just wanted you to know.” — said Lilly.

    — “No. It’s even better. I want to see how he fucks you.” — she smiled — “In fact, could I tie you to a chair? So you would not have any say about it.”

    — “You don’t have to ask, Ma’am.” — said Lilly smiling — “‘Obedient dog’, remember?”

    Lilly walked towards Spike.

    — “Kiss him first.” — said Amy, and Lilly kissed him on the snout — “Properly, girl. Show him you want him. Show him how much you want him.”

    Lilly, started to kiss more, until the dog opened his mouth, and started to lick her face. She then opened her mouth wide, and accepted his wet rough tongue into her mouth. She started to moan a bit, as their french kiss continued, and she felt her pussy moisten.

    — “Good.” — said Amy — “Now beg him to come and use you.”

    Lilly quickly turned around and stuck her ass into his face. As he stole a lick or two, she moved forward, and stuck it out again. Spike rose from his spot, and went to sniff and lick her wet pussy. Lilly allowed him to lick as much as he wanted, and then moved a bit forward, making a whining voice to indicate begging. Soon Spike was following her, as Amy was leading her on the leash.

    In the living room, Amy placed Lilly on a stool and tied her down to it. Making her only-just-forming tits, hang on one side, and her legs on the other. Her tummy was pushed tightly against the stool, and her hands were tied behind her back. She had to strain her neck, to lift her face.

    Amy directed Spike in front of her by his collar, and then made him mount her. She then caught her hair, and lifted her face, making her swallow his long dick. He fucker her in that position, while Amy sometimes fondled her pussy, and sometimes just slapped her ass real hard. As he came, he overfilled her mouth, and some of his seed dripped to the floor. After that, Amy untied her from the stool, but left her hands tied, and ordered her to lick the cum from the floor. Lilly obeyed, licking it on her knees.

    After being satisfied with the spectacle, Amy undid Lilly’s binds, and left the house, leaving her kneeling on the floor.


  • Reality Jump – Chapter 8

    Font size : +


    Finally, Chapter 8! WOOOOOO!

    Chapter 8

    Charles made it 30 feet before he felt a presence behind him. He spun around pulling out his handgun and aimed the sights down onto a frightened Beth standing in the path. As soon as she saw the large handgun pointed at her Beth lost control and pissed herself.

    “Sorry.” Charles said putting away his gun. Snow had began to fall around them giving the forest a white layer.

    “I want to come with you.” Beth said looking at Charles as he turned his back to her and started to walk away.

    “I never said you couldn’t.” Charles said turning around and opening his arm for her. Beth walked over to him and snuggled up to his side. Charles took off his overcoat and put it around Beth as the snow really started to come down on. They made it to the next town with Beth on Charles’s back. As soon as he set foot into town he was surrounded by thugs.

    “Give us all you got or we’ll pump you full of lead.”

    “Great, fucking Canadians.” Beth said looking around at all of the guys holding MAC’s and pump action shotguns.

    “Look guys,” Charles said taking another step into town. “I’m really tired and am looking for an inn for her. So if it’s alright with you can I just let you live?”

    The thugs all started to laugh. “You got a bitch on your back we all have you covered. You’re a dead man if you take one more step.” The thug talking back to Charles let off a short burst from his machine pistol into the ground at Charles’s feet.

    “Fine, just don’t blink.” Charles did a back flip and tossed Beth into the air. He came up holding his jackal in his hand and went right into a side flip blasting away at the thugs around him. By the time Charles was back on his feet he already killed half of them.

    “Kill him!” A thug yelled pulling the trigger on his shotgun. Every other thug around followed suit and filled the area where Charles was with lead. They looked up and saw Charles coming down at them with his sword drawn, he sliced clean through the middle of one guy splitting him down the middle. They redirected their fire at Charles only to see him gone again. Two guys standing together had their heads fall off and Charles was already on the third with his sword through his throat. The remaining 4 thugs yet again redirected their fire on Charles and filled the body on his sword with their lead. Charles aimed his gun over the shoulder of the dead man in front of him and fired off killing 2 more thugs, Charles then sliced the thug on his sword in half and threw both pieces into the last two thugs.

    Charles aimed his gun at one of the thugs and pulled the trigger separating the man’s torso from his legs. The last thug screamed in terror as he saw Charles walk towards him with an evil smile on his face, he pushed the half of a man off him and shot at Charles, every time he shot Charles suddenly appeared the side of where he shot. When he heard the click click click from his gun the man drew a pistol and shot himself in the ear. His brains went flying out the other side bathing the floor with his blood. Charles put away his weapons and caught Beth in his arms as she fell from the air.

    Beth looked around and saw the carnage that had happened in the few seconds that she was in the air. She hurled when she saw the two leaking sides of the man split in two along with the man that had no abdomen.

    “Let’s get you to an Inn.” Charles said walking away from the bloody field they were in.

    ++++

    Charles carried Beth into the nearest Inn as she was nearly frozen to the bone.

    “Your best room please.” Charles said to the man standing by the front desk.

    “Name?” He asked pulling a quill out of an ink well.

    “Hers is Beth Jenkins.”

    “She looks half dead.” The man said looking at Beth in Charles arms cuddling against his chest.

    “All the more reason for the room.” The man took one more glance at Beth then picked up a set of keys.

    “Follow me.” The man led Charles up a flight of stairs to the top floor and opened a door. Inside was a giant room that looked to stretch across the entire top floor of the building. “Best room that money can buy in these parts,” The man said walking in and putting the keys on a small table. “You have any bags?”

    “Kind of left in a hurry, there any seamstresses or tailors around town?”

    “I’ll give them a call later today for you.”

    “Thanks.” Charles said putting Beth down on the big bed in the room. “This may be a bad time but I don’t really have money to pay for the room.”

    “You already have, those thugs you slaughtered have been causing me trouble for a few months now.”

    Charles shook the man’s hand as he stuck it out towards him. Charles thanked the man and said that they would probably be gone by tomorrow. After the Inn keeper went out of the room Charles went back over to Beth. He picked her up and carried her over to the bathroom where he drew a bath of hot water and added scented salts and soaps to it. Charles then undressed Beth and lowered her into the water. She purred as she was placed into the tub and leaned back enjoying the warmth.

    “Thank you.” Beth said opening her eyes and looking at Charles, he had taken off his suit jacket and rolled his sleeves up so he could wash her. She let out soft moans and groans as Charles’s hands roamed over her rubbing and massaging every inch of her. After a couple minutes Charles took his hands out of the water and turned to the door. “Don’t go!” Beth said sitting up in the tub and reaching out to Charles, her tits flying out of the tub and into the cold air.

    “You need some time to soak and knock the chill off.” Charles said putting his hand on the doorknob. “Besides, I have some things to take care of.” Charles then left Beth sitting there in the tub enjoying the warmth her body was soaking up but feeling cold in her heart from his attitude towards her.

    Charles rolled down his sleeves and put on his suit jacket again but left it undone. Charles then went over to the windows and opened one and climbed out onto the side of the building. He made his way to the roof and drew his sword raising it up and pointing it towards the sky. Everything slowed to a stop, snowflakes just sitting there in mid air.

    “Yes?” Death asked coming out of black mist.

    “I need to the others to come and help me.” Charles said tossing his sword at Death.

    “Impossible.” Death said catching the sword by the handle and putting the skull in his palm. Souls came rushing out of it and swirled around the set of scales before dissipating. He then tossed the sword back at Charles.

    “This is vital though.” Charles said grabbing the sword from midair. “It’s to do with this powerful soul you want.”

    “What do they have to do with him?”

    “I used to have a small task force before Lewis made most of them go berserk killing Cecilia and almost killing Beth.” Charles slid the sword into its sheath. “I can’t take on an army of these Iscariots Knights alone, and that rifle I asked for can’t be held by Beth anymore.”

    “Cecilia is still alive Charles,” Death said floating over to Charles and giving him an orb. “You never took her soul for safe keeping and she was never banned from that order, in fact they were using her to keep tabs on you.”

    “So what does this all mean?”

    “You are still an immortal Charles, unable to die and unable to age.”

    “But you said it yourself that they stripped away my immortality.”

    “I was mistaken, once made an immortal can’t be gotten rid of, unless of course I myself strike them down or one of my children captures that persons soul.”

    “So that other immortal…”

    “Still has a soul and that means a weakness that he doesn’t know of.” Charles looked up at Death and could’ve sworn he saw a smile begin to creep around the edges of the mask. “Take it and bring it to me my child.” Charles felt like his entire spine had turned to ice as he saw the edges of Death’s smile. “Thrust your sword directly into him and tear it out!” Charles nodded and got off of the roof as Death started laughing to himself. Charles had only seen Death act like this once before, and that was only after killing an entire tribal army in Africa that had mastered the art of some real bad voodoo.

    When Charles swung into the room he saw that time had again started up again and that Beth was out of her bath. 1 man and 4 women were standing around her, all were dressed in black long coats. (For those needing visual aid http://fanchaos.com/fanplusfriend/c4/Elegant_Gothic_Double_Breasted_Long_Coat_CT00101_01.jpg)

    “Charles!” Beth said running over to him and hugging him. “These people say that they know you.” Beth turned back to facing them and pointed to one girl with black hair. “And she said that you’re her husband.”

    “She would be mostly correct.” Charles said smiling at the black haired woman. “We’re still fianc?for another month aren’t we Julia?”

    The woman smiled and walked over to Charles and kissed him right in front of Beth. “I’ve decided to do it your way actually.” She said breaking the kiss. Charles looked down at her and smiled.

    “Good, because I don’t think I could keep myself away from you for another month.”

    “What are you two talking about?” Beth said looking at Charles and this new woman started to French each other.

    “Has Charles told you what he is young lady?” A man asked stepping forward.

    “I know he’s part vampire from the way he moves…” The woman in Charles’s arms broke the kiss and looked at Charles, he just smiled and showed her his now rather pointy canines and went back to kissing her with more passion.

    “I see, you may want to sit down then while I fill you in.” The man motioned for Beth to sit down in a chair and he took a seat directly across from her.

    He spent over an hour explaining to Beth what Charles was and what they were.

    “So let me get this straight,” Beth said sitting forward in her chair. “You all don’t have souls, but you’re still alive.”

    “Yes.”

    “Your immortal to time, but can still die if you are mortally wounded.”

    “Uh-huh.”

    “You gather souls for Death himself and he in turn makes you weapons.”

    “Correct.”

    “You travel from each plane of existence, mine being only one of 7, and kill souls of beings that would wish to destroy that plane of existence because Death tells you to.”

    “That about sums it up.”

    “So why the fuck are you here?”

    “Because Charles is in over his head it seems.” The man sat back in his chair and crossed his arms looking over at Charles who was just walking out of the bathroom and back over to the black haired woman.

    Everyone in the room had now thrown their overcoats off and around the room. Two of the girls were on bed chatting to one another while the other one walked over to the man sitting down and sat in his lap.

    “It was Beth right?” asked the woman sitting in the man’s lap.

    “Yeah.”

    “My name’s Kelly,” She put out her hand, Beth shook it and sat back into her chair. “It must be hard traveling with Charles huh?”

    “Yeah a bit,” Beth said thinking back, one moment she was being kissed good night from her parents, the next she was waking up in the middle of the forest. “He’s already pulled a gun on me.”

    “Oh get a room you two!” One of the girls from the bed said looking over at Charles and Julia who were now slowly undressing each other.

    “Honey, could you separate those two? They can at least wait until after their married tomorrow.” The man nodded at the woman on his lap and got up. He went over to Charles and pulled him off of Julia and went over to the window where he tossed Charles out into the night air.

    “Cool it boy, you’ll be spending the rest of your lives together!”

    The next day Charles woke up lying on the ground. He sat up and saw that Joe had taken a seat by the fireplace while the other 4 girls took the bed. Julia watched as Charles got up and walked into the bathroom. She slowly got up from the bed, disentangling herself from the other girls and crept her way into the bathroom. She saw Charles standing in front of the toilet letting loose a stream of piss into the bowel. She went up behind him and wrapped her arms around his waist and replaced his hand on his dick.

    “So how have you been?” Julia asked aiming his stream into the toilet.

    “I’ve been good, what about you?”

    “Lonely, girls can only do so much with each other.” Julia squeezed the last few drops of pee out of Charles’s dick.

    “So what have you missed?” Charles asked turning to face Julia. He saw a smile spread across her face as she went to her knees. She pumped Charles’s cock a couple times then slipped it into her mouth and started sucking on it. Charles let out a quite moan as he felt Julia take almost his entire cock down her throat.

    “You always were the best at this!” Charles said placing his hand on the back of her head. Julia loved the way that Charles’s cock filled her entire throat when she blew him, it would always get her pussy wet as she felt hit throb and pulsate when it was in her. Her saliva trickled out the sides of her mouth and ran down the last inch or so of Charles’s cock before hitting his slacks and making a wet spot on them. Julia moved her right hand down inside of her pants and played with her clit as she felt Charles put his hand on the back of her head and push her further down his cock. Julia knew this was Charles tell saying he was about to bust a nut so she backed off from him so only the head was in her mouth. She sucked hard on it trying to make him cum as she brought both hands up and stroked his full length. Charles let out a long groan as he released his balls into Julia’s mouth.

    Julia was used to Charles shooting off a couple dozen shots of cum down her throat and she could usually swallow it all. So when Charles let go and released a constant stream of cum into her mouth she was not at all prepared. She tried to swallow as much as she could, but the cum flow from his balls was just simply too much. Her cheeks got filled with cum when she wasn’t able to swallow it all, when those were full some started coming out of her nose and finally when the pressure was too much she just opened her mouth and let it over flow.

    When Charles was finally done shooting cum he looked down and saw the mess he had made on his soon to be wife. Cum was still dripping out of her nose, some of it had went into her hair but mostly it had just run out of her mouth and down her neck. Cum was dripping down from her shirt onto her pants and there was still enough to make a puddle on the floor.

    “Holy shit Charles,” Julia said looking up into her fianc?eyes. “Where the fuck did that come from?”

    “Something happened to me a while back, now I shoot cum like a fountain and my dicks a foot long.”

    “And as big around as a soda can!” Julia looked at Charles dick and put her hand around it. “It was nearly too big for my pussy when we met, now how am I going to screw you?” Julia couldn’t keep the smile from her face. She had always loved having a big cock rammed into her from all her holes, but what Charles had between his legs was no longer a simple oversized cock. It was a monster!

    “Lots of lube I’m guessing.” Charles chuckled looking at Julia rub his dick. Her hand barely made it half way around him and his dick, even though slightly deflated, was still a good 10 inches.

    “I need a shower,” Julia said standing up. She moved behind Charles and pushed him towards the door. “And if you’re in here with me that’ll never happen!” She pushed him out of the bathroom and closed the door behind her. Charles stuffed his dick back into his pants and zipped them up. He grabbed his coat and headed out the door.

    Beth woke up to a bed shaking as if someone was, well, shaking it. She opened her eyes and looked over to her left and saw no one next to her. She looked over to the right to see the two twins in a deep make out session with each other. When Beth sat up the twins broke their kiss and looked over at her.

    “Sorry if we woke you up,” The one on the left said. “But we get a little frisky in the mornings.”

    “I’m Alice,” Said the girl on the right. “And this is my twin sister Jane.” The two were identical. They both had creamy white skin and golden yellow hair that went most of the way down their backs. The only real difference between the twins was their eyes. Alice’s left eye was the dull grey like Charles’s was, but her right eye was a bright blue. Same thing with Jane only thing her right eye was grey and her left the same blue. Both sported full D cup breasts that were high on their chests and didn’t have any sag to them.

    “I’m Beth, pleased to meet you.” Beth said putting out a hand towards the two girls. Jane took the hand and shook it while Alice moved in and kissed Beth on the lips. She caught Beth off guard and was able to slip her tongue inside of her mouth before she realized what was happening. Jane kissed her way up Beth’s hand to her arm, then all the way up her arm to her shoulders where she went to work on kissing every inch of her neck.

    As the twins kissed Beth they laid her back onto the bed so she was now on her back and they were on top of her. By now the robe that Beth was wearing was undone showing off to the world her figure. Jane went right to her breasts and started sucking on the nipples and lightly biting them every so often.

    Alice felt Beth moan into her mouth as her sister played with her tits. They continued to tongue fuck each other’s mouths. Beth was in the middle dueling Alice’s tongue to see who’s mouth they would invade next when she felt Jane rub her pussy with a hand. She lost the duel and had a mouth full of tongue and eventually lost control and let Alice dominate her. She then felt something slick and wet start lapping at her pussy. She broke the kiss and looked down at Jane eating her out. Alice moved down Beth’s body and took up kneading and sucking on Beth’s full D tits making Beth moan out in pleasure as an orgasm rocked her body making her squirt a stream of pussy juice all over Jane.

    “Holy shit!” Jane said backing away from Beth’s pussy as it squirted at her. “That was unexpected!” She then dove right back in and inserted a finger up Beth’s snatch making her go right into another orgasm.

    As Beth came down from this orgasm she felt Jane pull her fingers out. She then felt something else press against her dripping cunt. She glanced down to see Jane holding an 8inch cock in her hand and slid it right up into Beth filling her completely and making her scream out in pleasure as another orgasm overtook her.

    Alice looked down at her sister who was now rapidly thrusting into Beth and rubbing the shit out of her clit while she did it.

    “Guess it’s no time to be shy about it!” Alice said rolling to the side of Beth and shucking off her skirt and revealing her own dick that was exactly the same as her twins.

    8 inches of uncut dick and as big around as a red bull can. Neither girl had a ball sack but rather their dicks just sat where their clits would be, they still had pussies to be plowed and an asshole to shit from, but instead of having the normal little pisshole and clit like a girl they had a dick sitting there.

    Alice moved to behind her sister and slid her dick up her pussy making her scream in pleasure. Jane loved the feeling that Beth’s pussy was having on her cock, but when her sister slid her own dick up her pussy, reached around twisting her nipples through her shirt and kissed her neck she lost it. She let out shot after shot of cum right up Beth’s pussy and clamped down onto her sisters cock with her pussy. Beth shot off into another orgasm as she felt Jane’s hot cum fill her hole. This made Jane go into another orgasm which related to more cum to shoot out of her dick and make her pussy drip with juices and clamp even tighter on her sisters dick making her sister go off.

    Soon all three girls were cumming at the same time and the twins just kept on shooting rope after rope of cum up the respective pussies they were currently plowing. After having and creating countless orgasms the girls slumped over onto the bed, one on either side of Beth, all three girls chests heaved as they tried to catch their breath.

    “What are you two?” Beth asked looking down and seeing two deflated cocks resting above two pussies, one of which was leaking cum.

    “We were born as fully fledged girls if you’re asking that,” Jane said cuddling up to Beth. “We just got cursed by a witch doctor a couple hundred years ago and we sprouted these.” Jane reached down and pocked her cock.

    “Why? Do you not like us now?” Alice said looking over at Beth.

    “No,” Beth said smiling. “As a matter of fact, I think I love you both now!”

    Joe woke up in a bed next to his wife Kelly. He smiled thinking back to the previous night and how she let him do anal again. He loved it when she let him plow her backdoor. After throwing Charles out the window he and Kelly got another room a floor down. When they got into the room Kelly jumped onto the bed shedding her clothes as fast as she could. Joe was right behind her, his cock already out and hard as steel. Kelly looked at her husband’s giant cock, it was just under 10inches and almost as big around as a soda can.

    They got into a hot and steamy 69 with Kelly on top, Joe loved to eat his wife’s snatch and make her squirm as she tried her best to stuff his cock down her throat. When she was completely soaked she broke the 69 and mounted her husband slamming down all the way.

    They continued to fuck like this, Kelly having over a dozen orgasms before she dismounted and got on her knees. She spread her asshole and told Joe to split her in half. Joe didn’t waste any time in hesitation, by the time she opened her mouth to tell him to fuck her up the ass he was already spitting into his hand and rubbing it up and down his cock. He slid into her ass with ease as she loved the way it made her feel. The only reason why she didn’t let him ram her ass all the time was it made it painful to sit down for a day or two afterwards depending on how long he lasted. Joe lasted a total of 6 minutes in her ass before letting loose his balls and cramming it up her shitter.

    When they were done they had both cleaned up in the bathroom then climbed under the covers of the bed and passed out.

    As Joe slid out of bed Kelly woke up and saw his black muscled back.

    A bit of back story before we continue.

    Death’s children, once accepting the conditions, are invulnerable to death via old age. Joe lost his soul all the way back in 2560 BC, he was one of many slaves to an Egyptian pharaoh, like most slaves that were used he was black and the hard and long days under the sun had toned his body to pure muscle, he still remembers helping to build the great sphinx of Giza under the pharaoh Djedefre.

    Kelly was the next person to accept Death’s proposal, this was all the way forward to 457 AD. She was a Buddhist in what would be present day South Korea. She remembers working with her parents in a field farming when Death came to her.

    The twins would be the next two to come and be a death child. We jump all the way forward to 783 AD and over to Sweden where they were daughters to a Viking warlord. Death came to them just after their father died and gave them the proposition. The reason for their eyes was their souls had only been half eaten, so when Death came to them and they accepted his proposal he took away the remaining parts of their souls.

    Julia came into the picture at 1658 AD, she was the bastard child to a duke of Britain, her mother being a whore. Her soul was taken when she was 16 and Death visited her the next day. She went away with Death leaving behind her entire past life and moving onto a better one.

    Charles you already know of. And if not go back a couple chapters and read up on him.

    “Where you going big stuff?” Kelly asked staying on her stomach feeling the usual soreness emanate from her ass, she wasn’t going to sit on it if she could help it for another day.

    “Go back to sleep honey,” Joe said kissing Kelly’s forehead rubbing his hand down her back. “I was just going to see about getting some breakfast.”

    “Aren’t you sweet.” Kelly said snuggling back into the pillow that was under her.

    Charles was already down in the main area and talking to the inn keeper when he saw Joe come walking down.

    “Ah, how did you sleep last night sir?” The inn keeper asked as he flipped a hot cake that was on a large griddle.

    “Very pleasantly,” Joe said sitting down at a stool. “What is the possibility that I’ll be able to get some breakfast for my wife and I in our rooms?”

    “Very high, just don’t expect delivery.” The man slid stack of pancakes over to Charles who dug into them. “What would you like?”

    “Two orders of your biggest meal.”

    “Alright, just give me a moment.” The man poured a couple dozen splotches of batter onto the griddle and cracked a dozen or so eggs. He grabbed a handful of shredded potatoes and tossed those on as well then proceeded to mash them up with the eggs. A scream broke the noise of the sizzling food, Joe and Charles shot a knowing glance at one another.

    “By the gods, if they do that another time I’ll throw them out!”

    Julia had walked out of the bathroom after taking her shower, she didn’t see any towels in there so she simply walked out flaunting off her still dripping wet body to everyone in the room.

    The twins were always jealous of Julia as she had breasts a couple sizes bigger than theirs.

    “I see you’ve met the twins!” Julia said walking over to an armoire and bending over to grab a towel. In the process she flashed everyone on the bed her plump ass that just begged to be molested it seemed.

    “Want to join in with us Jules? We miss you in bed!” Jane said sitting up and moving her legs so she sat Indian style.

    “Mmmmmm, tempting.” Julia sauntered over to the three girls and got on the bed. She didn’t waste any time in muff diving Beth and fingering the twin’s pussies.

    “OOHHH!” All three girls moaned out as Julia expertly brought them to orgasms in a matter of seconds. The twins got up and moved so they were behind Julia, Jane got underneath her and Alice stayed standing up. Both girls grabbed their now fully hard cocks and rubbed them against both of Julia’s holes making her hum into Beth’s pussy. They both plunged into her at the same time, Jane getting her pussy and Alice her ass, Julia screamed out in pleasure right up Beth’s hole setting Beth off into another orgasm. “Oh shit, OH Shit shit shit! OF FUCKME!” Julia yelled out as the twins pummeled her from both holes.

    “I’m gonna cum!” Alice said as she felt Julia’s ass clamp down on tighter on the invading prick. “Me too!” Jane said wrapping her arms around Julia’s waist and hugging tightly up into her. The two girls exploded into Julia sending rope after sticky rope of cum up her holes. This sent Julia into another earth shaking orgasm as she began to finger Beth faster and faster, she now had almost her whole hand up the girl’s cunt. Beth was loving the vibrations up her pussy and the attention that Julia was paying to her clit as she exploded into yet another orgasm for the morning. After Alice was done shooting her cum she slid out of Julia’s ass and moved over to Beth and shoved her cock into the girls mouth, Beth instantly started to suck on this dick loving the taste of Julia’s ass juices combined with Alice’s cum.

    Jane on the other hand was passed out under Julia, a happy and fully pleased smile across her face.

    “I think we need some food now!” Julia said getting up off the bed, Jane’s dick made a funny popping sound as it slid out of her pussy which made all three of the girls laugh.

    (To Be Continued)

    Ok I guess I should explain as to why this took so long for me to write and post.
    First hiccup was got a good 4 thousand words in and I was thinking ‘Damn I’m good!’ Then I go back and read it, I didn’t write one sex scene. So I delete that entire thing.
    I then go back again and write another 3 thousand words and see that my sex scenes are like a PG-13 trying to be an R movie, BAAAD!
    I then had a family reunion to celebrate my grand fathers 80th. I didn’t really think that it was a good time to say “Excuse me guys, I’ve got to go and write my porno.” So that took out an entire week.

    So sorry for the wait but I hope that I made things right with a few readers with what I did with the story by making him back into an immortal.
    Also the sex in this I’m hoping will make up for the past two chapters that didn’t have any in them.

    Again your comments about what I should do with the story are a big help with how I make the story unfold. Keep them coming, same with the PM’s, and I’ll try to keep these coming out at a better rate.